i^
WILCOX
04 M
4f
o
m
^^^^^^^^
<AuRORA , Illinois , U. S.A.
wacQX
■■ 1
V.
m^^mmmm
[BLANK PAGE]
CCA
INTERNATIONAL
\
^^mmmmv^m^^tm
'^m^m^^mmmm
■ " — ' ^V
'^i/G/
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
/ -
%-
Gara
Door Hardware
Catalog No. 35
Largest Manufacturing Plant of its Kind in the World
^
W. H. Fitch -President and General Manager
Lee Mighell .Vice-President
Milton D. Jones Secretary and Treasurer
P. L. Hoffman Superintendent
BRANCHES
York City 85 Walker Street
Chicago 166-168 West Lake Street
Philadelphia 507 Arch Street
Boston 132-134 Pearl Street
Cleveland .459 Hippodrome Annex
Kansas City 206 Reliance Bldg.
Omaha City Natl. Bank Bldg.
St. Louis 1735 Boatmens Bank Bldg.
Minneapolis 321 Plymouth Bldg.
Los Angeles ■ 503 Equitable Bldg,
San Francisco 626 Underwood Bldg.
Indianapolis 423-424 Occidental Bldg.
Seattle. 1214 Hoge Bldg.
Cincinnati 512 Provident Bank Bldg.
New Orleans Contractors' and Dealers' Exchange Bldg.
Canadian Plant
ichards-Wilcox Canadian Co., Ltd .London, Ont.
Branch Offices at Winnipeg and Montreal
Main Office and WorkS:
Aurora, Illinois, U. S. A.
CopynghL 11*24. Richards- Wilcox Mfg. Co.
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
.5
I
^ .-
I
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
3
/
8
\
Three Track 8 Door Garage
RICHARD{^-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
PATENTED
R-W. No. 435
Garage Door Hardware
For Any Garage Doorway, Private or Public, Large or Small
Fig. A-694—
A typical Slidetite Doorway. This garage accommodates two cars. The doorway is equipped with a Slidetil
6-door set of hardware, which provides for an entrance door without an additional doorway.
e
Slidetite meets the demand for a fixture that will allow
hinged doors to fold and slide inside or outside of build-
ing, requiring only minimum space. Ordinarily the
doors open in but when it is necessary that thev^ open
out special hinges are required, see pages 28 and 29.
Doors fit perfectly tight, are weather-proof, cannot
sag, and will not warp.
Will stand at any angle or parallel with front wall,
depending, however, upon the width of wall space ad-
joining the opening, and giving absolute clearance from
jamb to jamb. (See illustrations of floor plans on fol-
lowing pages.)
Slidetite gives a clear opening 8 to 30 feet wide.
Made in sets for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 doors.
Doors measuring 3 feet wide each give best results.
Makes possible use of doors corresponding with the
architecture of the residence with which the garage is
associated.
Shdetite is furnished in three weights of hardware:
Light Weight for doors weighing up to 125 pounds each,
Medium Weight for doors w^eighing between 125-200
pounds each, and Heavy Weight for doors weighing
more than 200 pounds each.
Equipment consists of steel trolley track, roller bear-
ing door hangers, bolts, brackets, floor guides, hinges,
bow handles and tie rods.
Intermediate and end brackets are adjustable later-
ally and vertically and are so designed that the bracket
arm flanges clamp the top of the track tightly in place
by tightening the bolt by which the bracket proper is
attached to the bracket arm. Brackets are swiveled to
permit track to be set at angle suitable to thickness of
doors. Hangers support and guide the end of the doors
and prevent saggmg. Vertical adjustment. Ball-bear-
mg swivel pendants Steel wheels. Several types of
bolts are furnished, for same see pages 118 to 121
Direction Sheet showing erection details furnished
with each order.
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Surface Hinge
No. 435-l2"x4'
Offset Surface Hinge
No. 836-2 3^x4"
No. 836-3 Hx5"
Surface Hinge
No. 435-2 34x4"
No. 435-3 Hx5"
Butt Hinge
No. 435-2x4"
No. 435-2 J^jc5
//
Center Bracket
No. 435-C
Second Bracket
No. 435-S
No. 1035-S
Half Surf ace Butt Hinge
No. 311. Used Only
With Nos. 31 and 35
Track
Ceiling Clips not in-
cluded in Price of
Brackets
Bracket Suspension
Bolts not included in
regular sets because
lengths vary on indi-
vidual installations.
OfTet Surface Hinge for Doors Opening Out
No. 83tt-l2"x5"
B
oint Bracket No. 435-J
(Showing Ceiling Clip)
Intermediate Bracket
No. 435-1
No. 1035-1
Bow Handle
No. 81-1
TOP OF OPENINar
Sidewall Support
Door Holder
No. 119
Hanger
No, 435
Double Intermediate Bracket
No. 435-DI (Showing Ceiling Cli
Tie Rod with
Pintle and Pin
No. 435
End Bracket
No. 435-E
No. 1035-E
CLIP MAY BE TURNED
90' TO BEOOCC OISTANCe__
'FflOM CENTES OF BOLT T9
OUTER EOoe OF CORNICE
\^
Double End Bracket No. 435-DE
(Showing Ceiling Clip)
TOP OF OPCNING='
Overhead Support
Support Dimensions
• V
and
Prices Given on Page 139.
Floor Guide No 271 with
Bumper Shoe No. 435-72
Detail of No. 435 Hardware and List Price of Parts for 2 to 10 Door Sets
DESCRIPTION
Hangers, Roller Bearing, for In-Open-
infl Doors, each- ........■•:■••-••
Hangers, Special Roller Bearing, for
Out-Opening Doors (page 28) each .
Trolley Track (page 110), per foot
Brackets, Center 1 rack, each
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
Brackets, Intermediate Track, each..
Brackets, End Track, each. ■ ■
Brackets, Joint, each.
Brackets, Second, each . - •
Brackets, Double End, each . . •••:■■
Brackets. Double Intermedjatc, each..
Ceiling Clips, each . . . .
Catalog
Number
**Hinges, Half Surface Butt (page 128),
per pair - • ■ :
Hinges, Butt (page 128). per pair . .
Hinges, Surface (page 129) per pair. . . .
Hinges. Surface (page 129), per pair, . .
♦Hinges, Offset Surface (page 129), pair
♦ Hinges, Offset Surface (page 129), pair
Bow Handles (page 125), each
Door Holders, each
Center Floor Guides (page 126), each. .
Bumper Shoes (page 126), each
STie Rods with Pintles and Pins for doors
23" to 29" wide (page 118), complete
_ r^_ j„„..„ QA'' "^A" widp fnaoe 1 18),
t435-l
t435-21
31 or 35
435x3l-C
435x31-1
435x31-E
435x31-J
435x31-S
435x31-DE
435x31-DI
435x31-CC
311-4"
435-4"x4"
435-2 Hx4"
List
Price
$3.50
3.50
.30
.30
.70
1.00
4.80
.40
4.00
3.80
.20
1.60
.60
.80
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
3H
3H
IH
1
3H
8
2
lOM
3 54
IK
iy2
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Between
125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
List
Price
836-2 M"x4'
23" to ZV wioe ^paye no^. ^.^...t'^^^^
5 or for doors 30"-36" wide (page 1 18).
81-1
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
1,00
.35
.15
.96
.14
1.30
1.50
M
2
2H
435-3
435-23
232
435x232-C
1035x232-1
1035x232-E
435x232-J
1035x232-S
435x2,32-DE
435x232-DI
435x232-CC
S4 . 50
4.50
.55
1.00
3.25
4.00
7.25
1.20
6.35
5.75
.24
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
7H
435-5"x5"
435-3 H"x5"
435-12"x4"
836-3 >^"x 5"
836~12"x4"
81-2
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
1
1
2
00
40
20
2M
9H
12M
lOM
5
16
15
1
1.60
3.00
.55
.15
.96
1.30
1.50
2
4
8M
5
9K
1
H
3
H
2
2H
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
435-22
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
I035x33-E
435x33-J
1035x33-S
435x33-DE
435x33-DI
435x33-CC
List
Price
$5.00
5.00
,70
1.25
4.25
4.50
8.25
1.50
7.25
6.15
.30
Shipping
't., lbs.
435-5 "x5"
435-3 34 "x5"
435-12"x4"
836-3 H"x5"
836-12"xl"
81-2
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
1.00
1.40
2.20
1.60
3.00
. 55
.15
.96
.14
1.30
1,50
4
4^
11
13
14
6
22
20
iM
2
4
5
9K
1
3
H
2
2K
f Se'S SI NO- 35Jr=^* S'^o&e\'^r',io1eTo°o?s hinged together.
5 Only used where there IS a series m I. ^ ^.^^
fp^edfy^'pTtel'-B^- when lie ?odi, io be used on doors hung on No. 311 half
surface butts. , .
** For doors opening inside only. nUcnunt
* Used only on out-opening doors. uijiuuuin^
No. 435 Hanger and Bracket Sets for No. 31 Track
These sets are intended for such of our dealers who carry all hardware
necessary for No. 435 Garage Door Sets in stock with the exception of Han-
gers and Brackets. Hanger and Brackets as listed below come all packed m
metal edged carton. A set consists of 1 No. 435-1 Hanger, 1 No. 435.x31-l
Bracket. 1 No. 435x31-E Bracket. 1 No. 435x3 1-C Bracket, with screws and
bolts for erecting. Set is suitable for ,3-door and one-track 4-door insiai-
lations For two-track 4-door, 5 and 6 door outfits use two sets Weight,
per set 13 lbs List price No. 435 Hanger and Bracket Set, each S-S.-SO
6
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
^ - --^^-^ e 2-Doors Opening In
SCidtiiUy 435 and 1035 Sets for or opening out
Patented
For Openings up to 8 Feet Wide^Doors must be of equal width
List Prices for Complete Sets .^^
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of
Parts"), together with all Wall Bolts and Screws
necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
Set including:
2 No. 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121)
1 No. 514 Spring Top Bolt (page 121), and 1 No. 524-1 Cane
Bottom Bolt (page 121)
1 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top Bolt (page 119). and 1 No. 524-1
Cane Bottom Bolt (page 121)
2 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119)
1 No. 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolt (page 118) .
*1 No. 517 Cremone Bolt, for doors up to 9' high (page 119).,.
*l No. 617 Cremone Bolt, for doors up to 10' high (page 120). .
1 No. 219 Door Latch, for Out-Opening Sets Only (page 7) . . .
Light Weight Hdw.
u»ing
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
435
List
Price
513.50
13.50
75
14.00
14.90
17.10
21.00
13.50
1035
List
Price
;19.50
19.50
20.00
19.75
20.90
23.10
27,00
19.50
Wt.,
Lbs.
48
49
50
50
54
56
58
50
Medium Weight Hdw
using
No, 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200
lbs. Each
435
List
Price
$21.
21.00
21.25
21.50
22.90
25.10
29.00
21.00
1035
List
Price
$27 . 00
27.00
27 . 50
27.20
28.90
31.10
35 . 00
27 . 00
W^t..
Lbs.
82
83
84
84
87
89
91
84
Heavy Weight Hdw
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
435
List
Price
$24 . 20
24.20
24.45
24.70
26 . 60
28.80
32.70
24.20
1035
List
Price
$30.20
30.20
30.70
30.45
32.60
34.80
38.70
30.20
Wt.
Lbs
102
103
104
104
108
110
112
104
Nof^Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra.
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
* If desired for higher doors order extra 18" sections which list at 80 cents each.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
Stat^Whether 435 or 1035 Hardware is desired. Whether doors are to Open In or Out. Width and height of doors. Kind of Locking Bolts Wanted.
^'" VAmple'or^e^,^OnTse?2-door Slitetite No. 435, for opening 8 feet wide. 8 feet high, doors 1 % inches thick, including No. 514 Bolts and No. 31 Trolley
Track. Doors Open In. t <■ ¥»
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
2-Door Complete Sets
1 Hanger, Roller Bearing (page 5)
* Trolley Track (page 5)
1 Bracket. Center Track (page 5)
1 Bracket, Intermediate Track (page 5) . . , . .
1 Bracket, End Track (page 5)
1 Bracket, Second (page 5)
IM Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt. For 435
Sets only (page 5)
1 H Pr. Hinges, Butt, for 435 Set.s only (page 5)
1 t^ Pr. Hinges, Heavy OfTset, for 1035 Sets onlv
(page 130)
1 J^ Pr. Hinges, Surface (page 5) . . . . . .
1 H Pr. Hinges, Offset Surface (page 5)
1 Bow Handle (page 5)
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
J2 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121)
t or 2 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page
u9) ;
tl Spring Top Bolt (page 121). , .
and 1 Cane Bottom Bolt (page 121)
tl Self-Aligning Top Bolt (page 119)
and 1 Cane Bottom Bolt (page 121) . .
1 Chain Top and Bottom Bolt (page 118)
§1 Cremone Bolt, for doors up to 9' high (page
119).
Cremone Bolt, for doors up to 10' high (page
120). . . .
I'^Door Latch (pa.!?e 7)
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up to
125 lbs. each
Catalog Number
In-Opening
Doors
t435-l
31 or 35
435x31-C
435x31-1
435x31-E
435x31~S
311-4"
1035-18"x2H"
435-2 3^ "x4"
■ "sili" *
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
Out-Opening
Doors
1435-21
31 or 35
435x3 1-C
435x31-1
435x3 1-E
435x3 1-S
435-4"x4"
1035-18"x2M"
836-2 H"x4"
81-1
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
219
edium Weight Hdw.
using
No, 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Between
125-200 lbs. each
Catalog Number
In-Opening
Doors
435-3
232
435x232-C
435x232-1
1035x232-E
1035x232-S
435-5"x5"
1035-24"x2H"
435-12"x4"
' '8i-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
Out-Opening
Doors
435-23
232
435x232-C
435x232-1
1035x232-E
1035x232-S
435-5"x5"
1035-24"x2H"
836-12"x4
81-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
219
n
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each.
Catalog Number
In-Opening
Doors
435-2
33
435x33-G
435x33-1
1035x33-E
1035x33-S
435-5"x5"
1035-30"x2H"
435-12"x4"
81-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
Out-Opening
Doors
435-22
33
435x33-C
435x33-1
1035x33-E
1035x33-S
435-5"x5"
1035-30"x2H"
836-12"x4"
81-2
1-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
219
Not,
-t When using No. 35 Track specify No. 435-4 or 435-24 Hangers. ♦ Length of Track equals width of opening plus 1 foot. % In this case one extra
Bow Handle is used. § If desired for higher doors order extra 18" sections which list at 80 cents each.
2-Door Short Sets — For 435 or 1035 Equipments
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices
Size of Track
For No. 31 or 35 Track, per set
For No. 232 Track, per set
For No, 3.^ Track, per set
No. 435
Hardware
$9.50
16.40
18,50
No. 1035
Hardware
$15.50
22 . 40
24 . 50
Shipping
W^t.. Lbs
31
62
68
Exaiit|ile Order: 1 Short Set, 2-Door Slidetite. No. 435 for No. 31 Track. Doors Open In. -
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
7
435 2-Door Sets
In-Opening Doors
All illustrations on this page (except the 219 Latch) show No, 435 Slidetite,
2-Daors Opening In, Light Weight Sets. Here 31 Track with 311 Offset Hinges
at the jamb towards which the doors fold, are used. If Medium or Heavy
Weight 435 Sets, for In-Opening Doors is desired, Nos, 232 or 33 Track and 435-
5" Butts are furnished. For hardware required see opposite page.
435 2-Door Sets Out<-Opening Doors
The operation is the same except that the doors Open Out and the 219
Latch can be used. For hardware required see opposite page,
1035 2-Door Sets In-Opening Doors
The operation is the same as that of the 435 In-Opening Sets except that
heavier hinges are used. For hardware required sec opposite page.
1035 2-Door Sets
Out-Opening Doors
The operation is the same as that of the 435 Out-Opening Sets except that
heavier hinges are used. For hardware required see opposite page.
For 435 3 to lO-Door Sets See Pages 4 to 29.
For 1035 3 to 10-Door Sets See Pages 30 to 35.
BRACKET
BRACKET
N?436-E
BRACKET
BRACKET
Plan of Track
Doors Closed
£1
je
Doors Partly Opened
^
^^ii>
m^
. n
Doors Open at Right Angles to Front Wall
^
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
Fig. A-696 — Main Floor Plans show correct design of
frames and jambs for brick or concrete construction.
Frames and iambs should be made same thickness as the
doors. Small detail at right shows frame construction.
Doors must be flush with frames and jambs.
Fig, A-695 — Interior View; Doors Partly Opened
Headroom Required See ''A" of Fig, A-697
For No. 31 or 35 Track. 6 inches
For No. 232 Track &H inches
For No. 33 Track..., Scinches
No. 219 Latch for Out-Opening Doors
N* 43S-C BRACKET N? 435-1
"7nS435-S
N? 435- E
Fig, A-697 — Interior elevation showing proper
location and names of 435 oarts for a 2-Door Set,
including one 617 Cremone Bolt.
Fig. A-698 — Interior elevation showing 4^5
Hardware, including No. 514 Spring Top and
Bottom Door Bolts. The No, 414 Bolts are
applied the same as are the No. 514 Bolts,
Fig, A-699 — Interior elevation showing 435
Hardware, including No. 514 Spring Top Bolt
and No. 524—1 Cane Bottom Door Bolt.
Fig. /\-700 — Interior elevation showing 435
Hardware, including one No, 517 Cremone
Door Bolt. The 417 Bolts are applied the
same as are the 517 Bolts,
8
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patenteil
R-W No. 435 Sets
3 Doors Opening In
For Openings up to 9 feet wide
Best results are obtained by usinff doors not more than 3 feet in width. Wider door* require additional track and
ekets. Doors must be of equal width.
List Prices for Complete Sets
It
These prices iaeliide hardware for set d«9i£«d.
(aj listed m the table entitled — "Detail of Ha rd w a r e mad List of Parts**).
together with ail Wail Bolts and Screws aecessary to erect,
Pla:9 Lacking Bolts as folio ws=
fLocfc far Entrance Door aat mctaded hl set. see page 116-)
Li^ht Weight Hdw.
using
So, 31 or No. io Track
For Doors WeighiM
ap to 125 lb5. eai^
Me^litioi Weight Hdv.
asiag
No. 232 Track
For Door* Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
It
List
Pnce
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
1
Set incladiiig:
2 No. 51-t Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121)
1 No- 514 Spnng Top Bolt i,page 12.1\ and 1 No. 524-1 Came Bottom
Bolt Cpaffe 121^ _ ■ -
1 No. 414 Seif-AIignmg Top Bolt (page 119?. and 1 No. a24-l Cane Bot-
tom Bolt (page 121 >
2 No. 414 Self-Alignmg Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119)
1 No. 417 Ckain Tog and Bottom Bolt (page lid* . .
•1 No, 517 Cremone Bolt, for doors ap to 9' high (page 1191
*1 No. 617 Cremoae Bolt, for doors ap to 10' higli, (.page I20i
?U 00
14 00
14 25
14.50
15 40
17 60
21 . 50
4S
4t
5«
List
Price
Shippiag
Wt.. lbs.
$-21 30
21 30
21.
21 . 80
23.20
25.40
29.30
HcATT Weisht Hdw
82
83
S4
S4
»7
99
91
No. 33
For D«ws Weighing
More Thmn 200 Ihs.
Each
List
Price
Shipping
Wt-. Ibs-
t ii
$24 30
24 50
24.75
-25 00
26.90
29.10
33. OO
102
104
104
tes
110
112
iVote — Sets include Lag Screws for attaching -rn:^ brackets. U attachmenL is to made tc _
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnishea with hardware,
*If desired for higher doors order extra IS ' sections which list at SO cents each.
IHrections for Orderinj? Co naplete S«ts
:k or concrete. Expansion Shields should be ordered extra
Type and stvle of hardware Width and height of doors. Kind of Locking Bolts wanted. Kind of Trolley Track wanted
'^ * -One set 3-doar "Slidetite" No. 435 for opeioing 9 feet wide. 8 feet higtu door^ I H inches tnick. including No. 314 Bolts and No. 31 Trolley
:^tate-
Example Orde
track
Complete 3~Door set packed in box. including track, shown on page 140.
Detail of Hardware and Li^t of Parts
Piaarams of Next Pase Sba**'' InstallatioTi Oetails
Quanfcity of Hardware Required for
3-DoQr Complete Sets
Light Weight Hdw,
UiUlg
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
If II
Medium Weight Hdw.
H using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
1 Hanger. Roller Bearing - r435-l
*Trolley Track
I Bracket. Center Track
I Bracket, Intermediate Track. . . .
I Bracket. End Track - . . .
1 H Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt
1 M Pr. Hinges. B utt
3 Pr. Hinges, Butt -
1 i4 Pr. Hinges, Surface li 435-2 H"x4^'
31 or 35
435x31-C
435x31-1
435x3 1-E
3U-4 '
435-4 "x4
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
Catalog
Number
List Prices
and
Weights
t Hdw.
HeaifT
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weishing
More Than 200 lbs. each
Cai
Naothcr
List Prices
and
Weights
fr
1 Bo w Handle
1 Center Floor Guide
2 Bujnper Shoes - -
1 Set <»f Lockimc Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
tl Spring Top or Bottom Bolts.
Z or 2 Sell-aligning Top or Bottom. Bolts
li
U SprLag Top Bolt
and. 1 Cane Bottom Bolt
il Self -aligning Top Bolt, . . .
and I Cane Bottom Bolt
1 Chain Top and Bottom^ Bolt
3 1 Cremdoe B«lt. for door^ ap to 9' high.. .
il Cremeiie BaiL for doors ap to 10' high.
31-1
271
435-72
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
1
bb
«•
M.
m
See Page
121
119
121
121
119
121
■
118
119
120
435-3
232
435s232-C
1035x232-1
1 035a232-E
435-5 "x5"
435-12"x4''
81-2
271
435-72
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
4i7
517
617
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
1035x33~E
See Pace
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
1
il
435~5"x5''
435-12"x4"
81-2
271
435-72
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
mm
•4
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
U9
120
>'ot«*i4 — 'When as;- ; No. 35 Tracit specify No. 43a-4 Haii^ers. ■ Length of irack eqnais width of two doors plus approximately one foot t la this case
one extra No. 81 Bow H indie is required. S I-f desired for higher doors order eitra IS" sections which list at 80 cento each.
5-Door Short Sets
Packed in One Boa Complete Except thAt Track, Locks and Lo<rkiiis Bolts arc Oimtted^
Heavy Offset Hinge Set
S&delile" No. ia;J5 Kea^y Hardware with offset hinges, desigped to swing doors clear of the opeAing aj»d t» carry heavy doors, is shown oa n^ga 30-39
IHscount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
9
Patented
R-W No. 435 Hardware
3 Doors Opening In
CONTINUED
Headroom Required See "A" of Fig. A-703
•
For No. 31 or 35 Track 6 inches
For No. 232 Track SH inches
For No. 33 Track .83^ inches
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are given on page
112.
All illustrations on this page show 31 Track with 3U OfTset
Hinges at the jambs toward which the doors fold. If heavier hard-
ware, Nos. 252 or 33 Track is used, 135-5^' Butts are furnished.
BRACI^ET TPACK
Wa-USI BRACKET
Plan of Track
435'E
BRACKET
^Pqi!
^
Doors Closed
Doors Partly Opened
m^jm
Doors Open at Right Angles to Front Wall
m
^
^
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
Fig. A-701 — Main Floor Plans show correct design of
frames and jambs for brick or concrete construction.
Frames and jambs should be made same thickness as the
doors. Smalt detail at right shows frame construction.
Doors must be flush with frames and jambs.
Fig. A-702 — Interior View. Doors Partly Opened
N? 435-1
N? 435-E,
N? 435-C
BRACKET
? 435 HAN6ER
r
/<
N?ai BOW HANDLE
N5435 BUTTS
N? 435-72
Mff^ER SHOES
1<^N? 617
BOLT
Fig. A-703— Interior elevation showing proper location and names
of 435 parts for 3-Door Sets, including 617 Cremone Bolt.
Fig. A.-704 — Interior elevation show-
ing 435 Hardware, including No. 514
Spring Top and Bottom Door Bolts, The
No. 414 Bolts are applied the same as are
the No. 514 Bolts.
Fig. A-705— Interior elevation showing
435 Hardware, including No. 514 Spring
Top Bolt and No, 524-1 Cane Bottom
Door Bolt.
Fig. A-706 — Interior elevation showing
435 Hardw^are, including No, 517 Cre*
mone Bolt.
. y. '--Vv/■^ ---v--^
10
RICHARDS-WILCOX r.ARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
m^^
Patented
R-W No. 435 Sets
One-Track 4-Door Sets
Doors Opening In
For Openings Up to 12 Feet Wide
Best results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width. Wider doors require additional traek and
brackets. Doors must be of equal width.
List Prices for Complete Sets ^ =^=^=^^=
Tliese prices iaclude hardware for set desired ^
(as listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and Ust of Parts ),
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set. see page 116,)
Set including: ^ , , ,„,>
4 No. 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121)
2 No. 514 Spring Top Bolts (page 121), and 2 No, 524-1 Cane Bottom
2 No. 414^ Self- Aligning Top iBolts (page' 119)', and 2 No. 524-1 Cane Bot-
tom Bolts (page 121)
4 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119)
2 No 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts (page 118)
§2 No. 517 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9'' high (page 119).
42 No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 12 0)
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$16.00
16.00
16.50
17.00
19.05
22,85
31.25
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
55
56
58
59
63
70
74
Medium WisightHdw
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
$24.60
24.60
25.10
25.60
28.40
32.80
40 . 60
89
90
92
93
97
105
109
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$28 . 20
28.20
28 . 70
29.20
32.30
36.70
44.50
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
108
109
111
112
115
125
129
IXtjte — Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be ma
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
gif desired for higher doors order extra 18" sections which list at 80 cents each.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
de to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra, i
Stat
Exam
Bolts and No. 31 Track. ,,,,.. , v i^a
Complete one-track, four-door set packed in box, including track, shown on page 14U.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details
Kind of bolts wanted, kind of Trolley Track wanted.
-Type and style of hardware, width and height of opening, thickness of doors. Kind of b^'^^,^^^"^^^^ 514 Locking
pie Order— One set oae-Lrack. four-door ^ Slidetite" No. 435 for opening 12 feet wide, & feet high, doors 1 H inches thick including iNo. 014 uocKing
Quantity of Hardware Required for
One-Track 4-Door Complete Sets
1 Hanger, Roller Bearing
♦Trolley Track. ........
1 Bracket,, Center Track.
1 Bracket, Intermediate Track. * *
1 Bracket, End Track. -
lU Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt
IH Pr- Hinges, Butt.
3 Pr. Hinges, Butt . .
3 Pr. Hinges, Surface
1 Door Holder
I Tie Rod for Doors 23" to 29'' wide
or 1 Tie Rod for doors 30" to 36" wide. .
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
t4 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts
I or 4 Seif-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts. .
t2 Spring Top Bolts
i and 2 Cane Bottom Bolts
12 Self-Aligning Top Bolts
I and 2 Cane Bottom Bolts
2 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts ,
§2 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high.
52 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors 'Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
1435-1
31 or 35
435x31-C
435x31-1
435x31-E
311^"
435-4 "x4
//
435-2 H"x4"
119
135-1
435-2
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Pase 5
i 4
t 1
1 i
t 4
At
4 I
i*
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
lis
119
120
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-3
232
435x232~C
1035x232-1
1035x232-E
435-5"x5"
435
119
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
4 I
* t
(C
44
it
t t
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
1035x33-E
435-5 "x5"
435
119
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
*t
■ 4
*4
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Notes— t When using No. 35 Track specify No. 435-4 Hanger s. * Length of track equals width of two doors plus approximately one foot,
two extra Bow Handles are furnished. § If desired for higher door s order extra 18" sections which list at 80 cents each.
One-Track 4-Door Short Sets
J In this case
Packed in One Bo3C Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track . locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices :
For No, 31-35 track, per set SHOO. Shipping weight 33 pounds. For No. 33 track, per set $19.60. Shipping weight 75 pounds.
For No. 232 track, per set 17.00. Shipping weight 69 pounds. Eicample Order — 1 Short Set 1-track. 4-door **SIidetite" No. 435 for No. 31
track.
Heavy Offset Hinge Set
*'Slidetite" Heavy Hardware with offset hinges designed to swing doors clear of the opening and to carry heavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to 39.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
11
Patented
R-W No. 435
Garage Door Hardware
One-Track 4-Door Sets
Doors Open In
CONTINUED
Headroom Required See A" of Fig, A 709
For No. 31 or 35 Track. SH inches
For No. 232 Track IIK inches
For No. 33 Track 11 H inches
Location of Boll Holes and Bracket Spacings are given on
page 112.
All illustrations on this page show 31 Track with 311 Offset
Hinges at jamb toward which the 3 Doors fold. If heavier
hardware, Nos. 232 or 33 Track, is used 435-5" Butts are
furnished.
^v
^,,*^:9ooRs
BRACKET
TRAC
NS.435t
Plan of Track
II fSl^435-E
BRACKET
4P
A
Doors Closed
Doors Partly Opened
^7.
Doors Open at Right Angles to Front Wall
TTT
Doors Parallel with Front Wall
Fig A-707 — Main Floor Plans show correct designs of frames
and jambs for brick or concrete construction Frames and jambs
should be made same thickness as the doors. Small detaU at right
shows frame construction. Doors must be flush with frames and
Fig. A-70S — Interior View. Doors Closed.
N? 435-1 \
N^ 435-E\
Fig A-709 — Interior Elevation showing proper location and names of 435
Parts for One-Track 4-Door Sets* including 517 Cremone Bolts,
Fig, A-710 — Interior Elevation showing 435
Hardware, including No. 514 Spring Top Bolt
and No. 524-1 Cane Bolts,
Fig. A-711— Interior Elevation showing 435
Hardware, including No, 514 Spring Top and
Bottom Bolts. The No. 414 Bolts are applied
the same as are the No, 514 Bolts.
Fig. A-712 — -Interior Elevation showing 43.>
Hardware, including 617 Cremone Bolts.
' "■' > -'^>"0
12
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Tatented
R-W No. 435 Sets
Two-Track 4-Door Sets
Doors Opening In
For Openings up to 12 Feet Wide
Best results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width. Wider doors require
brackets. Doors must be of equal width.
List Prices for Complete Sets
additional track and
These prices include hardware for set desired
listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts")
together witli all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set, see page 1 16.)
Set including: ' '
4 No. 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts Cpage 121) . . .
2 No. 514 Spring Top Bolts (page 121). and 2 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121) .. ■ ■ • ■
2 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top Bolts (page 119). and 2 No. 524-1 Cane Bot-
tom Bolts (page 121)
4 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119). .
2 No. 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts (page 118)
12 No. 517 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high (page 119).
12 No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 120) . . . .
j2 No. 617 Cremone Bolts, and 1 No. 1125 outside lock (page 120)
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Tracl
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
List
Price
S21.00
21.00
21.50
22.00
22 . 80
27.20
35.00
38.00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
83
84
86
87
90
97
102
104
Medium Weight Hdw
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$39 . 50
39.50
40.00
40.50
43.30
47 . 70
55.50
58 . 50
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
139
J41
143
143
147
154
159
161
1
Heavy Weight Hdw.
usina
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Rach
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. ibs.
$46 . 00
156
46.00
158
46.50
160
47.00
49 . 80
54 . 20
160
164
170
62.00
' 63 . 00
175
177
,
Noti^Sels include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete Expansion shields should be ^^/jj^j;* ^ ^^^'^^
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware,
JIf desired for higher doors order extra IS'' sections which list at 80 cents each.
Birections for Ordering Complete Sets
State— Type and style of hardware, width and height of opening, thickness of doors Kind of Locking Bolts wanted. Kind of Trolley Track wan^^^
Example Order— One set two-track 4-door ' Slidetite" for opening 12 feet wide. 8 feet high, doors IK inches thick including No. 514 Locking Bolts and
No. 31 Trollev Track.
Complete two-track 4-door set packed in box, including track, shown on page 140.
Detail of HardM are and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Pa^e Show Installation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Two-Track 4-Door Complete Sets
2 Hangers, Roller Bearing
*Trolley Track , , .
2 Brackets, Center Track.
2 Brackets, Intermediate Track.
2 Brackets, End Track
3 Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt
3 Pr, Hinges, Butt. . .
3 Pr. Hinges, Surface
2 Bow Handles
1 Center Floor Guide
4 Bumper Shoes _ - . *
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
J4 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts *
i or 4 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts,
:2
Spring Top Bolts
and 2 Cane Bottom Bolts
t2 Self-Aligning Top Bolts
% and 2 Cane Bottom Bolts
2 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts. .
§2 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high. , ,
|2 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high. .
|2 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high, ,
and one lock
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs, each
Catalog
Number
1435-1
31 or 35
435x31"C
435x31-1
435x31-E
3n'-4"
435-2 H''x4"
81-1
271
435-72
514-1
414^1
514
524
414^1
524^1
417
517
617
617
1125
List Prices
and
Weights
Pasc 5
i 4
1 4
4 (
4 4
t 4
4 t
4 I
Sec page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
120
Medium Weight Hdw.
usinff
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-3
232
435x232-C
1035x232-1
1035x232-E
435-5"x5"
435-12"x4"
81-2
271
435-72
5 1 4-2
4 1 4-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
617
1125
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
«4
«4
• (
44
Sec page
121
119
121
121
119
121
lis
119
120
120
120
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
1035x33-E
435-5"x5"
435-12"x4"
81-2
271
-72
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
■ 4
•Alt
44
ti
««
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
617
1125
See page
121
119
121
121
1
121
118
119
120
120
120
one
Notes — tWhen using No. 35 Track specify No. 435-4 Hangers. *Two pieces of track. length of each equals width of two doors plus approximately
foot. Jin this case two extra Bow Handles are furnished. Jlf desired for higner doors order Extra 18" Sections which list at 8 cents each,
Two-Track 4-Door Short Sets
Packed in One Box Coinplete Except thai Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices;
For No. 31-35 track, per set $15.00. Shipping weight, 48 pounds. For No. 33 track, per set $35.00. Shipping weight 115 pounds
For Ko. 232 track, per set 30. fu. Shipping weight, 105 pounds. Example Order — 1 Short Set Two-Track, 4-door "Slidetit«*' No. 435 for
No. 31 track.
Heavy Offset Hinge Sets
"Slidetite" Heavy Hardware with offset hinges designed to swing doors clear of the opening and to carry heavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to 39.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
13
I
!
Patented
R-W No. 435
Garage Door
Hardware
Two-Track
4-Door Sets
Doors Open In
CONTINUED
Fig. A-7 13— Interior View. Four Car Garage. Four Two-Track 4-Door Sets.
/N5 435-E
/N? 435-1
N2 435-C
Fig. A-716 — Interior Elevation showing 435
Hardware, including 517 Cremone Bolts.
FiB A-71 4— Interior Elevation showing proper location and names of 435 Parts
for Two-Traclc 4-Door Sets, including No. 514 Spring Top Bolts and No. 524-1
Cane Bottom Bolts.
aRACI<£T
Nft435-1 eaACKET
Plan of Tracks
^
f?
^
Doors Closed
i
Headroom Required
See "A" of Fig. A. 714
For No, 31 or 35 Track. . 6 inches
For No. 232 Track 83^ inches
For No. 33 Track 8K inches
Fig. A-7l7~Interior Elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts,
414 Bolts are applied the same as are the 514.
t^^^-'^sl
Doors Partly Opened
a
Doors Open and at Right Angles to Front Wall
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket
Spacings are given on page 112.
All illustrations on this page show
31-Track with 311 OfTset Hinges at
both the jambs toward which the
pairs of doors fold. If heavier hard-
ware, Nos. 232 or 33 Track, is used
435-5" Butts are furnished.
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
Fig A-715— Main Floor Plans show correct design of
framls and jambs for brick or <=o°creU ^«°f/"f t\^e
frames and jambs should be made same thickness as the
doors. Small detail at right shows frame construction.
Doors must be flush with frames and jamDs.
Fig. A-7 18 — Interior Elevation showing
Hardware, including 617 Cremone Bolts.
14
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
t
I
Patented
R-W No. 435 Sets
5 Doors Opening In
For Openings up to 15 Feet Wide
Best results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width. Wider doors require additional track and
brackets. Doors must be of equal width.
List Prices for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
las listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts")
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set, see page 116.)
Set including:
4 No. 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (pace 121) ..... . .
2 No. 514 Spring Top Bolts (page 121). and 2 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121)
2 No, 414 Self-Aligning Top Bolts (page 119). and 2 No. 524-1 Cane Bot-
tom Bolts (page 121)
4 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119)
2 No. 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts (page 118)
§2 No, 517 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high (page 119) .
|2 No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 120)
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No, 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$24.50
24.50
25.00
25.50
26.80
30.20
38.00
Shipping
Wl.. lbs.
89
90
92
93
97
103
107
MediujnWeight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$42.50
42.50
43 . 00
43,50
47.30
51,70
59.50
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
149
151
153
153
158
166
170
Heav:f Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
$49.00
49.00
49.50
50.00
53.80
58.20
66.00
Shipping
WL, lbs.
166
168
170
170
177
186
190
Note— Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, Expansion Shields should be ordered extra
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
§ If desired for higher doors order extra IS" sections which list at 80 cents each.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
State — -Type and style of Hardware, width and height of opening. Thickness of doors. Kind of locking Bolts wanted. Kind of Trolley Track wanted.
c -r.*'*,?™J?i.* Order — 1 set, 5-door "Slidetite" No, 435 for opening 15 feet wide, 8 feet high, doors IM inches thick, including No, 514 Locking Bolts and No.
Ai Irolley Track.
Complete 5-door set packed in box, including Track, shown on page 140,
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details.
Quantity of Hardware Required for
5-Door Complete Sets
2 Hangers, Roller Bearing.
^Trolley Track
2 Brackets, Center Track.
2 Brackets, Intermediate Track.
2 Brackets, End Track
3 Pr. Hinges. Half Surface Butt
3 Pr. Hinges, Butt
4J^ Pr. Hinges, Surface
1 Bow Handle , . .
1 Door Holder. ..'....
1 Center Floor Guide
2 Bumper Shoes
tl Tie Rod for doors 23" to 29" wide
t or 1 Tie Rod for doors 30" to 36" wide. .
1 Set of Locking Bolts
. ^ „ ■ (Selected from the following sets)
I4 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts . ,
t or 4 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts. .
r2 Spring Top Bolts
t and 2 Cane Bottom Bolts
t2 Self-Aligning Top Bolts
t and 2 Cane Bottom Bolts
2 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts
j2 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high
§2 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs, each
Catalog
Number
t435-l
31 or 35
435x31-0
435x31-1
435x3 1-E
311-4"
435-2 >^"x4"
81-1
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
it
<«
4*
4*
I 4
( *
it
( «
« 4
4 i
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-3
232
435x232-C
1035x232-1
1035x232-E
435--5"x5"
435
81-2
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414--2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors W^eighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
1035x33-E
435-5"x5"
435
81-2
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
617
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Pace 5
i«
(•
cc
• i
<«
C«
*i
ft
>ee page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Notes— t When using No. 35 Track specify No. 435-4 Hangers, ♦ Two pieces of track lencth of earh pannK \»hh + k r.f t^^ a^ J '■ 7~,
foot, . X In this case two extra Bow Handles are furnished. § If desired for higher doors order extra 18'^ sec\^onsli^ki^^^^ apnroximately one
there is a series of three or more doors hinged together. beciions usimg at 80 cents each. J Only used where
5-Door Short Sets
'^"cJ'^ed >» One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock we are in a no^i+in-n tr. f»^«;o>, ci,l * c- ,» ..*•.*,.
For No, 31-35 track, per set $17.00. Shipping weight 54 pounds. For No 33 * track Ser ?S Va'o'eo ShTnni^i*°''^-^^i^AV*'® following prices :
For No. 232 track, per set 33.50. Shipping weight 1 10 Jounds. Example Ordei^lSrort'setf-door "Slffif e^'llfisf fi? No' 31
Heavv Offset Hinge Set
' Shdetite" Heavy Hardware with offset hinges, designed to swing doors clear of the opening and to carry heavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to 39.
Discount
track.
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
15
Patented
R-W No. 435 Hardware
5-Door Sets
CONTINUED .
Doors Open In
Headroom Required
See "A" of Fig. A-720
For No. 31 or 35 Track. 8^ inches
For No. 232 Track. llK inches
For No. 33 Track ......llj^ inches
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are
given on page 112.
All illustrations on this page show 31 track with 311
Offset Hinges at the jambs toward which the doors
fold. If heavier hardware, Nos. 232 or 33 Track, is
used 435-5" Butts are furnished.
Fig. A-719 — Interior View. — Entrance Door Open.
N? 435-C
N2 435-K
Ne 435-E
Fig. A-720 — Interior Elevation shotting proper location and names of 435 Parts for 5-Doot
Sets, including 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts. No, 414 Bolts are applied the same as arc
the 514 Bolts.
NS4^S-l BRACKET
Plan of Tracks
N^435-C
BRACKET
§ BRACKET
^
P JM
Doors Closed
^jm
Doors Partly Open
nn
c=M'
Doors Open at Right 'Angles to Front Wall
Main Floor Plans (Fig.
A-721) show correct design
of frames and jambs for
brick or concrete construc-
tion. Frames and jambs
should be made same thick-
ness as the doors. Small
detail at right shows frame
construction. Doors must
be flush with frames and
jambs*
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
Fig. A-721 — Main Floor Plans
Fig. A-722 — Interior Elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 514 Spring Top Bolts and 524 Cane
Bottom Bolts.
Fig, A-723 — Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware,
including 617 Cremone Bolts.
Fig, A-724 — ^Inlerior Elevation showing 435 Hardware,
including 517 Cremone Bolts.
^■^^■^^
^■^i^^^p
16
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-W No. 435 Sets
6 Doors Opening In
For Openings up to 18 Feet Wide
hrackeL\'*XoV\ mus'i*'be'of equa^ °**' "'^"'^ ^^^'^ ^ ^^^* ^" ^'**'^*^- ^^**^^ '^^^''^ ^^*I"i''« additional track and
=,=^^_^ List Prices for Complete Sets
(as listed in thi tiblf el'SleTl"1>eUil^o^f H^r^ 'f ^''T?- . . r.
tcgether With allHl^'^ll BoSlllJa^^S^t^^rK^ce^s^a'rJrTo t^^^^^^^
n orV frvr. T7„F^"* Locking Bolta as follows;
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set. see page 116.)
Set including:
§ iS°' = J^ Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (p
' %o'/t^ &Te^l?iT ^^''^ ^'^^^'^ ^'^^- '
torn BoH^o!ffi;T21?^^'I'' ^ ""^ 3 ^^°' S24-1 Cane Botl
age 121). . ;
and 3 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (pag
e 120)
S28 . 00
28.00
28.75
29.50
31.20
37.80
49.50
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
93
95
98
99
105
166
121
Medium Weight Hdw
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
$43.50
43 . 50
44.25
45.00
49.70
56,30
68,00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
154
156
159
160
165
174
179
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
1
176
179
180
187
198
203
be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered
extra
Directions for Ordering Complete Set
Complete 6-door sets, packed in box. including Trr-'- -^ 'ncludmg No. 514 Lockmg Bolts and No. 31 Trolley
ack, shown on page 140.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrama on Next P^^c Show Installatinn Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
6-Door Complete Sets
2 Hangers, Roller Bearing
*Trolley Track. . . ^
2 Brackets. Center Track'
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
2 Brackets, Intermediate Track
2 Brackets. End Track. .
•i Fr. Hmges, Half Surface Butt
3 Pr. Hinges. Butt
? n*"- ^S^f5' Surface
2 Door Holders •
2 Tie Rods, for doors 23" to 29" wide
or 2 Tie Rods, for doors 30" to 36"' wide
/c r ^^^5*,***" Lockinc Bolts ' ' ' " '
|6 Spring Top I'^B^Suo^m'^ bolts'' '^'^""^°^ ^^*^^
or 6 Self- Aligning Top or JBottom Bolts
t435-l
31 or 35
435x31-C
435x31-r
435x31-E
311-4"
List Prices
and
Weights
Medium Weight Hdw
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200lbs. each
13 Spring Top Bolts
J and 3 Cane Bottom Bolts
t3 Self-Aligning Top Bolts
i and 3 Cane Bottom Bolts
3 Cham Top and Bottom Bolts
§3 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high" '
§3 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high"
435-2 i^"x4"
119
435-1
435-2
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
Page 5
» »
tc
« A
«(
« t
it
«t
ee page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Catalog
Number
'^ou"T:-7j.'^hV:&.'i.-^iJ^^^^^^^^^
435-3
232
435x232-0
1035x232-1
1035x232-E
435-5"x5"
435
119
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
e5
it
it
ti
* i
1 1
a
A*
«
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
tor Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
List Prices
and
Weights
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
I035x33-E
435-^5"x5"
435
119
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
Page 5
(4
t*
*•
it
41
ti
it
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
I5.„,4t, Packed in One Box Complete E
Fnr'^M "'^''i^^r °^ ^,^^'^" ^IlO carry onr irnll... ...„,. ..,
l^or No. 232 track, per set, 34 50
6-Door Short Sets
ti
etit." Heavy Hardware with offset hinges, d«i«„ed"f ^'^'' ^^^^^ "'"S*^ ^^^
tted«
ort set 6-door "gfid"fite"?5i' 435 Far"N*o!-3i
Track.
swing doors clear of th
e opening and to carrv heaw Ar.^. - i_
arry neavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to 39.
Discount. ,
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
17
Patented
R-W No. 435 Hardware
6-Door Sets
Doors Open In
CONTINUED
Headroom Required See "A" of Fig. A-726
For No. 31 or 35 Track. SK inches
For No. 232 Track 11 Ji inches
For No. 33 Track 113^ inches
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings
are given on page 112.
All illustrations on this page show 31 Track
with 311 Offset Hinges at the jambs toward which
the doors fold. If heavier hardware, Nos. 232 or
33 Track, is used 435-5" Butts are furnished.
Main Floor Plans (Fig. A-727) show correct
design of frames and jambs for brick or concrete
construction. Frames and jambs should be
made same thickness as the doors. Small detail
at right shows frame construction. Doors must
be flush with frames and jambs.
Fig. A-725 — Interior View. Two Car Garage.
N? 435-1
N?435-E,
Fig. A-728 — Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware,
including 517 Cremone Bolts.
Fig. A-726 — Interior Elevation showing proper location and names of 435 Parts of 6-Door Sets,
including 617 Bolts.
MS435-E
BRACKET
TRACK-
^4S435-C
BRACKET
Plan of Tracks
N2435-I BRACKET
m c^SlE
Doors Closed
Fig. A-729 — Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware-
including 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts. The No. 114
Bolts are applied the same as are the No. 514 Bolts.
1
Doors Partly Opened
Doors Open at Right Angles to Front Wall
[HI ^
i
P
Doors Open Parallel with Front AVa
^
, jFig, A-730— Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware,
including 514 Spring Top Bolts and 524 Cane Bottom
Bolts-
Fig- A-727 — Main Floor Plans-
18
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 435
Patented
7-Door Sets
For Ox>enings up to 21 Feet Wide — Doors Open In
\s/A ^^^ results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width
Wider doors require additional track and brackets. Doors must be of equal width
List Prices for Complete Sets
{^^ 1,-^to^ ;«^k^^f prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled— "Detail of Hardware and List of Farts"!
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws neceSary to erU ''
fi ^^i f Ty^}^^ Locking Bolts a» follaws:
CLock lor Entrance Door not included in set, see page 116.)
Set including
S K°- llf Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121). .
Bolts ?p^ag?^l2l? ^""-^^ ^^^^'^ ^^^^ ^"*^^ ^''- ^2^'-'^" ^'^"«' '"^^^-^o^
^ ""'ioii'B^lt'^llJSrfsTf^^^^ 3 No. 524-1 Cane Bot-
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
3 M^ J!l r^wl";{^'i^?i''?^'l^*';^ ?^ Bottom Bolts (page 119)
4^ C}**- i\l Chain Top and Bottom BoJts (page 118)
\\ N^ r ? Cremone |olts. for doors up to 9' high (p
T^ No, 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' hich f
age 119) .
gh (page 120)
List
Price
$51.00
51.00
51.75
52.50
57.20
63 . SO
75.50
167
170
173
173
180
191
196
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
254
257
260
260
267
278
284
Heavy Weight Hdw
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors W^eighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
•I
$84.00
84.00
84,75
85,50
90.20
96.80
108.50
Shipping
Wt,, lbs.
280
283
286
286
293
304
3t0
ment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra
cents each,
G- ^ ^41 f I 1 Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
Exan%u^(L'de"r-'l se^^ ""idoo/^^^f^^^ w^^ a$^^^ ""^ opening thickness of doors. Kind of Locking Bolts wanted Kind of Trolley Track wanted
31 Trolley Track. ' '"'^ ' '*'*^^ Slidetite No. 435 for opening 21 feet wide 8 feet high, doors 1 M inches thick, including No, 514 Sing^^^^
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
— Piagrama on Next Page Show Ina tallation Detail©
Quantity of Hardware Required for
7-Door Complete Sets
3 Hangers, Roller Bearing
*TrolIey Track
3 Brackets, Center Track.
Light Weight Hdw,
using
No, 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
2 Brackets. Intermediate Track
1 Bracket, End Track. .
1 Bracket, Joint. _,.,..
1 Bracket. Double End
1 Bracket Double Intermediate
3 Ceiling Clips, _
Catalog
Number
3 Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt
3 Pr. Hinges. Butt
7H Hinges, Surface, . _ '
1 Bow Handle
1 Door Holder. _ , . . ,
1 Center Floor Guide
2 Bumper Shoes
2 Tie Rods, for doors 23" to 29" wide
or 2 Tie Rods, for doors 30" to 36" 'wide
/c 1 ^ ^5^***^ Locking Bolts
c • T^ (belected from the following sets)
Spring Top or Bottom Bolts. ...
X or 6 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts! ,
t3 Spring Top Bolts , , ,
t and 3 Cane Bottom Bolts! \ .\\\\\\\ .\[ \
J3 Self-Aligning Top Bolts. _ .
X and 3 Cane Bottom Bolts / '
t435-l
31 or 35
435x31-C
435x31^1
435x31-E
435x31^J
435x31-DE
435x31-Dr
435x31-CC
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
ft
311-4
435x22 ^4''i4''
1
3 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts
§3 Cremone Boll.s. for doors up to 9' high
&-> Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high
81
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
Medium Weight Hdw,
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
r?,?*«^f ^I^^^ "^'".§ ^9' 35 Track specify No. 435-4 H
435-3
232
435x232-C
1035x232-1
1035x232-E
435x232-J
435x232-DE
435x232-DI
435x232-CC
435-5"x5"
435
81-2
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-r
1035x33-E
435x33-J
435x33-DE
435x33-DI
43 5x3 3- CC
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
««
« . »
435-5"x5"
435
* 17
81
119
271
•2
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
44
44
C*
c*
• A
«»
C4
14
-^-^■.\r^?i^^^^ir^^f^^^
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Four pieces of Track. Length of two pieces each equals width of two doors plus approx-
7-Door Short Sets
Pa_cked ia One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolt,
are Omitted
lrrck%Vr^lt^j|6 on ^ll'"''^^^ Short Sets at the following
fi.K, per set 556„00, Shipping weight 183 pounds. *"**
pricM:
Heavy Offset Hinge Set ^" '-""^ ^"^"'*<= N»- "^S for No.si track.
"SUdetrt." Heavy Hardware with offset hinges designed to swing doors clear of the opening and to carry heavy door, ■ ^
w carry Heavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to 39.
' — ' ^ Discount.
VT^Vi-?^
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
19
Patented
W No. 435 Garai
Hard^fVare
7 -Door Sets
CONTINUED
Doors Open In
Fig. A-732 — Interior View. Two Car Garage
Headroom Required
See "A" of Fig. A-733
N2 4.J5-E
N" A3S-
For No. 31 or 35 Track . 9 inches
For No. 232 Track 11 inches
For No. 33 Track 113^ inches
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket
Spacings are given on page 112.
All illustrations on this page show
31 Track with 311 Offset Hinges at
the jambs toward which the doors
fold. If heavier hardware, Nos. 232
or 33 Track, is used 435-5" Butts are
furnished.
Main Floor Plans (Fig. A-731)
show correct design of frame and
jambs for brick or concrete construc-
tion. Frames and jambs should be
made the same thickness as the doors.
SmaU detail at right shows frame
construction. Doors must be flush
with frames and jambs.
Fig. A-734
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware, Including 514 Spring Top Bolts,
and 524 Cane Bottom Bolts, •
Fig. A-733 — Interior Elevation showing proper location and names of 435 parts for 7-Door Sets, includingi5l4
Top or Bottom Bolts. 414 Bolts are applied the same as are the 514 Bolts.
Fig. A-735
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware, including 517 Cremone Bolts,
Fig. A -73 6
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware, including 617 Cremone BoUs.
DOORS
N* 435-E
©RACKET
N^435-t
ORACHET
r
Fig. A-734
N
BfWCKCT
Plan of Tracks
^5^435 -J
BRACKET
N^435-0I
BftACK£T
N? 435-OE
BRACKET
E
-r^
i^
^ JM
Doors Closed
^^ ----- - ■ ■ _
Fig, A-735
Doors Partly Open
Doors Open at Bicht Angles to Front
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
Fig A.731— Main Floor Plans
sm
^
Fig. A-736
i^
20
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 435
Patented
Three-Track 8-Door Sets
For Openings up to 24 Feet Wide — Doors Open In
Best results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width
Wider doors require additional track and brackets. Doors must be of equal width
List Prices for Complete Sets
.. J . These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the tabic entitled— "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts").
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect,
T 1 r r.P*"8 Locking Bolts as follows:
Lock for Entrance Door not included in set, see page 116.)
Set including:
8 No. 514 Spring Top and Bottom Bolts (page 121) .
4 No. 514 Spring Top Bolts (page 121), and 4 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121) , .
4 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top Bolts (page 119), and 4 No.524-1 Cane Bot-
tom Bolts (page 121) .
8 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119) .
4 No- 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts (page 118).
4 No. 517 Cremone Bolts, for doors ^lp to 9' high rpage 119) . .
§4 No. bl7 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 120)
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$52.30
52.30
53.30
54.30
60.60
69.40
85.00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
173
177
181
181
190
206
212
Medium Weight Hdw,
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
$73.30
73.30
74.30
75.30
81.60
90.40
106.00
269
273
277
278
286
302
308
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
$85 . 30
85.30
86.30
87.30
93 . 60
102.40
118.00
304
308
312
312
320
338
344
Direc?ion"rhtVihowin^^e??cfinrdltaL " attachment is to be made to br;ck or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra.
§ If desired for higher doors order extra 18" sections which list at 80 cents each.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
lia^^le (?rVe"r^^^ S?!"^/"*^' thickness of doors. Kind of locking Bolts wanted. Kind of Trolley Track wanted.
No S Trolley tT^c^^^^ ^-track S^door Slidetite No, 435 for opening 24 feet wide, 8 feet high, doors 1 H inches thick, including No. 514 Locking Bolts
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Detail
B
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Three-Track 8-Door Complete Sets
3 Hangers Roller Bearing
* Trolley Track.
3 Brackets, Center Track
2 Brackets, Intermediate Track
1 Bracket. End Track
1 Bracket, Joint .
1 Bracket, Double End
1 Bracket, Double Intermediate
3 Ceihng Clips . .
3 Pr, Hinges, Half Surface Butt
3 Pr. Hinges, Butt
9 Pr, Hinges, Surface . . ! '
Light Weight HdM,
using
No, 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
2 Door Holders.
2 Tie Rods, for doors 23" to 29" wide. //// '
or 2 Tie Rods, for doors 30" to 36" wide,
1 Set of Locking Bolts
.„ c • ^ (Selected from the following Sets)
J8 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts .
I . or 8 Sclf-Alignmg Top or Bottom BoHs! !
14 Spring Top Bolts
I and 4 Cane Bottom Bolts, ,//.'[
$4 Self-Aligning Top Bolts. . . ,
t and 4 Cane Bottom Bolts ,..,...[/.//////.
4 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts
§4 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high
§4 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high
t435-l
31 or 35
435x31-C
435x31-r
435x3 1"E
435x31-J
435x31-DE
435x31-DI
435x3 1-CC
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
1 1
**
<■
311-4"
435-2 H"x4''
119
435-1
435-2
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
417
517
617
Note-
mately one foot
mately >^ fo
if
c t
« i
ti
it
*4
U
It
<<
See page
121
iiy
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-3
232
435x232-C
1035x232-1
1035x232-E
435x232-J
435x232-DE
435x232-DI
435x232-CC
435-5 "x5"
435
119
43.5-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
I i
t i
* f
It
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
I035x33-E
435x33-J
435x33-DE
435x33-DI
435x33-CG
435-5"x5"
435
119
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
it
II
<i
ti
4*
<<
• «
II
it
it
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
pieces of track. Lcn
roximate
§ If desired
Three-Track 8-Door Short Sets
Packed in One BoxTComplete Except that Track, Locks and Lockiag Belts are Omitted.
erMt^Slfi on t^h'u'-^i^*^ Short Sets at the following prices:
1 Short \;t q- *^''?P«'''jS "^^^S^it 203 pounds.
1 ^bhort Set 3-track 8-door "Slidetite" No. 435 -for No 31
track.
Heavy Offset Hinge Sets
"ShdetHe" Heavy Hardware with offset hinges designed to s..ng doors clear of the opening and to carry heavy doors, is shown
on pages 30 to 39,
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
21
PateEite<l
R-W No. 435 Garage Door
Hardware
Three-Track 8-DoorSets
CONTINUED
Doors Open In
Headroain Required See *'A" Fig, A-7
For No. 31 or 35 Track _ 9 inches
For No, 232 Track. u inches
For No, 33 Track 113^ inches
Fia, A-737 — InterLor View. Three Car Garage.
HE 4^35-E
Location of Bolt Holes
and Bracket Spaeings are
given on page 112*
All illustrations on this
page show 31 Track with
311 OlTset Hinges at
the jambs toward which
the doors fold- If heav-
ier hardware, Nos, 232
or 33 Track, is used 435-
5" Butts are furnished.
Main Floor Plans (Fig.
A-739) show correct de-
signs of frames and jambs
for brick or concrete
construction. Frames
and jambs should be
made same thickness as
the doors. Small detail
at right shows frame
construction. Doors
must be flush with frames
and jambs.
Fig. A-740
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 517 Cremone Bolts.
Ke 435-1
Fig. A-738 — Interior Elevation showing proper location and names of 435 Parts for Three-Track 8-Door Sets, including 61
Cremone Bolts,
Fig. A-741
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 514 Spring Top or Bottom
Bolts. 414 Bolts are applied the same as
the 514 Bolts.
Fig. A-742
Interior elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 514 Spring Top Bolts
and 524 Cane Bottom Bolts.
I v-c^\^^y^
6fWCKET
.DOORS
f"''
NS433-r WACKE
lia435-IBR>CKrr
We435-01
Fig, A-740
NS435-J.6RACKET
Plan of Tracks
h243&-01 BRAQ^T
E
^l
=*
a^jsD
Doors Closed
MB
Doors Partly Open
Fig. A-741
^ — ■■■■■■ ^^-> -
Doors Open at Right Angles to Front
Wall
(P
Jt
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
Fig. A-739 — Main Floor Plans
JE
^
B.
^
Fig. A-742
mm
22
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
PAtented
R-W No. 435
Four-Track 8-Door Sets
For Openings Up to 24 Feet Wide — Doors Open In
Best results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width
Wider doors require additional track and brackets. Doors must be of equal width
List Prices for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts ")
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect,
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set, see page 116.)
Set including;
8 No. 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121)
4 No. 514 Spring Top Bolts (page 121)^ and 4 No. 524-1 Cane iSottom
Bolts (page 121)
4 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top Bolts (page 119), and 4 No.'524-I Cane is'ot-
tom Bolts (page 121)
8 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119)
4 No. 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts (page 118)
H No. 517 Cremone Bolts, lor doors up to 9' high (page 119) ,,.,,....,...
i4 No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 120) ...
§ No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 120), and 1 No ii25
Lock (page 120)
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$75.00
75.00
76.00
77.00
81.60
90.40
110.00
113.00
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
230
234
238
238
247
262
270
272
Medium Weight Hdw.
usint;
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
List
Pi ice
$102.00
102.00
103.00
104.00
1 08 . 60
117.40
137.00
140.00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
346
350
354
354
363
378
386
388
Heavy Weight Hdw-
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
;119.00
119.00
120.00
121.00
125.60
134.40
154.00
157.00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
379
383
387
387
396
411
419
421
T^- '^."'^TT^^^^ include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, extension shields should be ordered extra
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
§ If desired for higher doors order extra 18" sections which list at 80 cents each.
e, ^ J .. 1 « L J ,,,. , , , Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
State— Type and style of hardware. Width and height of opening. Thickness of doors. Kind of locking bolts wanted. Kind of Trolley Track wanted
.r,A M^^'^i^^-T u "^ T '^-^■'ack 8-door • Shdetite" No. 435 for opening 24 feet wide. 8 feet high, doors I H inches thick, including No. 514 Locking Bolts
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
^ Diagrams on Next Page Show Installatioii Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Four-Track S-Door Complete Sets
4 Hangers. Roller Bearing
*Troliey Track. * . . .
4 Brackets, Center Track,
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 tbs. each
Catalog
Number
2 Brackets, Intermediate Track
2 Brackets, Joint . . . ,
2 Brackets, Double End
2 Brackets, Double Intermediate
6 Ceiling Clips
3 Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt,
3 Pn Hinges, Butt. .
9 Pr, Hinges, Surface
2 Bow Handles
1 Center Floor Guide
4 Bumper Shoes
2 Tie Rods for doors 23^' to 29'' wide
or 2 Tie Rods for doors 30" to 36" wide .
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
t8 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts . . _
I or 8 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts. .
t435~l
31 or 35
435je31-C
435x31-1
435x31 -J
435x31--DE
435x31-DI
435x31-CC
311-4"
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
J4 Spring Top Bolts _
i and 4 Cane Bottom Bolts
14 Self-AUgning Top Bolts
and 4 Cane Bottom Bolts
4 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts
J4 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high.
Cremone Bolts for doors up to 10' high
§4 Cremone Bolts for doors up to 10' high
and one lock
435^2 H'^x4"
81-1
271
435-72
435-1 .
435-2
514-1
414-1
514-1
524^1
414^1
524*1
417
517
617
617
1125
•t
n
it
(I
«4
«<
Id
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
120
120
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-2001bs. each
Catalog
Number
435-3
232
435x232-C
1035x232-1
435x232"J
435x232-DE
435x232-DI
435x232-CC
435-5"x5"
435
81-2
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
[-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
617
1125
< ft
(«
i i
if
4 A
*t
<•
t C
* I
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
M
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
435x33-J
435X33-DE
435x33-DI
435x33-0 C
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
lis
119
120
120
120
435-5 "x5"
435
81-2
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
617
1125
«(
it
4«
il
4«
«<
€4
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
120
120
Notes — jWhen using No. 35 Track soecifv No 435—4 Hansers * <iir ni^i-pc ^f tro-^ir i ^^^+u TZ '■ ; —
mately one foot Length'of two pieces each equals width of Vwo loors plu aSp^oximatelv 1 Mfeet^ Length SfTwn "r?'^ "^"^'k' ^'^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^°«" P»"« ^^^'^xi-
approximately M foot. I In this case four extra Bow Handles are furnished.^^§ If desired for hi/h4r do?r?order"xt?k fs-'sectioSs^lb^^ 80 cents each™'""'
Four-Track 8-Door Short Sets
Packed in One BoE Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bait, are Omitted
hor the copvenience of dealers who carry our trolley track locks and lockina holt<! in ctrinir «,» «-« ; ■*■ . , •ii-cu.
For No. 31-35 track, per set J54.00. Shipping flight 140 poSX ^ For nV 33 tVrcr ner sef jIV'on '"shi'^T^'l ^'"""k.^SV," the following prices:
For NO. 232 track, per set 70.00. Shipping weight 213 pounds. Ex.^p^OM^'^Prsron'sIiTtrl^L'JT.fo'/'.^s'id^H^ for No. 31
Heavy Offset Hinge Set
"Siidetite" No. 1035 Heavy hardware with offset hinges designed to swing doors clear of the o
Discount
penmg and to carry heavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to
39
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
23
Patented
R-W No. 435 Garage Door
Hardware
Four-Track 8-Door
Sets
CONTINUED
Doors Open In
Headroom Required See '*A" Fig. A-744
For No. 31 or 35 Track . . _
For No. 232 Track. ,
For No* 33 Track
. . . 9 inches
. . . 11 inches
. . .11 J^ inches
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are
given on page 112-
Fig. A-743 — ^Interior View, Doors Wide Open
Fig. A-744 — Interior Elevation showing proper localLon and names of 435 Parts for Four-Track S-Door Sets, including 517 Cremone
Bolts.
All illustrations on this page show 31
Track with 311 OfTset Hinges at the
jamb toward which the doors fold. If
heavier hardware, Nos_ 232 or 33 Track,
is used 435-5" Butts are furnished.
Fig. A-746
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 617 Cremone Bolts.
Fig, A-747
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 514 Spring Top or Bottom
Bolts. 414 BoHf' are applied the same as
the 514 Bolts,
Fig, A-748
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hard-
ware, including 514 Spring Top Bolts and
524 Cane Bottom Bolts.
^^ BRACKET
|«4l£^D] BF^ACKCT
TRACK'
1^ ' ^^ " ^V:^^ ' ^^
:^
Plan of Tracks
Fig. A-746
-^
Doors Closed
JH
Doors Partly Open
^5!^
IjUH
Doors Open at Right Angles to Front Wall
Fig. A-747
Doors Open Parallel withlFront ^Yall
Fig A>745 — Main floor Plans show correct design of frames and jambs for brick
or concrete construction. Frames and jambs should be made the same thickness as the
doors. Small detail at right shows frame construction. Doors must be flush with
frames and jambs, _^^ ,, . „, _^,
Fig. A-745 — Main Floor Plans
Fig. A-748
^T^-:.\
24
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo. 435
Patented
9-Door Sets
For Openings, up to 27 Feet Wide — Doors Open In
Best results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width
Wider doors require additional track and brackets. Doors must be of equal width
List Prices for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — 'Detail of Hardware and I^ist of Parts"),
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set, see page 116.)
Set including:
8 No, 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121) ,,
4 No. 514 Spring Top PolLs (page 121), and 4 No. 524«1 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121) ,
4 No. 414 Self-AIignini? Top Bolts (page 119), and 4 No. 524-1 Cane Bot-
tom Bolto (page 121)
S No. 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119)...,
4 No. 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts (page 118) , .
§4 No. 517 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high (page 119)
§4 No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 120) , > . .
Light Weight Hdw.
Medium Weight Mdw.
Heavy Weight Hdw,
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
More Than 200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
List
Price
Shipping
\Vt., lbs.
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. lbs
$76.00
232
$103.00
348
$120.00
381
76.00
236
103.00
352
120.00
385
77 . 00
240
104.00
356
121.00
389
78.00
82 . 60
91.40
240
248
264
105.00
109.60
118.40
356
365
380
122.00
126.60
135.40
389
398
413
111.00
272
138.00
388
155.00
421
Note — Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished witii hardware.
§ If desired for higher doors order extra 18" sections which list at SO cents each.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
State — Type and style of hardware. Width and height of opening. Thickness of door.s. Kind of locking bolts wanted. Kind of trolley Track wanted.
c Order — 1 set, 9-door "Slidetite" No. 435 for opening 27 feet wide, 8 feet high, doors l'^ inches thick, including No. 514 Locking Bolts and No
Exampl
31 Trolley Track.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Instatlatioti Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
9-Door Complete Sets
4 Hangers, Roller Bearing
*Trolley Track .
4 Bracliets, Center Track. . . . ,
2 Brackets, Intermediate Track.
2 Bracket.s, Joint
2 Brackets, Double End
2 Brackets, Double Intermediate. .
6 Ceiling Clips
3 Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt
3 Pr. Hinges, Butt . .
10 H Pr. Hinges, Surface. .
1 Bow Handle.
1 Door Holder . .
1 Center Floor Guide.
2 Bumper Shoes
2 Tie Rods for doors 23" to 29" wide. .
or 2 Tie Rods for doors 30" to 36" wide.
1 Set o£ Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
J8 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts
J or 8 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts. .
$4 Spring Top Bolts.
X and 4 Cane Bottom Bolts
14 Self-Aligning Top Bolts
i and 4 Cane Bottom Bolts . . .
4 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts
|4 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high
14 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
t 43 5-1
31 or 35
435x3 1-C
435x31-1
435x3 1-J
435x31-DE
435x3 1-D I
435x31-CC
311-4"
435-2 M"x4"
Sl-1 '
435-1
435-2
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
514-1
524-1
414-1
524-1
See page
121
119
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-3
2.^2
435x232-C
1035x232-1
435x232-J
435x232-DE
435x232-DI
435x232-CC
435-5"x5"
435
81-2
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
See page
121
119
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
435x33-J
435x33~DE
435x33~DI
43 5x3 3- CC
435-5"x5"
435
81-2
119
271
435-72
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
List Fries s
and
Weights
Pace 5
See page
121
119
9-Door Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted.
■h Short Sets at the following prices
ig weight 245 pounds.
,, ^^ „. ^ Slidetite" No. 435 for No. 31 track.
Heavy Onset Hinge Set
"Slidetite" Heavy Hardware with offset hinges designed to swing doors clear of the opening and to carry heavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to 39
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
25
Patented
R^W No, 435 Garage Door
Hardware
9 -Door Sets
CONTINUED
Doors Open In
Headroom Required See ''A" of Fig, A-750
For No, 31 or 35 Track
For No. 232 Track. . . .
For No, 33 Track
- . . 9 inches
. . . 11 inches
, . . 11 H inches
;
^^v^ri^^B fl^^^^V^V l^^^vfl^B
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Ki?
nr\
»^'
o
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings arc
given on page 112.
Fig. A-749^ — ^Intcrior View. Three Car Garage.
Fig. A-750
Interior Elevation showing proper location and names of 435 Parts for 9-Door
Sets, including 514 Spring Top Bolts and 524 Cane Bottom Bolts,
All illustrations on this page show
31 Track with 311 Offset Hinges at
the jambs toward which the doors
fold. If heavier hardware, Nos, 232
or 33 Track is used 435-5" Butts are
furnished.
Fig. A-752
Interior Elevation showing 435
Hardware, including 514 Spring Top
or Bottom Bolts- 414 Bolts are ap-
plied the same as the 514 Bolts,
Interior
Hardware,
Bolts,
Fig. A-753
Elevation showing 435
including 517 Cremone
Fig, A-754
Interior Elevation showing 435
Hardware, including 617 Cremone
Bolts,
OOORS
f«4:»5-J eRACKCT
&«>CR£T
Nl^M^lBRMTVET
Fig, A-752
»A4JS^] BRxyrr
Plan of Tracks
EZ
l^dE
Doors Closed
-q-L.
MD
Doors Partly Open
Fig. A-753
K:
Doors Open at Right Angles to
Front Wall
H
c-zzn
^
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
^
Fifi A-751 Main floor plans show correct design of frames and jambs for
brick or concrete construction. Frames and jamba should be made same
thickness as the doors. Small detail at right shows frame construction. Doors
must be flush with frames and jambs.
t'lg. A-754
■■■
26
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-W No. 435
1 0-Door Sets
For Openings up to 30 Feet Wide — Doors Open In
Best results are obtained by using doors not more than 3 feet in width
Wider doors require additional track and brackets. Doors must be of equal wi
List Prices for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — ^"DetaiJ of Hardware and List of Part**'
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
.-!*
Plus Locking Bolts as folio we:
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set. see page 116.)
let including:
10 No. 514 Spring Top or Bottom Bolts (page 121)
5 No. 514 Spring Top Bolts (page 121)^ and 5 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121)
5 No. 414 Self-Aligning Top Bolts (page 119). and 5 No. 524-1 Cane
Bottom Bolts (page 121).
10 No, 414 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts (page 119)
5 No. 417 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts (page 118) ......... .
§5 No. 517 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high (page 119) . .
§5 No. 617 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high (page 120) .
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 125 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$77.50
77.50
78.75
80.00
86.00
97.00
120.50
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
239
243
248
249
259
279
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 125-200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$104.50
104.50
105.75
107.00
113.00
124.00
147.50
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
372
376
381
382
390
412
423
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No, 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
^ 'ore Than 200 lbs.
Each
List
Price
$121.50
121.50
122.75
124.00
130.00
141.00
164.50
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
398
402
407
418
438
449
r.- ^>*^Tu^®^/ including Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware. " "^ ^^ vauo.
§ If desired for higher doors order extra 18" sections which list at 80 cents each.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
. ^ . ^ irdware. Width and height of opening. Thickness of doors. Kind of Locking Bolts wanted. Kind of Trollev Track wanted
Track''"'"*' Order-One set. 10-do,or "Shdetite- No. 435 for opening 30' wide, S' high, doors 1 H" thick, including No. 514 Locking Bolts an? No 31 TYoIley
State — Type aud style of hardware
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagranifi on Next Page Show Installation DetailA*
Quantity of Hardware Required for
10-Door Complete Sets
4 Hangers, Roller Bearing
^Trolley Track
4 Brackets, Center Track,
2 Brackets, Intermediate Track
2 Brackets, Joint. ...,.....,,,
2 Brackets, Double End , ,
2 Brackets, Double Intermediate
6 Ceiling Clips
3 Pr. Hinges, Half Surface Butt,
3 Pr. Hinges, Butt, .
12 Pr. Hinges. Surface
2 Door Holders
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
2 Tie Rods for doors 23" to 29'' wide
or 2 Tie Rods for doors 30" to 36" wide,
1 Set of Locking Bolt^ii
(Selected from the following sets)
tlO Spring Top or Bottom Bolts ,
t or 10 Self-Aligning Top or Bottom Bolts.
t435^1
31 or 35
435x31-C
435x31-1
435x31-J
435x31-DE
435x31-DI
435x31^CC
3U-4'^
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
15 Spring Top Bolts. , , ,
i and 5 Cane Bottom Bolts
}5 Self-Aligning Top Bolts
J and 5 Cane Bottom Bolts
5 Chain Top and Bottom Bolts. . . . ,
{5 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 9' high. . .
§5 Cremone Bolts, for doors up to 10' high. .
435-2 H"x.
119
435-1
435-2
514-1
414-1
514-1
524-1
414^1
524-1
417
517
617
/I
i*
4 I
t £
i <
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Wei£»hing Be-
tween I25-200lbs. each
Catalog
Nnmber
435-3
232
435x232-C
1035x232-1
435x232-J
435x232^DE
435x232-DI
435x232-CC
435-5"x5"
435
119
435-1
435-2
514-2
4 1 4-2
5 1 4-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
c 1
* t
4 i
« t
i .
1-4
It
4 4
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
119
120
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
33
435x33-C
1035x33-1
435x33— J
435x33-DE
435x33-DI
435x33-CC
435-5"x5"
435
119
435-1
435-2
514-2
414-2
514-2
524-1
414-2
524-1
417
517
617
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 5
tt
f ■
It
f •
tm
««
li
See page
121
119
121
121
119
121
118
U9
120
I^.^^-.-t.^^^^- -l-?,^^ Hangers. * Six pieces of track. Length^of two pieces each eq uals width of two doors plus approxl
niately one foot. Length of two pieces each equals width of two doors plus approximatelv 1 U feet T prTirtf! ^r t«.^ r^^ * L "V ^^ ", "-*'^ h-<^^ «fpi"ai-
approximately H foot, t In th.s case five extra Bow Handles are furn?shed,''s IfSreS fol^h^ler d^oS o?d^fe"xfra?l'''se^^^^^^^
10-Door Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolt* are Omitted.
wing prices:
track.
Heavy Offset Hinge Set
"Slidelite" Heavy Hardware with offset hinge, designed to swing doors clear of th
e opening and to carry heavy doors, is shown on pages 30 to 39.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patf^Qted
R-W No. 435 Hardware
10-Door Sets
CONTINUED
Headroom Required
See "A'' of Fig. A-756
For No. 31 or 35 Track 9 inches
For No. 232 Track 11 inches
For No. 33 Track 11?^ inches
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are
given on page 112.
AH illustrations on this page show 31 Track with
311 Offset Hinges at the jambs toward which the doors
fold- If heavier hardware, Nos- 232 or 33 Track, is
used 435-5" Butts are furnished.
Fig. A-755 — Interior View. Three Car Garage
TRACK
Nf 435-C ©FtACKET
»*^ N2A3b HAN6ER
N* 119 DOOR ■ HOLDER
N? 435-1 BRACKET
III I I ^p
w
^5J7 BOLT
n
m
21
i
Ht3\\ HINOE
Fig. A-756 — Interior Elevation showing proper location and names of 435 Parts for lO-Door Sets, including 517 Cremone Bolts.
Fig. A-758
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware, including 617 Cremone Bolts.
Fig. A-759
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware, including 514 Spring Top or
Bottom Bolts. The 414 Bolts are applied the same as are the 514.
ig. A-760
Interior Elevation showing 435 Hardware,Eincluding 514 Spring Top Bolts
and 524 Cane Bottom Bolts,
Fig, A~757 — Main Floor Plans show correct design of frames and jambs for
brick or concrete construction. Frames and jambs should be made same
thickness as the doors. Small detail at right shows frame construction. Doors
must be flush with frames and jambs.
ftfiAC*^£T
f
^ Plan of Tracks
ESEI^
:^r-r
Si
^ eJ3'
Doors Closed
r. ^^^
^^m
Doors Partly Open
^-m
m
Doors Open at
ifiht Angles to Front
Wall
yu
C
Doors Open Parallel with Front Wall
Fig. A-757 — Main Floor Plans.
Fig. A-758
F ig. A-759
Fig. A-760
•>:^'v^^.;?-y>^';.^
28
RICHARDS-WILCOX OARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo.435
SUdetite Garage Door Hardware is designed and ordi-
narily used for doors opening inside the garage. How-
ever, there is no fundamental reason why the hardware
should not be used for doors opening out, ii the garage
builder so desires.
No. 435 Out Opening garage door sets operate similar
to doors opening inside of the garage, illustrated on
pages 2 to 27, except that the doors fold outside of the
building instead of inside. For this purpose we furnish
a special Oflset Surface Hinge which will give sufTicicnt
Patented
Doors Opening Out
2 to 10 Door Sets
space between the doors for locking bolts, when the
doors stand in open position, and hanger aprons are
made with an offset great enough to clear a casing IH"
thick. Butt Hinges are used at jamb, with sets for alt
sizes of track.
Set prices as shown below are based on furnishing
hardw^are for doors which are not more than 3 feet wide
each, as w^e have found that doors of this size give best
results. If wider doors are desired additional track and
brackets are required. All doors must be of equal width.
List Price for Complete Sets (2 to lO-Door Sets) for Doors Opening Out.
These prices include hardware for set desired
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary, to erect,
pius cbovee of Locking Bolts as shown in thia table.
(Loct for Entrance Door not included in set, see Page. llC)
Tvo-Door Set, see pages 6-7
Three-Door Set, for Opening 9' mde
with Xo. 3J or 35 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 lb?, each. , .
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with No. 33 Track — for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each —
One-Track Four-Door Set, tor opening 12' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track— for Doors weighing up to 125 lbs. each . .
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 Ibfl. each
with No. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each. . . .
Two-Track Four-Door Set, for opening 12' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track — for doore weighing up to 125 lbs. each, ,.
with Xo. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
witib Xo. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each....
Five-Door Set, for opening 15' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 ihs. each. ..
with No. 232 Track — for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with Xo. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each. ...
With No. 514 Top
and Bottom
Spring Bolts
(Pg. 121)
List
Price
Sis-Door Set, for opening 18' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track— for doora weighing up to 125 lbs. each. . .
with No. 232 Track- for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with No. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each
Seven-Door Set, for opening 21' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 lbs. each. . .
with No. 232 Track — for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with No. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each.,..
Three-Track, Eight-Door Set, for Opening 24' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 lbs, each. , .
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with No. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each —
Four-Track, Eight-Door Set, for opening 24' wide
mth No. 31 or 35 Track— for doors weig.^iing up to 125 lbs. each. , .
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with No, 33 Track — for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each —
Nine-Door Set, for opening 27' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track— for doors weighing ap to 125 lbs. each. . .
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with No. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each,..,
Ten-Door Set, for opening 30' wide
with No. 31 or 35 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 lbs. each. . .
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs. each
with No. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs. each. . . .
$14.00
21.30
24.50
16.00
24.60
28.20
21.00
39.50
46.00
24.50
42.50
49.00
28.00
43.50
50.00
51.00
72.00
84.00
52.30
73.30
85.30
75.00
102.00
119.00
76.00
103.00
120.00
77.50
104.50
121.50
Shipping
Weight
With No. 514 Top
Bolts and No.
524-1 Cane
Bottom Bolts
(Pg. 121)
40
82
102
55
89
108
83
139
156
166
93
154
174
167
254
280
173
269
304
230
346
379
232
348
381
239
372
398
List
Price
S14 00
21.30
24.50
16.00
24.60
28.20
21.00
39.50
46.00
24.50
42.50
49.00
28.00
43.50
50.00
51.00
72.00
84.00
52.30
73.30
85.30
75.00
102.00
119.00
76.00
103.00
120.00
77.50
104.50
121.50
Shipping
Weight
Lbs.
With No. 414 Top
and Bottom
Self-Aligning
Bolts
(Pg. 119)
41
83
103
56
90
109
84
141
158
90
151
List
Price
95
156
176
170
257
283
177
273
308
234
350
383
236
352
385
243
376
402
S14.50
21.80
25.00
17.00
25.60
29.20
22.00
40.50
47.00
25.50
43.50
50.00
29 . 50
45,00
51.50
52.50
73.50
85.50
54.30
75.30
87.30
77.00
104.00
121.00
78.00
105.00
122.00
80.00
107.00
124.00
Shipping
Weight
Lbs.
42
84
104
59
93
112
87
143
160
93
153
170
99
160
ISO
173
260
286
181
177
312
238
354
387
240
356
389
249
382
408
With No. 414 Top
Bolts and No.
624-1 Cane
Bottom Bolts
(PgS. 119-121)
List
Price
S14.25
21.55
24.75
16.50
25.10
28.70
21.50
40.00
46.60
25.00
43.00
49.50
28.75
44.25
50.75
51.75
72.75
84.75
53.30
74.30
86.30
76.00
103.00
120.00
77.00
104.00
121.00
78.75
105.75
122.75
Shipping
Weight
Lbs.
42
84
104
58
92
111
143
160
92
153
170
98
159
179
173
260
286
181
177
312
238
354
387
240
356
389
249
382
408
With No. 41 7 Top
and Bottom
Bolts
(Pg- 118)
List
Price
$15.40
23.20
26.90
19.05
28.40
32,30
22.80
43.30
49,80
26,80
47.30
53.80
31.20
49.70
56.20
57.20
78,20
90.20
60.60
81.60
93.60
81.60
108,60
125,60
82.60
109.60
126.60
86.00
113.00
130.00
Shipping
Weight
Lbe.
•With No. 517
Cremone Bolta
Adjustable for
Doore up to 9'
Hiph (Pg. 119)
45
87
108
63
97
115
90
147
164
List
Price
158
177
105
165
187
180
267
293
286
320
247
363
396
248
365
398
259
390
418
517.60
25,40
29.10
22.85
32.80
36.70
27.20
47.70
54.20
30.20
51.70
58,20
37.80
56.30
62.80
63,80
84.80
96.80
69.40
90.40
102.40
90.40
117.40
134.40
91.40
118,40
135.40
97.00
124.00
141.00
Shipping
Weight
Lbs.
•With No. 617
Cremone Bolta
Adjustable for
Doora up to 10
High (Pg. 120)
47
89
110
105
125
97
154
170
103
166
186
166
174
198
191
278
304
206
302
333
262
378
411
264
380
413
279
412
438
List
Price
S21.50
29.30
33.00
31.25
40.60
44.50
35.
55.50
62.00
38.00
59.50
66.00
49.50
68.00
74.50
75.50
96.50
108.50
85.00
106.00
118.00
110.00
137.00
154.00
111,00
138.00
155.00
120.50
147.50
164.50
Shipping
Weight
Lbs.
91
112
74
109
129
102
159
175
107
170
190
121
179
203
196
284
310
212
308
344
270
386
419
272
388
421
290
423
449
Note— Sets include screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra. Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with
hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted eee page 132 for details and prices of hardware. For use with Two-Track Four Door, and Four-Track Eight-Door sets only. 'When doors are higher, extra 18'
extensions, listing at 80 cents each, are required for each bolt.
^™ * •* DIRECTIONS FOR ORDERING COMPLETE SETS
Stale— Type and style of hardware. Width and height of opening. Thickness of Doors. Kind of locking bolts wanted. Kind of trolley track. State that doora open out.
Example Order for tompUte Sets— One Set, 5-door No. 435 "SUdetite" for opening 15 feet wide, 8 feet high, doors 2J^ inches thick and No. 31 Trolley Track, with 417 Bolts. Doors open out.
No. 435 Short Sets for Doors Opening Out
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Lock« and Locking Bolts are Omitted.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock we are in a position to furnish Short Seta at the following prices:
For
Track
Number
No. 31-35
No. 232
No. 33
For
Doors Weighing
Each
Up to 125 rba
125-200 lbs
More than 200 lbs,
3-Door Set
List
Price
510.00
16.70
18.80
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
34
62
72
One-Track 4-Door Set
$11.00
17,00
19.60
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
38
65
76
Two-Traik 4.Door Set
Liat Shipping
Price
S15.00
30.50
35.00
Wt.. Ibe.
64
!05
119
5-Door Set
List
Price
$17.00
33.50
39.60
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
60
110
125
6-Door Set
Price
118.00
34 . 50
40.60
Shipping
Wt., Ibe.
59
115
132
Example Order for Short Sets— 1 short set, 5-door No. 435 "SUdetite" tor No. 3 trlack. Doors open out.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
29
Patented
R-W No. 435 Hardware
2 to 10-DoorSets
Doors Opening Out
CONTINUED
Headroom Required
See *'A" of Fig, A-763
For 2-Door, 3-Door and 4-Door 2 Track Sets
For No. 31 or 35 Track. 6 inches
For No. 232 Track, _ _ _ 8K inches
For No, 33 Track 8 H inches
For 4 Door, 1 Track Sets
Also 5 Door Sets and for 6 Door Sets
For No. 31 or 35 Track 8)4 inches
For No, 232 Track , UK inches
For No. 33 Track IIH inches
For 7 to 10 Door Sets
For No. 31 or 35 Track, 9 inches
For No, 232 Track. -,tt inches
For No. 33 Track _ • _ . . ;il H inches
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are
given on page 112,
BRACKET
Fig; A-762 — Exterior View. Six Doors Opening Out.
N?435-C
Fig. A, 763 — Exterior Elevation showing proper location and jiannes of 435 Parts as used
on the outside of a 5-Door Opening Out set.
Plan of Track
^V"/'t^^^
.\
-^■^\--
^
..,^
Doors Closed
Doors Partly Open
^
i^
UJJ
Doors Open at Right
Angles to Front Will
ml
IM"
Doors Wide Open and
Parallel with Front Wall
Fig, A-761 — Main Floor Plans
L.
NS 614 BOTTO
BOLT "i*
1
3 Fig- A-764 — Interior View of above elevation showing proper location and names of 435 Parts
~^ asiused on the inside of a 5-Door Opening Out Set. No. 414 Bolts are applied the same as are
the 514 Bolts-
30
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-WNo. 1035
Garage Door Heavy Hardware
2 to lO-Door Sets — Doors Opening In or Out
Figure A-765 — Interior View. Doors Opening In. This Illustration shows a Four Track 8-Door 1035
Heavy Hardware Set.
Slidetite No. 1035 Equipment is an exceptionally
efficient garage door hardware with extra heavy and
extra long hinges supporting the doors at the jamb.
It is designed to meet hard seiwice conditions and is
well adapted for use on buildings where the appearance
of strength is an important part of the architectural
scheme.
It is recommended especially for use* on public
garages or for private garages where the doors are
extra high, extra heavy or where three or more doors
fold to one side.
With Slidetite No. 1035 sets heavy Offset Hinges
and extra long track brackets supplement the regular
Slidetite No. 435 Butt Hinges and Brackets; otherwise
the hardware is identical and the doors operate the
same as shown on pages 2 to 29 of this catalog. Doors
must be mounted flush with the jambs.
This hardware is designed to
opening in door-ways having 2
opening, 8 to 30 feet wide.
fold doors clear of
to lO-Doors in one
Bracket Bolt Spacings are shown'on pages 112 and
113.
In Ordering Be Sure To State Whether Hardware
For Doors Opening In or Out is Desired.
When building conditions are such that it is incon-
venient to satisfactorily attach No. 1035 Hinges to the
jamb, No. 1036 Hinges (page 130) may be substituted.
No. 1036 Hinges will throw the doors clear of the door-
way when doors open parallel to front wall, but doors
will not clear the door-way when open at right angles
to front wall. No. 1036 Hinges are not furnished un-
less specified on order.
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
^m^^m^m^
31
Patented
R-W No. 1035
Garage Door
Heavy Hardware
2 to 10 Door Sets — Doors Opening In
or Out
CONTINUED
Fig. A-765A — Exterior View.
Doors Opening Out. Illustra-
tion Shows a 6-Door 1035
Heavy Hardware Set.
List Price for Complete Sets (2 to lO-Door Sets) for Doors Opening In
When Ordering Be Sure to State Whether Hardware fw Doors Opening In or Out is Desired
or
Out
Ttese prices include hardware for set desired
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect,
Plu3 choice of Locking Bolts as sbown in this table.
(Lock for Entrance Door not included in set, see page 116)
Parts Shown on Following Pages
2 -Door Set, see pages fr-7
3-Doar Set, for opening 9' wide (See Plans on Page 9)
with No. 31 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 lbs., each
with No. 2.32 Track — for dooiB weighing between 125-200 lbs,, each
■ftlth No. 33 Track — for doors weigbing more than 200 lbs., each. .
Ooe-Track 4 Door Set, for opeains 12' wide (See Plans on Page 11)
with No. 31 Track — for doors weighing up to 125 lbs., each ,
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 !bs., each .
with No. 33 Track— for doors weigiiing more than 200 lb3., each
Two'Track 4-Door Set, for opening 12' wide (See Plans on Page 13)
with No. 31 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 lbs., each
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs., each,
with No. 33 Track — for doors weiring more than 200 Ibe., each . . . ,
With
No. 514
Top
and
Bottom
Spring
Bolts
(Pg. 121)
List
Price
S-Door Set, for opening 15' wide (See Plans on Page 15)
with No. 31 Track — for doors weighing up to 125 lbs., each
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 12.5-200 Ibe., each.
with No. 33 Track — for doors weigiiing more than 200 lbs., each . . . .
i-Ooor Set, for opening IS' wide (See Plans on Page 17).
with No. 31 Track— for doora weighing up to 125 lbs., each.
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs., each,
with No. 33 Track- for doora weighing more than 200 lbs., each —
7-D««r Set, for opejiing 21' wide (See Plans on Page 19)
with No. 31 Track — for doota weighing up to 125 lbs., each
with No. 232 Track— for doora weighing between 125-200 lbs., each
with No. 33 Track — for doora weighing more than 200 lbs., each . ,
Three-Track 8-Door Set, for opening 24' wide {See Plans on Page 21)
with No. 31 Track — for doors weighing up to 125 lbs., each
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs., each. . .
with No. 33 Track — for doors weighing more than 200 lbs., each
Four-Track 8- Door Set, for opening 24' wide (See Plans on Page 23)
with No. 31 Track — for doors weighing up to 125 Ibe., each
with No. 232 Track— for doors weighing between 125-200 lbs., each,
with No, 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 Iha. each —
9-Da«r Set, for opening 27' wide (See Plans on Page 25)
with No. 31 Track— for doors weighing up to 125 Ibe., each. ...
with No. 232 Track— for door weighing between 125-200 lbs., each. .
with No. 33 Track— for doora weighing more than 200 lbs., each —
l(t-Door Set, for opening Zf^ wide (See Plans on Page 27)
with No. SI Track— for doors weighing up to 125 lbs., each
with No. 232 Track— for doora weighing between 125-200 lbs,, each. ..
with No. 33 Track— for doors weighing more than 200 lbs., each
S20.00
27.30
30.50
22.00
30.60
34.20
33.00
51.50
58.00
36.50
54.50
61.00
40,00
55.50
62.00
63.00
84.00
96.00
M.30
85.30
97.30
87.00
114.00
131.00
88.00
115.00
132.00
89.50
116.50
133.50
Lbs.
93
122
142
100
129
148
128
179
196
134
189
206
138
194
214
212
294
320
309
344
275
386
419
277
387
427
284
412
438
With
No. 514
Top
Bolts and
No. 524-1
Cane
Bottom
Bolts
(Pg. i2n
List
Price
Wt.
Lbs,
S20.00
27.30
30.50
22.00
30.60
34.20
33.00
51.50
58.00
36 50
54.50
61.00
40.00
55.50
62.00
63.00
84.00
96.00
64.30
85.30
97.30
87.00
114.00
131.00
88.00
115.00
132.00
89.50
116.50
133.50
94
123
143
101
130
149
129
181
198
135
191
208
140
197
217
215
297
322-
222
313
348
279
390
423
283
391
431
289
416
444
With
No. 414
Top
Bottom
Self-
Aligning
Bolts
(Pg. 119)
List
Price
Wt,
Lbs.
.$20.50
27.80
31.00
23.00
31.60
35.20
34.00
52.50
59.00
37.50
55.50
62.00
41.25
56.75
63.25
54.25
85.25
97.25
66.30
87.30
99.30
89.00
116.00
133.00
90.00 285
95
124
144
104
133
152
132
183
200
138
193
210
144
200
220
213
300
326
226
317
352
283
394
427
With
No. 414
Top
Bolts and
No. 524-1
Cane Bot-
Bolts
(Pgs. 119.
121)
List
Price
Wt.,
Lbs.
S20.25
27.50
30.75
22 50
31.10
34.70
33,50
52.00
58.50
37.00
55.00
61.50
40.75
56.25
62.75
63.75
84,75
.75
117.00
134.00
92.00
119.00
136.00
305
435
294
422
448
65.30
86,30
98.30
88.00
115.00
132.00
89.00
116.00
133.00
90.75
117.75
134 , 75
95
124
144
103
132
151
131
183
20O
137
193
210
143
200
220
218
300
325
226
317
352
2S3
394
427
287
395
435
With
No. 417
Top and
Bottom
Bolts
for Doors
up to
9' High
(Pg. 118)
List
Price
S21.40
29.20
32.90
25.05
34.40
38.30
34.80
55.30
61.
Wt.,
Lbs.
tWith
No. 517
Cremone
Bolts
Adjustable
For Doors
up to
9' High
(Pg. 119)
List
Price
421
449
38.80
59.30
65.80
43.20
61.70
68.20
69.20
90.20
102.20
72.60
93.60
105.60
93.60
120.60
137.60
94.60
121.60
138,60
98.00
125.00
142.00
125
147
105
134
153
134
186
204
140
197
214
150
207
227
225
307
332
237
325
363
294
396
435
295
405
444
300
430
462
Wt.,
Lbs.
S23 . 60
31,40
35.10
28.85
38.80
42.70
39.20
59,70
66.20
42.20
63.70
70.20
49.80
68,30
74.80
75 . 8C
96.80
108.80
81.40
102.40
114.40
102.40
129.40
146.40
103.40
130.40
147.40
109.00
136.00
l.i3 00
101
129
150
115
145
165
142
194
210
148
206
226
161
214
238
235
317
343
250
341
376
305
416
449
307
417
457
fWith
No. 617
Ctemone
Bolt3
Adjustable
For Doora
up to
10' High
(Pg. 120)
List
Price
Wt.,
Lbs.
$27.50
35.30
39.00
37.25
46.60
50.50
•47.00
•67 . 60
•74.00
50.00
71.50
78.00
61.50
80.00
86.50
87.50
108.50
120.50
97.00
118.00
130.00
'122.00
♦149.00
•166.00
123.00
150 . 00
167.00
312
450
476
132.50
159.50
176.50
103
131
152
117
148
168
144
199
215
150
209
229
166
220
244
242
323
349
257
348
383
313
424
457
315
425
465
332
460
486
Short Sets
Packed Complete
in
One BoK
Except That
Tracks, Locks
and
Locking Bolta
Are Omitted
List
Price
Wt..
Lbfl.
$16.00
22.70
24.80
17.00
23.00
25.60
25.00
42.50
47.00
29.00
45,50
51.60
30.00
46.50
52.60
49.00
62.00
68.00
49.00
62.00
68,00
66-00
82.00
89.00
67.00
83.00
90.00
67,00
83.00
90.00
61
83
86
61
88
91
106
150
159
m
158
166
105
163
175
150
240
264
151
243
■>R7
190
272
326
m
266
340
192
281
343
Nol«^Set8 include lag screws for attaching track brackets and hinge pLntels. If attachment is
to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra.
If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
•If No. 1125 Lock (page 120) is desired in addition add S3.00 per set. Weight will be increased
4 lbs. per set,
tia used on higher doors, extra sections listing at 80 cents each, are required for each bolt.
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
State-Width and height of opening. Thickness of doors. Kind of Locking Bolts wanted. Example Order-OnesetMoor^Slidetite" No. 1035, for opening 15 fee doors
Style of Trolley Track. State whether doors open in or out. 2^ mchee thick, includmg No. 51^-1 Top and Bottom Bolts and No. 31 style of track.
Discount.
32
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Surface Hinge
No. 836-23^x4"
Surface Hinge
No, 435-2 Hx4"
No. 435-3 Hx5"
Butt Hinge
No. 435-4"x4"
No. 435-5"xy
Surface Hinge — No. 435 12"x4
Hanger
No. 435
OfTset Surface Hinge for Doors Openin
Out. No. 836-12"x4"
Suspension Rod for
Nos. 1035-DE, DI. and J BrackeU
Dimensions for Sidewall Support
Intermediate Bracket
No. 1035-1
Offset Surface Hinge
No. 1035-18"x2J^" No. 1035-30"x2U"
No. 1035-24"x2M" No. 1035-36"x2H"
Floor Guide No. 271 With
Bumper Shoes No. 435-72
Tie Rod
No. 435
Track
No.
A
D
E
31
232
33
lOK" 11 H"
Bow Handle
No. Sl-1
Center Bracket
No. 435C
Joint Hrai ket No, 1035-J
(Showing C.ciliniii; Clip)
Double Intermediate Brackei
NO.1036-DI (Showing Ceiling Clip)
Dimensions for Overhead
Support
Track
No.
A
B
C
G
F
31
232
33
w
H"
H"
20"
25"
25"
9"
11"
llK"
3"
3H"
5H"
6"
6i<"
Door Holder No, 119 ^ v,« ,,nu Brarket •^ Double End Bracket No. 1035-DE
« .,. ^,. . . , ^ . ^ . ^^^ 1035-E (Showing Ceiling Clip)
Ceiling Clips not mc.uded in Price of Brackets
Bracket Suspension Bolts not included in regular sets because lengths vary on individual installations
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts
See Preceding; Page for List Prices for Complete Sets
*- \-y
Tpp or oPCNiHor
or 60lT 1^
Of COflNiCt
^
TOP OF OPCNINO
DESCRIPTION
Hangers, Roller Bearing for In-Opening-
Doors
Hangers. Special Roller Bearing, for
^^^S"^-OpeniTig Doors {page 28) each..
***TrolIey Track, per foot
Brackets, Center Track, each
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 or No. 35 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 125 lbs. each
Brackets, End Track, each
Brackets, Intermediate Track, each
Brackets, Double End, each.
Brackets, Double Intermediate, each.
Brackets. Joint, each.
Ceiling Clips, each ,
Catalog
Number
Hinges, Surface (page 129), per pair.
Hinges, Offset Surface (page 130):
lS"x2M" per pair. ..
24"x2J4", per pair
30"x2>^", per pair
38"x2H". per pair
Hinges, Surface (page 129), per pair
Hinges, Butt (page 128), per pair .. . .
Bow Handles (page 125), each. . . .
Center Floor Guides (page 126), each
Bumper Shoes (page 126), each. ,
Door Holders, each
1Tie Rods for Doors:
t
t
23 to 29" wide (page US), each. ,
30" to 36" wide (page 118), each..
t 37 to 42" wide (page 118), each.
t 43" to 48" wide (page US), each
♦435-1
**435-21
31 or 3d
435.X31-C
1035x3l-E
1035x31-1
1035x3l-DE
1035x31-DI
1035x31 -.J
435x31-CC
435-2 H"x4"
1035
1035
1035
1035
83fi-2 H"x4"
435-4"x4"
81-1
271
435-72
119
435-U
435-12
435-13
435^14
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.- lbs.
$3.50
3.50
.30
.30
1
00
,70
00
.so
.80
.20
.80
.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
1
00
60
35
96
14
15
30
50
70
90
3K
3H
1^
1
5
3
13M
12
12
12
14
16
18
2
H
H
2
2
4
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Between
125-200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-3
435-23
232
435x232-C
1035x232-E
1035x232-1
1035x232-DE
1035x232-DI
I035x232-J
435x232-CC
435-12"x4"
1035
1035
1035
1035
836-12"x4"
435-5"x5"
81-2
271
435-72
119
435-11
435-12
435-13
435-14
List
Price
*When using No. 35 Track specify No. 435-4.
**When using No. 35 Track, specify No. 435-14
***Length of pieces determined by size of opening
TUnly used where there is a series of three or more doors hinged together
S4.50
4.50
.55
1.00
4.00
3.25
6.35
5.75
7 25
.24
2.20
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
3.00
1.00
.55
.96
.14
.15
1.30
1.50
1.70
1.90
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
7>^
2H
2%
14
19
16
U
1
12
14
16
18
9K
2
1
H
2
2
4
4
Heavy height Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 200 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-2
435-22
33
435x33-0
1035x33-E
1035x33-1
1035x33-DE
1035x33-DI
1035x33-J
435x33-CC
435-12"x4"
1035
1035
1035
1035
836-12"x4"
435-5"x5"
81-2
271
435-72
119
435-11
435-12
435-13
435-14
List
Price
$5.00
5.
.70
1.25
4.50
4.25
7.25
6.15
8.25
.30
2.20
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
3.00
1.00
.55
.96
.14
.15
1.30
1.50
1.70
1.90
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
9
4
16
11
24 j
21
14
1
12
14
16
IS
?•
2K
H
K
2
2
4
4
List Prices for Complete Sets Shown on Preceding Page
No. 1035 Hanger and Bracket Sets for No,
These sets are intended for such of our dealers who
necessary for No. 1035 Garage Door Sets in stock Vi
o, 31 Track
all hardware
exception of
carry
ith th"e
Jickfd''in'mttaf ed'g'S'carS^ ^".'* ^'^^^^^% as listed below come
No. lOsSsT-I BracKt 1 No ift-^isf p°t?'''1' f^\T^^.435-l Hanger. 1
with screws and bolts for S?ct ?^ i't ^?'"^?''K^ \ No. 435x31-C Bracket.
4-door equipment^ For two trar-k /V. '"'^^^^^^^^^^ ^*^°°'" ^"^ one-track
sets. Weight, per self 14 \U ' ^ ^""^ ^^-'^^^'^ "^"^fits use two
List Price No. 1035 Hanger and Bracket Set, each $5.50
Discount
/*--
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
33
SCUUtUt^ Heavy Substantial Hardware for
PalriUtMl
Industrial or Community Garages
Fig. A-766-^No. 103b Heavy Hardware Applied lo '1 in-Clad Fire Doors
We IManiifacture Tin Clad Fire Doors
Prices Upon Application ■
Where industrial doorways are subjected to exterior fire hazards,
such as proximity to frame buildings or other inflammable material,
Slidetite Hardware can be applied to 2 or 3-ply Tin Clad Fire Doors.
When this is the case, we recommend that No. 33 Trolley Track
be used.
This strong, sturdy, fire reLardent assembly permits the doors Lo
be opened easily and as often as desired. In case of fire, if the doors
are open, they will not be closed automatically by the action of fus-
ible Unks, as regulation fire doors would be. The above assembly
is Not Approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters.
Fig. A-767 — SJidelite Hardware is Often, Used Upon Industrial or Coininunily Garage Doors.
For industrial or community garage doors any of the following Slidetite No. 1035 Garage Dior Hardware as shown on pages 3f>
hardware is applicable, viz: Slidetite No. 435 Garage Door Hard- to 32; and Slidetite No. 1235 Ciarage Door Hardware as shown on
ware as shown on pages 2 lo 29. pages 38 and 39.
34
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
For Heavy Industrial Doors
CONTINUED
Patented
R-W
No. 434
Extra
Heavy
Hardware
Designed
for
Very Large
and
Heavy Doors
Fig. A-767— Hardware Equally Well Suited for Wood or Steel Doors.
The R-W No. 434 Hardware consists of hangers, tracks, brackets,
hinges, locking bolts and hold open latches. When wicket doors
are used, hinges and latch are furnished for the same.
The hangers and track brackets are the Nos. 435x33 and 1035x33
illustrated on page 5. The track is our No. 33 made of No. 13 gauge
steel, shown in full size on page 110. '
The jamb hinges consist of a strap made of ^ by 2}4 inch steel
w^hich extends entirely across the door. The double eye pintle has a
H inch diameter pin. When mounting on minimum width columns,
the pintles must be recessed into the column. The two doors of
each pair are connected together by heavy double strap hinges made
of ^ inch by 2}4 inch steel with knuckles 5 inches wide. The bolt
holes in one leaf of the double strap hinges are made to correspond
with the bolt holes in the strap of the jamb hinge. These two hinge
leaves are placed on opposite sides of the door nearest the jamb and
are bolted together with bolts through the door, in that way form-
ing a continuous hinge from the jamb to the center of the opening.
This hardware can be applied
Ordinarily three sets of hinges are sufficient but very heavv doors
may require four sets of hinges.
Large cane bolts operating horizontally ^ith guides and keeper
. plates are furnished for each pair of doors. The cane bolts slide
across the hinged joint of the pair of doors holding them rigid in the
same plane and preventmg folding.
A hold open latch bar is attached to the outside of one door of
each pair. The hold open latch is attached to a post or a section of
rail set in the ground as illustrated. The latch cannot be accident-
ally released but holds doors positively until manually released.
A pair of heavy tee hinges and a heavy warehouse door latch
are furnished for wicket doors when so ordered.
Our blue prints should be consulted before building the doors.
In ordering state width and height of opening, thickness of doors,
state if doors are wood or metal and describe construction, describe
jambs, send detail drawings if possible. All doors in an opening
must be of equal width.
to doors opening either In or Out
List Price for 4'Door Sets
No. 434 Hardware complete with three sets of hinges, weight 725 lbs., per set
No. 434 Hardware complete with four sets of hinges, weight 850 lbs., per set . ' ' " $100.00
No. 434 Wicket Door Hardware only, weight 20 lbs., per set ' " 125.00
■ 5.00
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
35
SCtdttUt^ for Heavy Industrial Doors
P a t « It I ed
CONTINUED
R-W
No. 1035
Hardware
Practical
Satisfactory
Economical
Figure A-768 — This is a I035x3a — 6-Door Installation
The biggest of doors are easy to handle when, hung
on SHdetite No. 1035 Industrial Door Hardware.
The doors are narrow, presenting only half as much
area to the wind as the ordinary pairs of hinged doors.
They cannot be easily blown about by the wind.
Doors of extra large size are frequently necessary in
industrial plants. While it is comparatively simple
to construct big doors, it is a real problem to hang them
satisfactorily and permanently.
"SHdetite" Industrial Door Hardware has success-
fully solved this problem in numerous instances. A
tvpical "SHdetite" installation of this kind is that at
the J. A. Torstensen Company, Chicago, shown m the
illustration above. The doors are 21 feet high to per-
mit trucks loaded with large lights of plate glass to pass
through. These doors move smoothly and easily in
spite of their great height and bulk.
Doors hung on "SHdetite" sUde and fold completely
out of the w^ay, leaving an unobstructed opening up
to 30 feet wide if necessary. Require no tinkering as
they never sag or bind. Easy to open, even in a high
wind, and cannot possibly slam shut. Close tight, snug
and secure.
When ordering be sure to state whether hardware
is for doors opening inside or outside of the opening.
See Page 32 for List Prices of Parts
L
36
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo.1135 Garage Door Hardware
Patented
The
Last Word
m
Garage Door
Hardware
For
2 to 10 Doors
in One Opening
For Doorways
8 to 30 Feet Wide
Fig. A-769 — Interior View, two car garage.
"Slidetile-Idear' Xo. 1135 Equipment is designed, as its name
signifies, for installations where it is desired to achieve a particularly
classv combination of effects, such as the garage doorway of an aris-
tocratic estate.
In "Slidetite-Ideal" No. 1135 Equipment the well-known "Ideal"
Ball-Bcaring Hangers and track take the place of the regular No.
435 as shown on pages 2 to 27 of this book. The equipment includes
HAV No. 617 Adjustable Cremone Locking Bolts, R-W No. 1035 Off-
set Hinges. Installations may be made ^1th regular No. 435 Butts
in place of the No. 1035 Offset hinges if desired.
The door hanger unit of "Slidetite-Ideal" Equipment (well-known
as Richards-Wile ox ''Ideal'" Hardware) embodies, because of its
scientific construction, a maximum of perfect pTincipies. The door
hangs from a ^ide rider-bar. rolling over steel balls, which in turn,
roll alone a carefuUv milled track groove. Friction is eliminated,
and at the same time the rider-bar travels at twice the speed of
the balls. A ball retainer keeps the steel balls always properly
spaced.
. This ball bearing design provides a hanger which operates with
exceptional smoothness and ease, and the combination of "Ideal'*
track with the "Slidetite" design, produces in "Slidetite-Idear'
hardware, an equipment that is perfection itself.
Figure A-770 which shows a close-up view of the hanger, tr.vck
and bracket assembly, gives a clear idea of the construction and
operation of this ball-bearing device. The track is a rectangular
shaped tube made of verj^ hea\y gauge steel, drawn to form two
parallel runwa\"s for steel balls, upon which the hanger rolls.
The general arrangement of the doors and the hardware coincide
with that of the regular "Slidetite" No. 435 sets as shown on pagc^
2 to 27.
List Price of 3 to 10-Door Sets
Equipment Complete, Indtiding Hanjjers, Track and Brackets, with all Bolts and Screws Necessary to Erect
Number of Doors and Si'.e of Opening
2-Door Set — Openng not to exceed 8' wide ipage 7) ". ."
3-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 9' wide (page 9K
1-Track, 4-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 12' wide ipage ID...
2-Track, 4-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 12' wide (page 13). ..
5-Door Set^Opening not to exceed 15' wide (page IS'*
6-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 18' wide (page 17)
7-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 21' wide (page 19)
3-Track. 8-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 24' wide (page 21). . .
4-Track. JS-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 24' wide (page 23). . .
0-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 27' wide (page 2o)
10-Door Set — Opening not to exceed 30' wide (page 27)
Complete Sets
With No. 1035 Offset Hinges, and
617 Adjustable Cremone Bolts
(pg. 120)
List
Prirp
Shipping
Weight, lbs
$45 . 30
41.50
52 00
71.00
75.00
«5.50
140. 00
151,00
lyi.oo
1 93 . 00
203 . 00
Hanger. Track and Bracket
Assembly Only
List
Price
$19.80
15.80
1 5 . 80
32 00
32 . 00
32 . 00
65.00
65 00
95.00
95.00
95.00
Shipping
Weight, lbs
36
28
28
56
56
56
110
110
164
164
164
Note — Knob Lock for entrance door not included in above sets (see
page 116). Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If
attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expaasion shields should be
ordered extra.
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices
of hardware.
Directions for Ordering
Slate — -Type and Style of Hardware. Width and height of opening.
Style of Hiiige wanted. Thickness of doors. Whether doors open inside
or outside of garage and number of doors in opening. If three door or one
track four door, specify whether right of left hand. Hand is determined by
direction in which doors open when facing the doors from the working side.
Example Order — ^One set, five-door "Slidetitc-Ideal" for opening !."»
feet wide. 8 feet high, with No. 1035 OfTset Hinge. Doors IH inches
thick.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
37
Fig, A-7 70 — Slidetite-Ideal*'
hanger, track and bracket as-
sembly, illustrating operation
of rider bar and steel balls
running in milled groove of
track and also showing the
relation of the center and
ntermediate adjustable
brackets to the track.
ratenloil
R-W No 1135
Garage Door Hardware
No. 81 Bow Handle
%
119 Door Holder
No. 435 Tie Rod
No. 271 Adjustable Floor Guide
with No, 435-72 Steel Bump-
er Shoe.
No. 435 Surface Hinge No. 435 Butt Hinge
2K"3t4"; 3M"x5" 4''x4''; 5''x5"
R-W No. 1035
Heavy Offset Hinge with Surface Pintle
iS''x2H"\ 2V'x2l4": 30'^K2H''
1^ >
R-W No, 617 Cremone Bolt
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts
DESCRIPTION
Exclusive of Hanper, Tr»<-k &nd Bmcket AsMemblies, Lifted on Preccditip; I'ajKc
Bow Handles (pace I'i.'i), earh. ,,....
Center Floor Ciiiides (pai?e 126). earh.
Bumper Shoes (page 126), ear.h
Hinges, SurJate (page 129), per pair.
Hinges, Surface (page 129). per pair. .
Hinges. Butt (page 128), per pair
Hinges, Butt (paye 128;, per pair
Hinges, Offset Surface fpage 130), per
pair
Tlinges, OfTsct Surface (page I-IO). per
pair,
Catalog
Number
81-1
271
435-72
435-2 J4"x4"
435-3M"x5"
435-4"x4"
4 3 5-5 "x 5"
1 035-1 S"x2H"
1 035-24 "x2>ij"
List
Price
$ .35
.96
.14
.RO
1.40
.60
1 00
4.00
4.50
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
- H
3
H
4H
IH
1 ¥2.
12
14
DESCRIPTION
Hinges, Offset Surface (page 130).
per pair
Cremone Bolts, adjustable for doors
up to 10' High. oach.
Door Holder, each , . . . ■
*Tie Rods for doorsi 23" to 29" wide
(page 118), complete
*Tie Rods for doors 30" to 36" wide
age 118), (.'omplcte
Catalog
Number
1035-30"x2l.''/'
617
119
435-1
435-2
!.,ist
Pi
^ice
S,'".
00
9
.50
.24
1
.30
1
.50
■
ShtppinR
Wt., lbs.
18
14 ''^
34
IH
*OBly used where there is a series of three or more doors hinged together.
Discount .
38
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-WNo. 1235
Gara
Door Hardware
Hardware Sets for Exceptionally Heavy Sliding Folding Doors More Than Three Feel Wide
This equipment handles two big doors
hinged together, one door hinged to the
jamb and supported at its outer edge by
circular trolley track; the other door
supported at its outer edge by a straight
trolley track with compound curve,
attached to front wall.
curve: No 1
Trolley Track Compound Curve
31 CC. 232CC or 33CC
The doorway may be furnished with
a pair of doors operating from one
jamb, or a pair of doors operating from
each jamb, as illustrated on the opposite
page. Three weights of track, brackets
and hangers as set forth in the table
below, give ample range of hardware to
suit a wide variety of doorway sizes
and weiehts of doors.
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts for One Pair of Doors
If desired for two pairs of doors, twice the amouot of hardware is necessary
Quantity
of
Hardware Required
for
One Pair of I>oors
1 Hanger. Knuckle Joint, for curved
track, each
1 Hanger, Knuckle Joint, for straight
track, each
*'l rolley Track, Straight (page HO), per
foot ,...,...,.,..
♦♦Trolley Track, Curved (page llOj, per
foot.
•♦Trolley Track, Compound Curve (page
1 10}, each
1 Bracket, End Track (page 107). each .
ff*Bracket. Center Track (pace 107}, each
o^Brackets. Cross Ear Ceiling Center
(page 107), each
1 Bracket, Cross Ear Ceiling End,
(page 107), each
1 Bracket, Extension End, each
o*Brackets, Extension Center, each
2 Bow Handles (page 125), each
a**l}4Vr. Hinges, Heavy Offset (page
130), per pair
a***ll4 Pr. Hinges. Surface (page 129).
per pair. . ,
a****l Floor End Stop (page 126k each
o*****l Adjustable Fioor Center Door
Guide (page 126), each
2 Bumper Shoes (page 126), each
1 Cane Bottom Bolt (page 121)
Light Weight Ildw.
using
No, 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 250 Ibi. each
Catalog
Number
435-n-KJ
435-I-KJ
31
31-CT
31 -CC
2x31
1x31
5x31
1 235x31 -E
1235x31-C
81-1
1035-30"x2H"
435-12"x4"
272
271
435-72
524-2
List
Price
$6 00
3.00
.30
1 90
8,00
.26
.26
.26
.26
1 50
1.50
.35
5.00
2 . 20
.85
.96
14
1.20
Shipping
^^t.. lbs.
9
3M
1
3
1
1
IH
4
4
'A
16
3
3
4H
edium Weight Udw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing between
250-400 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-1 3- KJ
435-3- K J
232
232- CT
232-CC
2x232
1 x232
5x232
6x232
1235x232-E
1235x232-C
81-2
1035"30"x2H"
435-12"x4"
272
271
435-72
524-2
List
Price
$9 00
6.00
.55
1.80
9 00
.55
55
.55
.55
2.30
2 30
.55
5.00
2.20
.85
.96
.14
1.20
Shipping
Wt..
12
7i4
2M
5
2
2
2H
6H
1
16
lOH
3
H
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing More
Than 400 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
435-12-KJ
435-2-KJ
33
33-CT
33- CC
2x33
1x33
5x33
6x33
1 235x3 3- E
1235x33-C
Sl-2
1035-30"x2 3^"
435-12"x4"
272
271
435-72
524-2
List
Price
99 50
6.50
.70
2.00
10,00
.75
.75
.75
.75
2.70
2,70
.55
5.00
2.20
.85
.96
.14
1 20
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
12
7 J
4
6
2H
2H
4
4H
9
9
1
16
lOH
3
3
H
Notes — *LeDgih required equals approximately width of two doors.
♦♦Made to suit requirements, see plans on next page. a*Quantity depends
upon the amount of track used. Brackets should be spaced on two loot
tenters, a** For doors* over 10' high, use two pairs of No, 1035 Hinges,
a**^For doors over 10' high, use two pairs of No. 435 Hinges, a*^**To
be used only with One Pair of Doors equipment. ^♦♦♦♦♦yQ ^e used only
with Four Door equipment.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts for Two Pair of Doors
IlluBtrations on next page show installations details
Four Door Sets require jusL twice the amount of hardware as used for one pair of Door Sets, with the exception of Floor Guides (See
oles a**** and a*****above.)
For hardware required for One Pair of Doors see above table.
Important
Always send sketch showing width of doors, thickness of doors, to which side doors fold, and position of doors when open, so that the
correct amount of curve track can be furnished.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
39
R-W No. 1235 Garage Door Hardware continued
Patented
Fig- A-771 — One Pair of Doors Partly Open
Fig. A-772 — Doors over 10 ft. high require four Butt Hinges
Desirable for Public or Industrial Garages Where Extra Heavy or Extra Wide Doors are Advisable
Fig. A-773 — ^A Pair of Heavy Doors Operating from Each Jamb
Strong, Sturdy, Easy Operating Equipment
40
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 436
Garage Door Equipment
■I ■
Fig. A-774 — Doorway Equipped with No. 436 Fixtures
The dra^^■jngs on the next page give complete instructions regarding the installation of this hardw^are.
The doors slide and fold inside the building, and when open take up very little space.'
This equipment will handle any three-door opening which is not more than nine feet in width. The single door
which is hinged to the jamb can be used as an entrance door, thus saving the expense of having a separate entrance
door in one of the side walls. The doors fit perfectly tight and are weather-proof. The hanger and track, being in-
stalled on the inside of the garage, are not subject to weather, birds' nests, etc. and operate easily and quietly. No
snow and ice has to be shoveled before the garage doors can be opened.
A Set of Fixtures Contains the Following Hardware;
1 only No. 436 Hanger.
1 Piece Flat Track with Brackets,
4)/2 Pairs No. 436 Butt Hinges.
1 No. 514 Top Bolt.
1 No. 514 Bottom Bolt.
(7')
1 No. 436 Latch.
2 No. 436 Padlock Plates.
2 No. 71-1 Bow Handles,
Screws and Bolts for attaching
List Price
R-W No. 436 Set, Weight 20 pounds, Complete. __._ $7
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
41
R-W No. 436
TojC f co/yf er o/ £^oor n)i//7c^ea ' off ^o cMar
6-0"OP'G
4=V
^
X
Plan
}
\
\
s N 4
Mtacf? 4 frack PnacMetjs to
y j5 aliac^e^ Fo/i/ //?& i^oor3 //7/o f/?e ope/r \.'^^^
4^ M//7. Jfea^r^om lZ/6f_Bggr^ iP 5^^mrf trae ^
^ V-
' !^<9 T/TACK 7-Ofo^^ -^_^^MMU
1 Hife]"^
N^436LATCH ^
N^5I4 SPRING
BOLT
•^co
i
B
sf/m
t
A-
N^4S6 PADLOCK
r\k
7
i
m^
!f
ll
j5
£Ldy£5
a
6
^
nv
s
^
f^
T
Oi I
^1
/V^^/V riANDU
£-3
./^^4J6 BUfT6
ELEmr/oN
I
A-A is a section through the
hanger, track and bracket,
B-B is a section through the
locking bolt*
imi_nj]
C-C is a section through the
latch* and D a section through
the padlock plate.
D-D is an elevation of the padlock
plates.
SECnON A 'A
S£cr/OA/ B'B
^
42
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
^fwm^^^i^m
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
43
P^
t v'-s /• 1* ■ - '*J
44
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Ri^ht Angle Garage Door Hardware
Patented
R-W No. 235
CONTINUED
Fig. A-77.') — This illustration '^how? an exceptionally large installation (Notice Wicket Entrance Door)
Averaiic sized doors are pictured on the following pages.
In a garage where front wall space is limited and
where it is desired to secure maximum use of the floor
space, "SiydaSyde" R-\V No. 235 Garage Door Equip-
ment mokes an unusually satisfactory installation.
Ryen yery heayy doors operate lighth- on "Slyda-
Syde" hardware.
We make sets to accommodate doors of yarious kinds
in a wide range of weights and sizes, and in yarious
combinations, as shown on this and the following pages.
"SlydaSyde" doors when open stand along the side
wall at right angles to the opening, inside the building
and require a negligible amount of space for their opera-
tion in swinging around the corner.
The hardware is adaptable to yarious doorway condi-
tions and arrangements, including — Single Doors \yith
space between the jamb and the side wall; Double Doors
with space between the jamb and side walls; Single and
Double doors with jamb adjacent to the side wall; Pair
of Doors Hinged Together for opening with space be-
tween the jamb and side wall. Three Doors Hinged
Together and sliding to one side; Six Doors, three of
which are hinged together sliding to the right, three
of which are hinged together sliding to the left.
Diagrams shown on opposite page giye a graphic
idea of the line of trayel of doors of yarious widths
and the space required for their operation around the
corner.
L
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
45
Pdtetilri
Right Angle Garage Door Hardware
R-W No. 235
CONTINUED
i
J
Fig. A-776 — Exterior view of doorway equipped with single door,
operating on "SlydaSyde AA" Hardware. Door in partly open
position.
Doorway Clearance Diagrams
Each of the square spaces in the diagrams represent one foot.
Solid lines indicate the line of travel of doors on straight tracks as
sets A and B, pages 48 to 51. Dotted lines indicate the hne
of travel of doors on curved tracks as sets E, F, G, H, ,1 and K,
paees 56 to 67. Diagrams are laid out for doors from 3 to 10 feet
wide. The clearance lines are based on the width of each door
and not on the width of the opening in the case of sets G, H, J and
K, where several doors are hinged together.
Example: A door 8 feet wide on straight
track would require in being open, a space of
6J^ feet from side wall at a point one foot
from the front wall, 4 feet 9 inches from side
wall at a point 2 feet from the front wall, 3
feet 6 inches from side wall at a point 3 feet
from front wall, 2 feet 5 inches from side wall
at a point 4 feet from front wall: 1 foot 7
inches from side wall at a point 5 feet from
front wall and 10 inches from side wall at a
point 6 feet from front wall.
Fig. A-777 — Doorway with 2
foot space from jamb to side
wall, requiring hardware sets
Nos. 235-A. B. E, F, G, H, -J
or K.
/2' //* /^'
to' r 6'
B
wiDTff OF Boof(' ^' 4-' S' C T &' T W
ii>. A-778 — Doorway adjacent to side
, re(]nirinp hardware sets Ncs. 235-C
D, J or K. See cm mple hbove i^Fig.
77. • . : ■
/'
*" Y/'0'9\ **'^^^ crimn- J*
S' $• 7' &
tl^i — Doorway with 1 foot space
from jamb to side wall requiring hardM'are
sets Nos, 235-C, D, J or K. See ex-
ample above Fig. A-777.
Fig. A-780 — Doorway with 3 foot space
from jamb to side wall requiring hardware
sets Nos. 235-A, B, E, F, G, H, J or K.
See example .above Fig. A-777.
( i J — J ^ -* J J
46
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
I
^^^^^^
Patente
Four-Wheel Hanger
*No. 235-5 for No. 31 Track
*No. 235-9 for No. 232 Track
*No. 235-6 for No. 33 Track
R-W No. 235
Two-Wheei Hanger
No. 235-3 for No, 31 Track
No. 235-8 for No. 232 Track
No. 235-4 for No. 33 Track
Ri^ht Andle Garage Door Hardware
Four-Wheel Hanger
Short Pendant
No. 235-1 for No. 31 Track
No. 235-7 for No. 232 Track
No. 235-2 for No. 33 Track
Four-Wheel Hanger
No 235-23 for No. 31 Track
No. 235-28 for No. 232 Track
No 235-24 for No. 33 Track
Four-Wheel Hanger
Long Pendant
No. 235-11 lor No. 31 Track
No. 235-17 for No. 232 Track
No. 235-12 for No. 33 Track
(•'
-v . •Ml
Stay Roller
No. 55
Center Floor Guide No. 271, and
Bumper Shoes No. 435-72
Floor End Stop No. 272, and
Bumper Shoes No. 435—72
Slot Bracket
No. 235x31-8
No. 235x232-8
No. 235x33-S
Corner Bracket
No. 235x31-C
No. 235x232-C
No, 235x33-C
Curved Track
Nos. 31. 232 and 33
Center Stop
Bracket
No. 12x31
No. 12x232
No. 12x33
Center
Bracket
No. 1x31
No. 1x232
No. 1x33
Flush Drop
Handle No. 170
o. 635 Corner Guide Roller
urface Hinge
No. 635
Door Holder
No. 119
Straight Track
Nos. 31. 232 and 33
Note — *Knuckle Joint Hangers to run in curved
track.
Bow Handle
No SI
End Bracket
No. 2x31
No. 2x232
No. 2x33
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
47
Patented
R-W No. 235
Right Angle
Garage Door
Hardware
Fig. A-781 — Interior view of parage doorway equipped with No. 235 "BB" Hardware
NoUce Wicket Door in Left Hand Door
-
Hanger Dimensions
Hanger No.
For
Track No.
Diameter
Wheels,
Inches
Bearings
in Hanger
■
Pendant
lop of Door to
Bottom of Front Track
Clearance Required Above
Bottom of Front Track
Minimum
Inches
Maximum
Inches
Side Wall
Bracket, Inches
Ceiling Bracket
Inches
235-1
235-3
*235-5
■ 235-11
235-23
235-7
235-8
*235-9
235-17
235-2S
235-2
235-4
*235-6
235-12
235-24
1
31
31
31
31
31
232
232
232 ,
232 . '
232
33
33
33
33
33
2H
2H
2H
2H
2 l-a
3
3
3
• 3 ..
3
3
3
3
3
3
Roller
Ball
Ball
Roller
Roller
Roller
Roller
Ball
Roller
Roller
Roller
Ro ler
Ball
Roller
Roller
Short
Short
Short
Long
Short
Short
Short
Short
Long
Short
Short
Short
Short
Long
Short
2H
7
7
7
7
9H
5%
6
9H
6
6
3H
6
2M
3J4
6
7H
IH
7K
3
2H
2H
3M
7H
8M
IH
3
8K
*Knuckle Joint Hanger to run in curved track.
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts
DESCRIPTION
Hangers (page 46), eachv
Hangers (page 46), each.
Hangers (page 46), each.
Hangers (page 46), each. .,..,..
Hangers (page 46), each
Brackets, Corner (page 46), each
Brackets, End (page 107), each
Brackets, Center (page 107), each
Brackets, Center Stop (page 107), each.
Brackets, Slot (page 46), each
Trolley Track, Straight (page 110), per
foot
Trolley Track, Curved (page 110), per
foot. ■ •
Hinges, Surface (page 129), per pair. . . .
Flusn Drop Hanales (page 125), each. . .
Bow Hanales (page 125), each
Center Floor Guides (page 126,). each
Floor End Stops (page 126), each. . .
Bumper Shoes (page 126), each
Stay Rollers (page 46), each
Door Holder (page 46), each. ......
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs, each
Catalog
Number
235-1
*235-3
*235-5
235-11
235-23
235x31-C
235-2x31
235-1x31
235-12x31
235x31-S
31
31
635-4'^
170
81-1
271
272
435-72
55
119
$2.50
2.50
3.50
2.50
2.50
2.00
.26
.26
.85
2.00
.30
1.90
1.20
.50
.35
.96
.85
.14
.10
.15
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
3^
2%
4
4
7H
1
1
3
6
IH
2
H
3
2H
1
H
H
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Between
300-500 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
235-7
235-8
*235-9
235-17
235-28
235x232-C
235-2x232
235-1x232
235-12x232
235x232-5
232
232
635-5"
170
81-2
271
272
435-72
55
119
$3 . 50
3.50
4.50
3.50
3.50
3.00
.55
.55
1.35
3.00
.55
2.85
1.80
.50
.55
.96
.85
.14
.10
.15
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
7
5
7
7H
121^
3
3
5Ji
8
2M
2K
1
H
3K
214
1
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Between
500-800 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
235-2
235-4
*235-6
235-12
235-24
235x33-C
235-2x233
235-1x33
235-12x33
235x33-S
33
33
635-5" '
170
81-2
271
272
435-72
55
119
$4.00
4.00
5,00
4.00
4.00
3.00
.75
.75
1,65
3.00
.70
3.10
1.80
.50
.55
.96
.85
.14
.10
.15
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
7
6
9%
8
8
17
4
4
7H
8K
4
4
2
1
H
3
2H
1
K
H
*This is a ball bearing-hanger. Hangers not starred are roller-bearing.
Discount
4a
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
mttt^riimm^i
Palentecj
R-W No. 235
Ri^ht An^le Garage Door Hardware
- Single Door Sets "A" and ''AA"
For opening vith wall space between jamb and side wall, using Straigbt Track and No. 2.-15 Slot Bracket
List Prices for Complete Sets
/ ,. , , . These prices include hardware for set desired
(as hsted m the table enLtled— "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts"),
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect. .
Plus Locking Bolts as followa:
"AA" Sets
^' H^lt'ipage 12n ^"""^ ^^^"^ ^"'^^^ ""'^'' '"'-'"^'"^ 1 No. 524 Cane Bottom
Opening up to 8' wide. ...
Opening 8a "-9' wide "
Opening y'l"-lO' wide
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
IM" to 2Ji" thick
List
Price
^^'1 A^-^i]? 1°*^'^ door from inside only, including 1 No. 516 Door Bolt (p
IZZ). Minimum lap of door over jam i.s 2 inches
Opening up to 8' wide
age
Opening 8'l"-9' wide
Opening 9'1"-.10' wide
^''lna^p"t'l7? ''^luir?^'*'" ^'■?"' °Vtf<i« only., including I No. 525 Door Lock,
(page 117). Mmimum lap of door over jamb is 1 U inches
Opening up to 8' wide .... 7- v^.
Opening 8'l"-9' wide
Opening 9'1"-10' wide "
$20.00
21.00
22.00
20 , 50
21.50
22.50
22 , 00
23.00
24 . 00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
72
75
79
72
75
79
73
76
MediumWeight Hdw.
using
No- 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea., IH" to 2 1^" thick
List
Price
$31.50
32.75
34.00
32,00
33.25
34.50
32 . 50
33.75
35.00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
107
112
117
107
112
117
107
112
117
I i;^»JJ'**^*c"r^^^\'"^^-"'^'^ ^^^ Screws for attaching track brackets. If attach
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware. If Wi?ke
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs.
ea., lM"to2M" thick
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. ib.s.
$36 . 60
38 . 35
37.10
38.85
40.60
37.60
39.35
41.10
132
13X
144
132
13K
141
132
138
144
State---Designation of set and number of track.
ment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered
t Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
extra.
Always send sketch of ttoor "oTaTT with above dime''^ Thickne.ss of door. Distance door laps on jamb. Distance from jamb to .side wall.
Opening 8 feet wide. Door lf4 inches thick. Door laps on jamb
■2 incL^""'j^'Sb''[o''srdfwall 2i''i^X^'^-°"'^ '^'* "SlydaSyde'-AA-l for No. 31 Track.
Detail of Hardware and list of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Single Door Complete Sets
4 i
AA" Sets
1 Hanger, Roller Bearing
1 Hanger. Roller Bearing
'*'2 Runs. Trolley Track .
**/ Brackets, Center Track
2 Brackets. End Track. .
1 Bracket. Slot- .....
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each,
IH" to 2M" thick
Catalog
N u m ber
2 Bow Handles
I Flush Drop Handle
'2 Floor End Stops, . .
4 Bumper Shoes
1 Set of Locking Boltif
, ,, _ (Selected from the following sets)
I (.ane Bottom Bolt (For use with AA-1 Sets) .
or 1 Door Bolt (For use with AA-3 Sets) .
or 1 Door Lock (For use with AA-4 Sets)
235-23
235-1 1
31
235-1x31
235-2x31
235x31-8
81-1
170
272
435-72
524-1
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
it
n
See page
121
122
117
Medium Weight Hdw,
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
1 H" to 2}4" thick
Catalog
N u m ber
235-28
23,'>-17
232
235-1x232
235-2x232
235x232-S
81-2
170
272
435-72
524-2
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
1 1
If
*i
See page
121
122
117
Notes— -* Two runs of track (1 run equals width of 01
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
IM" to 2H" thick
Catalog
Nu mber
235-24
235-12
33
235-1x33
235-2x33
235x33-S
81-2
170
272
435-72
524-2
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
ti
t4
See page
121
122
117
,.u. apprc.,„.ate.y 2',, " For o^.^ir^, ^A^£. V,ZTo''L[^rJ^\T,\\i\t.?s ',17^.11 a^^■l'arfcoATc°pT„^t'' "''
Single Door "A" Short Sets
Pa.kod in One B.. C.mpl.,, Except that Track, Lock, a„d Locking Bolt. .„ Omi.t.d
For the co„ve,,ieni"S[t?,e?rwhoVVr°rvrrt''o1li^'?.1>c'11\, f'S KS.llL"«."!'!-:-?l' 'P-^ between ,a™b and side wall.
1 run equals width of opening
^^^ ^°- «5A Track, per set SI 3.00." Shi
For No. 232 Track, per set 18.00. Sh
r trolley track, locks and lock ingVo t^in stocrwr^^r^^n o ^ •/■ ^"""^ ^r"" ^^"■
ipping weight 38 pounds. *"^ For No 33 Track ner sK'l9f."ni° ^^l^'^^ ^^^^''^ ^""^^ ^^ ^he folloVin
.pprng weight 53 pound... E,a ^ll^oV/r:i^r^r\^f.'l^^^^
g pnres:
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
49
Patented
R-W No. 235
Right Angle
Garage Door Hardware
'*A*^ and *'AA'* Single Door Sets
\ N? 235 SLOT BRACKEt
NS 33S-2 BRACKET
N2Z35H BRACKtr^
TRACK
an of Tracks
Door Closed
.y-
/
Door Partly Open
%^
m
For Opening
With Single
Door and Wall
Space Be-
tween Jamb
and Side Wall
with Straight
Track and No.
235 Slot Brac-
ket.
Fig. A-786 — Interior View, Door Wide Open and Parallel with Side NS'all
Headroom Required
See **A'* of Fig. A-787
N2 235-1 BRACKET
N? 235-2 BRACKET
rw^ ^TRACK
N2 235-2 BRACKET
For No. 31 Track ..,,... 9'^
For No. 232 Track lis
For No. 33 Track 1\%''
//
Headroom may be decreased T'
on No. 31 Track Equipment or
IH'' on Nos, 232 or 33 Track
Equipments by using No. 7 style
brackets for side track instead of
No, 1 style brackets. A further re-
duction of ^'^ can be secured by
sinking the hanger aprons into the
top of the door.
Location of Bolt Holes and Brac-
ket Spacings are given on page 114
Fig, 787
Interior elevaLion showing proper location
and names of 235 Parts for Single Door
Set AA-1. including one 524 Cane Bot-
torn Bolt.
N2 235 SLOT BRACKET
N?235-23 HAN6ER N?235-!l HAN6ER
/
f ^1 I
I
N? 170 FLUSH DROP HANDLEI
IL
^ N® 81 BOW HANDLE
T
• r-
N?524 CANE BOLT
N2 435-72 BUMPER SHOES
N? 272 FLOOR END STOP
r
is
Fig. A-787— 235-AA-l Set
Door Wide Open and at Right
Angles to Front Wall
Fig. A-785 — Floor Plans
Fig. A-788
Interior elevation showing Set AA
-4, including one 525 Door Lock.
Fig. A-789
Interior elevation showing Set AA-
3, including one 516 Door Bolt.
Fig. A^788— 235-AA-4 Set
Fig, A-789— 235-AA-3 Set
50
RICHARDS-WILCOX PARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
M^^^^^i
Patented
R-W No. 235
Right An
Gara
Door Hardware
Double Door Sets "B" and *'BB"
For opening with wall space between jamb and side wall, with Straight Track and Slot Brackets
List Price for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
{as listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and I.ist oi Farts J.
together
witb all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows;
•*BB" Sets
Set BB-1, to lock doors from inside only, including 2 No. 524 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121)
Opening up to 8' wide •
Opening 8'1" Lo 9' wide - • ■ • • •
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Set BB-3. to lock doors from inside only, including 2 No. 516 Door Bolts
(page 122). Minimum lap of door over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide ■ •
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Set BB-4, to lock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No. 524 Cane
Bottom Bolt (page 121), and 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117). Minimum
lap of door over jamb is 1 i^ inches.
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide •
Opening G'l" to 10' wide • •
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors "Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
IM" to 2M" thick
List
Price
$29.50
30 . 50
31.50
Set BB-6, to lock doors from inside flnd outside, including 1 No. 516 Door
Bolt (page 122), and 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117). Minimum lap of
door over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide •
Opening S'l" to 9' wide .
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
31
32
33
75
75
75
32.00
33.00
34.00
33.25
34.25
35.25
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
94
97
100
95
98
101
95
98
101
95
98
101
Medium WeightHdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea., l?^"to2H"thick
List
Price
$47.25
48 . 50
49.75
49.25
50.50
51.75
49
51
52
75
00
25
51.00
52.25
53.50
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
119
125
131
124
130
118
124
130
118
124
130
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs.
ea., l?i"to2M"thick
$55.35
57.10
58.85
57.35
59.10
60.85
57
59
61
85
60
35
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
174
180
186
173
179
185
174
180
186
58.10
59.85
61.60
174
180
186
Notes— Sets include Lag Screws for atLaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete expansion shields should be ordered extra.
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
State— Designation of set and number of track. Width of opening. Thickness of doors. Distance doors lap on jambs. Distance from jambs to side
^^\.^l:'X" 6lt:lfc.°IX"' &".-fs«\'°S?/dSydc""BB-l ,cr No. 31 track. Opening 8 feot .ide. Doors I H inches thick. Doors lap on ian,bs 2
inches. 24 iBches from jamb to side walls on both sides.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrains on Next Page Show InstallationDetails
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Double Door Complete Sets
'BB^' Sets
2 Hangers, Roller Bearing
2 Hangers, Roller Bearing
*3 Runs, Trolley Track, , , .
2 Brackets, End Track. . .
**9 Brackets, Center Track
2 Brackets, Slot
4 Bow Handles ......
1 Flush Drop Handle
2 Floor End Stops. . .
1 Center Floor Guide
8 Bumper Shoes. ,
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following ^^ets)
Cane Bottom Bolts (For use with BB-1 Sets)
or 2 Door Bolts (For use with BB~3 sets). .
1 Cane Bottom Bolt
and 1 Door Lock (For use with BB-4 sets)
1 Door Bolt
and 1 Door Lock (For use with BB-6 sets)
Light Weight Hdw,
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each
\W to 2K" thick
Catalog
Number
235
235
31
11
23
235-2x31
235-1x31
235x31'S
81-1
170
272
271
435-72
524-1
516
524-1
525
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
t S
* s
See pa
121
122
121
117
122
117
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
\%" i-olH" thick
Catalog
Number
235-17
235-28
232
235-2x232
235-1 x232
235x232-S
81-2
170
272
271
435-72
524-2
516
524-2
525
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
f (
C t
I t
L i
See page
121
122
121
117
122
117
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors W'eiehing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
\U" to 2 M" thick
Catalog
Number
235-12
235-24
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
235x33-S
81-
170
272
271
435
2
72
524-2
516
524-2
525
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 4
ti
it
44
«4
1-1
See page
121
122
121
117
122
117
Notes — * Three runs of track (1 run equals width of opening plus distance from jambs to side walls plus 6'\ 2 runs equal one--half width of opening
approximately 2')* ** For openings over 10' wide, add 3 extra Center Brackets for each additional 2' of opening.
Double Door ''B'' Short Sets
plus
Packed in One Box Connplete Except that Tracks Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. For opening with w all space between jamb apd side wall.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices;
For No. 31 Track, per set $21,75, Shipping weight 58 pounds. For No, 33 Track, per set $36.00. Shipping weight 107 pounds.
For No. 232 Track, per set 31.50. Shipping weight 90 pounds. Example Order — 1 Set "SlydaSyde" B for No. 31 track.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
51
Pateoted
R-W No. 235
Right Angle
Garage Door Hardware
"B'Vand "BB" Double Door Sets
For Opening with Double Doors and Wall Space Be-
tween Jambs and Side Walls, with Straight Track
and No. 235 Slot Brackets
Headroom Required
See "A" of Fig. A-793
For No. 31 Track 9 inches
For No. 232 Track 11 finches
For No. 33 Track 11 M inches
Headroom may be decreased 1^' on No. 31 Track Equip-
ment or IM" on Nos. 232 or 33 Track Equipments by using
No. 7 style brackets for side track instead of No. 1 style
brackets. A further reduction of ^" can be secured by sink-
ing the hanger aprons into the top of the door.
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are given on
page 114.
Fig A-791 — Interior of garage doorway having double doors equipped with "Siyda
Syde" BB hardware. One car garage. Note wicket entrance door.
^
I
N? 233 SLOT BRACi-vET
TRACK
N^ £35-1 BRACKET
NS 235-2 BRACKET
Plan of Tracks
Doors Closed
I
N« 235-2 BRACKET
N8235 SLOT BRACKET
HS 23S -r BRACKET /TRACK
N5 23S-II
HANGER
/
N* Sl6 60LT
I
*N? 91 BOW HANDLE*
T
N2 435-72 BUMPER SHOES
N° 235-23
HANGER
JS^
I
No2 7[ FLOOR <3UlO£
Fig. A-792 — Interior elevation showing^Set BB-1, i
eluding two 524 Cane Bottom Bolts.
Fig, A-793 — Interior elevation showing proper location
and names of 235 Parts for BB-3 Sets, including two
516 Door Bolts,
>s
/
Doors Partly Open
Doors Open and at Right Angles
Front Wall
Fig. A-790 — ^Floor Plans
Fig, A-794 — Interior elevation showing Set BB-6, in
eluding one 516 Door Bolt and one 525 Door Lock.
Fig, A-795 — Interior elevation showing Set BB-4. in-
cluding a 524 Cane Bottom Bolt and a 525 Door Lock
52
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-W No. 235
Ri^ht Anale Garage Door Hardware
Single Door Sets "C" and '*CC"
Far openings adjacent to side wall, with Straiglit Track and Patented Corner Bracket
Maximum distance from edge of door {not edge of opening) when closed, to side wall; 2>i" for No. 31 track, 2%" for Nos. 232 and 33 tracks
List Price for Complete Sets ^
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — ''Detail of Hardware and List of Parts' )
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
"CC" Sets
5^1 CX-1, to lock doors from inside onlv. including 1 No. 524 Cane Bottom
Bolt (page 121)
Opening up to 8' wide.
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide • . . . .
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Set CC-3. to lock doors from inside only, including 1 No. 516 Door Bolt
(page 122). Minimum lap of door over jamb is 2 inches. Minimum width
of iamb for 31 track is 3 >i": for No. 232 track 3 >4"; for No. 33 track 3 ?i".
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide.
Opening 9'1 " to 10' wide.
Set CC-4. to lock doors from outside only, including 1 No. 825 Door Lock
(page 118). Minimum lap of door overjamb is 1 H inches. Minimum width
- - - - - -- '-" ■ k 2 H": for No. 33 track 2 J^".
of jamb for 31 track is 2 H"; for No. 232 trac
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide
Opening 9'I" to 10' wide
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
1%" to 2H" thick
List
Price
119.75
20.75
21.75
20.25
21.25
22.25
21.75
22.75
23 . 75
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
70
73
76
70
73
70
73
76
MediumWelght Hdw
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea., IM" to 2 3^" thick
List
Price
$30.75
32.00
33.25
31.25
32.50
33.75
31.75
33 . 00
34.25
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
1
112
117
107
112
117
107
112
117
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs,
ea.. l^"to2K"thick
List
Price
$34.75
36.50
38.25
36.25
38.00
39.75
36.75
38.50
40.25
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
132
138
144
132
138
144
132
138
144
isiotes— Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete expansion shields should be ordered extra.
Direction Sheet shot^dng erecting details furnished with hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
State — Designation of set and number of track. Width of opening. Thickness of door. Distance door laps on jamb. Always send sketch of floor plan
with above dimensions inserted. ™, „ .,,,. -i ^^ .^..-UiLi i-v i —u
Example Order of Complete Sets— One Set. "SlydaSyde" CC-1 for No. 31 Track. Opening 8 feet wide. Door 1 H inches thick. Door laps on jamb
2 inches.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
DiAgrame on Next Page Sh
ow In St alia
tion Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Single Door Complete Sets
*XC" Sets
Light Weight HdM.
using
. No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each.
IW to 2H'' thick
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No, 232 1 rack
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs, each
1 W to 2H'' thick
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No, 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
154" to 2M" thick
Catalog
■ Number
List Prices
and
Weights
Catalog
Number
List Prices
and
Weights
Catalog
Number
List Prices
and
Weights
235-1
31
235-2x31
235-1x31
235x3l-C
81-1
170
272
435-72
524-1
516
825
Page 47
« t^
it
i c
t i
See page
121
122
118
235-7
232
235-2x232
235-1x232
235x232-0
81-2
170
272
435-72
524-2
516
825
Page 47
4 (
!■
ti
See page
121
122
118
235-2
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
235x33-C
81-2
170
272
435-72
524-2
516
825
Page 47
**6 Brackets Center Track * ^
1 "
1 Set of Lockins Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
or 1 Door Lock (For use with CC— 4 sets) , * ,
See page
121
122
118
Notc9 — *2 runs of track (2 runs each width of opening plus 1'), ** For openings over 10' i^ide add two extra Center Brackets for each additional 1' of
opening.
Single Door **C" Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. For opening adjacent to side wall.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices r
For No, 31 Track, per set $12.75. Shipping weight 38 pounds. For No. 33 Track, per set $19.25, Shipping weight 72 pounds.
For No. 232 Track, per set 17.25, Shipping weight 53 pounds. Example Order — 1 Set '^SlydaSyde" C for No. 31 Track,
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
53
Patented
R-W No. 235
Right Angle
Garage Door Hardware
"C" and "CC" Single Door Sets
For Opening Adjacent to Side Wall, with Straight Track, and
No. 235 Patented Corner Bracket
Headroom Required
See "A" of Fig. A-798
For No. 31 Track Q% inches
For No. 232 Track 7H inches
For No. 33 Track 8 inches
A further reduction of ^" in headroom can be secured b^^ sink-
ing the hanger aprons into the top of the door.
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are given on page
114.
i
Va
i
Fig. A-797—
Illustration of iBterior of garage doorway eriuipped with Sin
door "SlydaSyde" CC Ha^d^va^e.
r 235 - 2 BRACKET N? 236 -
y N2 235-f BRACKETS
C CORNER
BRACKET^,
'T>oor Closed
Door Partly Open
Fig. A-798— Interior elevation showing proper location
and names ot 235 Parts for CC-4 Sets, including one
825 Door Lock.
N? 235-C CORNER
BRACKET
N? ?35-t BRACKET
TRACK
N? 235-2 BRACKET
Plan of Track
i
'/
^~f^
Door Open and at Rifiht Angles to
Front Wall
Fig. A-796— Floor Plans
Fig- A-799 — Interior elevation
showing Set CC— 3, including one
516 Door Bolt,
Fig. A-800 — Interior elevation
showing Set CC— 1, including one
524 Cane Bottom Bolt.
54
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
No. 235 Ri^ht An^le Garage Door Hard ware
Double Door Sets "D" and "DD"
For opening adjacent to side wall, with Straight Track and Patented Corner Bracket
Maximum distance from edge of door (not edge of opening) when closed, to side waU, 2>i" for No. 31 Track. 2%" for Nos. 261 and 66 i racks
List Price for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts' ).
trigether with ail Wail Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
"DD" Sets
Set DD-1 to locic doors from inside only, including 2 No. 524 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121)
Opening up to 8' wide.
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide.
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide v.- ' V V v^ ■ ' * Vi i:.'
S<;1 DU-3. to lock doors from inside only, including 2 No. 516 Door Bolts
fnaee 122) Minimum lap of door over jamb is 2 inches. Minimum width
of jamb for .31 track is 3>i"; for No. 232 track 3K"; for No. 33 track 3 J4".
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'l" to 9' wide .
Opening y'1" to 10' wide
DD-4 to lock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No. 524
otLom Bolt {page 121). and 1 No. 825 Door Lock (page 118). Min
Ian of door over jamb is 1 H"- Minimum width of jamb for 31 track is
2H": for No. 232 track 2%": for No. 33 track 2
Set
Bot
524 Cane
imum
Opening lip to 8' wide ■
Opening 8^1" to 9' wide.
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide ; ■ ;-■ • ' •.• xr" " e ;<; A" ' "
vipl j)I)_fj to lock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No. 516 Door
Bolt (page 122). and 1 No. 825 Door Lock (page 118). Minimum lap of
door over iamb is 2 inches. Minimum width of jamb for 31 track is iH"',
for No. 232 track 3H"; for No. 33 track 3^".
Ofjcning up to 8' wide
Opening 8'l" to 9' wide ....,..,..
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Light Vteight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each.
IH" to 2K" thick
List
Price
529
30
31
00
00
00
31 25
32 . 25
33 25
31
32
33
50
50
50
32.75
33.75
34 75
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
75
78
81
76
79
82
75
78
81
76
78
82
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ca.. l^"to2H"lhick
List
Price
$46
47
48
10
35
60
48. 10
49.35
50.60
48
49
51
60
85
10
49
51
52
85
10
35
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
Heavy Weight Hdw,
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs.
ea., 1^" to 2^" thick
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
151
157
163
150
156
162
>ote»^Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets
If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra.
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132, for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Connplcle Sets
Siuie— Designation of set and number of track. Width of opening. Thickness ol doors. Distance doors lap on jambs. Always send sketch of floor plan
*'^'\?«am%Ip'"ord^"of"c1Implete Sets— One Set. "SlvdaSyde" DD-1 for No. 31 Track. Opening 8 feet wide. Doors 1 H inches thick. Doors lap 2 inche.s
on jambs.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
DiaKramfi on Next Page Show Inntallation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Double Door Complete Sets
"DD" Sets
2 Hangers. Roller Bearing
2 Hangers. Ball Bearing Swivel , . , . .
*:i Runs Trolley Track
2 Brackets. End Track
•*7 Brackets. Center Track
2 Brackets, Corner Track
4 Bow Handles.
1 Flush f>rop Handle. , . . . ,
2 Floor End Stops
1 Center Floor Guide
8 Bumper Shoes
1 Set of Locking Bolt*
(Selected from the following sets)
2 Cane Bottom Bolts (For use with DD-1 sets)
or 2 Door Bolts (For use with DD-3 sets). ......
1 Cane Bottom Bolt
and 1 Door Lock (For use with DD-4 sets)
1 Door Bolt
and 1 Door Lock (For use with DD-6 setsi
Light ^ ei g
ht lld>%.
using
No. 31 Track
Tor Door*; WeighinB up
to 300 lbs. each
IH" to 2M" thick
List Prices
Catalog
and
Number
Weight";
235-1
Page 47
235-3
*i
31
* 1
235-2x31
»«
235-1x31
I A
235x3 1-C
■ 4
81-1
• t
170
■ •
272
« «
271
4 t
4.35—72
4 •
See page
524-1
121
516
122
524-1
121
825
118
516
122
825
117
.Medium height Hdw.
using
No, 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
IH" to 2H" thick
Catalog
Number
235-7
235-8
232
235-2x232
235-1x232
235x232-C
Sl-2
170
272
271
43.5-72
524-2
516
524-2
825
516
825
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
4 (
* 4
I *
1 «
■ ft
I 4
^*
**
See page
121
122
121
118
122
117
II envy Weight Hdw.
u.^ing
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 50a-S00 lbs. each
IH" to2H" thick
Catalog
Number
235-2
235-4
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
235x3.3-C
81-2
170
272
271
435-72
524-2
516
524-2
825
516
825
List Pricei
and
Weights
Papc 47
• r
a*
See page
121
122
121
lift
122
117
Note* — * 3 runs of track (1 run equals approximately width of opening, 2 runs equal one-half width of opening plus approximately one foot),
mp over 10' wide, add 3 extra Center Brackets for each additional 2' of opening.
For open-
Double Door "D" Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Tracks Locks and Locking Boltii are Omitted.
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. For opening adjacent to jide watl!i.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices
For No. 31 Track, per set J21.25- Shipping weight 40 pounds. For No. 33 Track, per set $34.25. Shipping weight 87 pounds.
For No. 232 Track, per set 30.15. Shipping weight 78 pounds. Example Order— 1 Set 'SlydaSyde'* D for No. 31 Track
Headroonn Required
See "A" of Fig. A — 804 (opposite page).
For No. 31 Track 6^^'
For No. 232 Track , 7 H"
For No, 33 Track 8 "
A further reduction of 5^" in headroona may
be secured by sinking hanger aprons into top of
door.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
55
Patenl«il
R-W No. 235
Right Angle
Garage Door Hardware
"D" and ''DD" Double Door Sets
For Opening Adjacent to Side Walls with Straight Track,
and No. 235 Patented Corner Brackets.
N2235-C CORNER BRACKET
N2 235-1 BRACKET
TRACK
N2 235-2 BRACKET
q
Plan of Tracks
Doors Closed
/
Doors Partly Open
V^A
Doors Wide Open and at Right Angles to
Front Wall
Fig, A-801 — Floor Plans*
. For
Headroom Required
See Table
On Paee 53
Fig A-802 — Interior of garage doorway showing Double Doors equipped
with *'SlydaSyde" DD hardware.
Fig. A-803 — Interior elevation showing Set' DD-
3, including two 516 Door Bolts.
Fig, A-805 — Interior elevation showing Set
DD-4, including one 524 Cane Bottom Bolt
and one 825 Door Lock,
NS 23S-C CORNER BRACKET
Fig. A-804 — Interior elevation showing proper
location and nances of 235 Parts for DD— 1
Sets, including two 524 Cane Rottom Bolts,
Fig. A-806 — Interior elevation showing Set
DD— 6, including one 516 Door Bolt and one
825 Door Lock,
i. .■.■■^:.;^:-x-^
56
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
i
Patented
R-W No. 235
Ri^ht An^Ie Garage Door Hardware
Single Door Sets **E" and "EE" with Curved Corner Track
Minimum distance from jamb to side wall is 26"— hardware suitable for less space shown on pages 48-49 and 52-53
List Price for Complete Sets
I
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed ia the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts**),
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect,
PluB Lacking Bolts as fDllc>>vdi
''EE" Sets
Set KE-1, to lock doors from inside only, including 1 No. 524 Cane Bottom
Bolt (page 121).
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'!" to 9' wide ,.,......
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Set EE-3. to lock doors from inside only, including 1 No. 516 Door Bolt (page
122). IVIinimum lap of door over jamb is 2 inches
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening S'l" to 9' wide -
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
*Set EE-4, to lock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No. 525 Door
Lock (page 117).
Opening up to 8' wide.
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide ,
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
I5i" to 2H" thick
List
Price
S25 . f>0
26 . 00
27.60
26
27
28
95
95
95
29,35
30.35
31.35
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
67
70
73
66
69
72
67
70
73
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea., IM" to 2J^" thick
List
Price
$39.75
41.00
42.25
40.90
42 . 1 5
43 . 40
42.25
43.50
44.75
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
113
118
123
113
118
123
113
118
123
Heavy Weight Hdw.
u.sing
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs.
ea., IM" to2?i" thick
List
Price
10
49.85
51
49. 10
50.85
52.60
50 . 60
52 . .35
54.10
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
130
136
142
130
136
142
130
136
142
Motes — * When the No. 525 Door Lock is attached to the front edge of the door, it is advisable, though not necessary, to use the No. 635 Floor Guide
(listed page 71), to hold the back edge of the door tight against the casing. Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made
lo brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
State— Designation of set and number of track. Width of opening. Thickness of doors. Distance between jamb and side wall. Distance door laps on
jamb. Always send sketch of floor plan with al)ove dimensions inserted.
Example Order of Complete Sets — One Set. "SlydaSyde" EE-3 for No. 3l Track. Opening 8 feet wide. Doors 1 ^ inches thick. 30 inches between
jamb and side wall. Doors lap 2 inches on jamb.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Inetallation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Single Door Complete Sets
"EE" Sets
2 Hangers, Roller Bearing
*2 Runs Trolley Track.
1 Pc. Curved Trolley Track, 24" Rad. 90
dcg
2 Brackets. End Track . .
t9 Brackets, Center Track
2 Bow Handles
1 Flush Drop Handle
2 F loor End Slops
4 Bumper Shoes
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
1 Cane Bottom Bolt (For use with EE-1 sets).,
or 1 Door Bolt (For use with BE- 3 sets).,
or 1 Door Lock (For use with EE— 4 sets) .
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
lo 300 lbs. each,
IM" to 2M" thick
Catalog
Number
235- 5
31
31
235-2x31
235-1x31
81-1
170
272
435-72
524-1
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
I*
it
it
i I
I, I
See page
121
122
117
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
IH" to 2W thick
Catalog
Number
235-9
232
232
235-2x232
235-1x232
81-2
170
272
435-72
524-2
516
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
See page
121
122
117
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
1 H" to 2^" thick
Catalog
Number
235-6
33
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
81-2
170
272
435-72
.'S24-2
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 17
ft*
See pale
121
122
• 117
ove
Notes — * Two runs of track (1 run equals width of opening plus distance from jamb to side wall, minus 2\ I run equals width of opening) tFor openings
r 10' wide, add 2 extra Center Brackets for each additional foot of opening.
Single Door ''E'' Short Sets
Packed In one Box Complete Except that Tracks Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. Diagrams on Next Page Show^ Installation Details.
For the convenience of dealers w'
For No, 31 Track, per set
For No. 232 Track, per set
Ides tiraclcets lor opening lu leet wide. Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details.
who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts In stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following pri
'^ *i^-92- Shipping weight 32 pounds. For No. 33 Track, per set S33.20. ShipninR weight 64 pounds,
2t 28.00. Shipping weight 55 pounds. Example Order — 1 Set 'SlydaSyde*' E for No 33 Track
ces
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
57
Patented
Right Angle Garage Door Hardware
with Curved Corner Track, "E" and "EE" Single Door Sets
Minimum Distance from Jamb to Side Wall 26 Inches — Hardware Suitable for Less Space
Shown on pages 48-49 and 52-53
NS 235-2 BRACKET 142 2A&
gi>/ a ^TRACK
BRACKET
1^
NS 235-2 BRACKET
N? 235-5 HAN6ER
[
N
I
y
170 FLUSH DROPHAHDue
j^H2 ei BOW HANDLE
lo
/
N2 524 CANE BOLT
Ms 435-72 BUMPER SHOES
12 272 FLOOR END GUIDE
i
Fig. A-807— 235-EE-l Set
Fig. A-810 — ^InLerior View. BoLli Hangers Roll Around the Curved Track.
Ji-
I
]
^l^'
M
Fig. A-808 — 235-EE-3 Set
I
I
F'lan of Track
Fig. A-807
Interior elevation showing proper location and
names of 235 Parts for EE-1 Sets, including one
524 Cane Bottom Bolt.
Fig. A.808
Interior elevaton showing Set EE— 3, including one
51G Door Bolt.
Fig. A-809
Interior elevation showing Set EE— 4, including one
525 Door Lock,
Headroom Required
See **A" of Fig. A-807
For No. 31 Track. _ . . _ 6^ inches
For No. 232 Track 7^^ inches
For No. 33 Track 8K inches
' ' — —
Headroom may be decreased %" on Nos. 31
and 232 Track Equipments, and IH" on No.
33 Track Equipment, by using No. 7 style
ceiling track brackets. A further reduction of
%*' in headroom may be secured by sinking
the hanger aprons into the top of the door.
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spac-
ings are given on page 114.
^
1
Door Closed
^
'Z
i
Door Partly Open
j^ — -— : — • 'fv I J/
Fig. A-809— 235-EE-4 Set
Door Wide Open and at
Right Angles to Front
Wall
Fig. A-8I1— Floor Plans
I
t
58
RICHARDS-WILCOX r,AKAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 235
Ri^ht An^le Garage Door Hardware
Minimum distance from jamb
Double Door Sets ''F" and "FF" « :vo si
to side wall is 26"— Hardware suitable for less space stown on pages aU-;>l
List Price for Complete Sets __^^^^^^_^
and 54-55.
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts >.
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
"FF'* Sets
Set FF-1, to lock doors from inside only, including 2 No. 524 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121)
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8^" to 9' wide.
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide • - ■ ■
Set FF-2. to lock doors from inside only, including 2 No. 516 Door Bolts
(page 122) Minimum lap of door over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide •
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
*Set FF-3 to lock doors fom inside and outside, including 1 No. 524 Cane
Bottom Bolt (page 121), and 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117).
Opening up to 8' wide .
Opening S'l" to 9' wide
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
*Set FF-4 to lock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No. 516 Door
Bolt (page 122), and 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117). Minimum lap of
door over jamb is 2 inches-
Opening up to 8' wide • •
Opening 8'i" to 9' wide
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide . ■ ■ ■■■■■....
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
IH" to 2H" thick
List
Price
$40.50
41.50
42.50
43.20
44.20
45 . 20
41.80
42.80
43 . 80
44
45
46
60
60
60
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
88
91
94
87
90
93
89
92
95
89
92
95
Medium WeightHdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea.. IH" to 2 H" thick
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-SOO lbs.
ea., l?i"to2 5i"thick
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
$61.
62 . 25
63.50
63.30
64,55
65.80
63.80
64.85
66.10
148
153
158
147
152
157
148
153
158
65
67
70
95
20
1
153
158
List
Price
171.00
72.75
74.50
73.40
75.15
76 90
73.70
75.45
77.20
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
74.80
76.55
78 . 30
168
174
180
167
173
179
168
173
ISO
168
173
180
Lock is attached Lo the front edge of the door it is advisable, though not necessary, to use ^j»V^*>-?pFJoor Guide to hold
If the floor guides are used on both sides of the ope_ning the No. 524 and No. 516 Bolts can be omitted.
Notes — * When the No. 525
the back edge of the door tight against the casing.
Dpduct the detailed list orice of the omitted bolts irom tne price oi me set, a»u auu mc uin-c ^J^. tx^t ±^^^. ^^^ ^ — l"^j — L — 'ij"*!. a ^"V — TT. ^t^^J^..;.""-' '.^
Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete expansion shields should J>e ordered extra. Direction
SheershowLg erectinrdetails fu^ with hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and pnces of hardware.
Directions for Orderins Complete Sets
State— DesignatioTi of set and number of track. Width of opening. Thickness of doors. Distance between jamb and side walls on each side- Distance
doors lao on iambs Alwavs send sketch of floor plan with above dimensions inserted. , *^ ■ i *i.- i w-x- * u *
Example Order of Complete Sets— One Set. "SlydaSyde" FF^3 for Ko. 31 Track, Opening 8 feet wide. Doors J H mches thick. Distance between
iamb and side wall, 30 inches on right side; 28 inches on left side. Doors lap 2 inches on jamb.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show InBtallation Detailfi.
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Double Door Complete Sets
**FF*' Sets
2 Hangers. Roller Bearing
2 Hangers, Ball Bearing Swivel
*3 Runs Trolley Track
2 Pes. Curved Trolley Track, 24" Rad. 90
2 Brackets, End.
**10 Brackets, Center
deg
1 Bracket, Center Stop
4 Bow Handles. ......
1 Flush Stop Handle, ,
1 Center Floor Guide.
2 Floor End Stops, . . , ,
2 Bumper Shoes
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
2 Cane Bottom Bolts (For use with FF-1 sets)
or 2 Door Bolts (For use with FF-2 sets)
1 Cane Bottom Bolt ,
and 1 Door Lock (For use with FF-3 sets)
1 Door Bolt. - . .
and 1 Door Lock (For use \^ith FF-4 Sets^i
Light Weight Hdw*
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each
IK" to 2M" thick
Catalog
Number
235-^5
235-3
31
31
235-2x31
235-1x31
235-12x31-CS
81--1
170
271
272
435-72
524-1
516
524-1
525
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
i-t.
i*
• «
««
See page
121
122
121
117
122
117
Medium Weight Hdiv'.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
1%'' to 2W thick
Catalog
Number
235-9
235-8
232
232
235-2x232
235-1x232
235-12x232-CS
81-2
170
271
272
435-72
524^2
516
524-2
525
516
525
Page 47
Mi
■ A
AS
ft*
See page
121
122
121
117
122
117
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
IH" to 2 5^" thick
Catalog
Number
List Prices
and
Weights
23.5-6
235-4
33
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
235-12x33-CS
81-2
170
271
272
435-72
524-2
516
524-2
525
516
525
Page 47
i u
• t
• «
i4
See page
121
122
121
117
122
117
jSotee — * Three runs of trolley track (1 run equals width of opening plus distance from jambs to side walls, minus 4', 2 runs equal one-half width of open-
ing *» For openings over 10' wide, add three extra Center Brackets for each additional 2' of opening.
Double Door "F" Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices:
For No. 31 track, per set $33.00.' Shipping weight 45 pounds. For No. 33 track, per set $55.00. Shipping weight 85 pounds.
For No. 232 track, per set 48.00. Shipping weight 76 pounds. Example Order — 1 Set **SlydaSyde" F for No, 31 track.
Discount .,,...-.
RICHARDS. WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
59
Patented
R-W No. 235
Right Angle Garage
Door Hardware
Double Door Sets "FF"
Continued
With Curved Corner Track. Minimum Dis-
tance from Jamb to Side Wall, 26 Inches —
Hardware Suitable for Less Space Shown on
pages 50-51 and 54^55.
Plan of Track
I r\^
I
I
-mm^^
p
I
i
i
Doors Closed
U
Doors Partly Open
. ,^^^^^M-
I
I
■S
\
■;s
Uoors Open and at Rifiht Angles to Front
Wall
Fig. A-815 — Floor Plans
Fig. A-816— Interior View. Note the Wicket Entrance Door in Door on Left.
Headroom Required
See "A" of Fig. A-817
For No, 31 Track 6 finches
For No, 232 Track ly^ inches
For No. 33 Track,.. _ 83^ inches
Headroom nnay be decreased %'' on Nos. 31 and 232 Track Equipments, and M" on No. 33
Track, by using No, 7 style ceiling track brackets, A further reduction of 5^" in headroom may
be secured by sinking the hanger aprons into the top of the door.
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are given on page 114.
Fig, A-817 — Interior elevation showing proper loea-
tion and names of 235 Parts for FF-3 Set, in-
cluding one 525 Lock and one 524 Cane Bottom
Bolt.
Fig. A~819 — Interior elevation showing Set FF-2,
including two 516 Door Bolts.
Fig, A-818 — Interior elevation showing Set FF— 1,
including two 524 Cane Bottom Bolts.
Fig. A-820 — Interior elevation showing Set FF-4
including one 516 Door Bolt and ont 535 Lock.
60
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-W No. 235
Ri^ht An^le Garage Door Hardware
t
Two Doors Hinged Together. Sets *'G" and "GG"
Minimum distance from jamb to side wall is 26"— Hardware suitable for less space shown on page 77
List Price for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts"),
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
"GG" Sets
Set GG-1, to lock doors from inside only, including 1 No. 52 1 C ane BoUom
Bolt (page 121).
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide . . - ■
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Set GG-3, to lock doors from inside only, including 1 No. 516 Door Bolt
(page 122). Minimum lap of door over jamb ii 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide •_■_-_
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide ■ ■ • ■ •
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
*Set GG-4. to Jock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No. 525 Door
Lock (page 117).
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide. .
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
IM" to 2K" thick
List
Price
S3 1 . 00
32 . 00
33 00
32 20
33 . 20
34 - 20
33 . 60
34 . 60
35.60
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
76
79
76
79
82
76
79
82
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea., 1%" to 2 H" thick
List
Price
$46. 10
47.35
48 , 60
47.20
48.45
49.70
48.60
49.85
51.10
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
128
134
140
128
134
140
128
134
140
Heavy Weight
Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs.
ea.. lM"to2|i"thick
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
$55.00
56.75
58,50
147
153
159
56.10
57.85
59.60
147
153
159
57.30
59.25
61.00
147
153
159
Notes — * When the No. 525 Lock is attached to the front edge of the door, it is advisable, though not necessary, to use the No, 635 Floor Guide (listed
ace 127) to hold the back edge of the door tight against the casing. Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to
..rick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra. Direction sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is
u^anted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
g^jjt^ — Designation of set and number of track. Width of opening. Thickness of doors. Distance between jamb and side walL Distance door taps on
jamb Always send sketch of floor plan with above dimensions inserted. . , , . , ^. i
Example Order of Complete Sets — One Set. SlydaSyde" GG-3 for No. 31 track. Opening 10 feet wide. Doors \% inches thick. Distance between
jamb and side wal! 32 inches. Door laps on jamb 2 inches.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
DiagramB on Next Page Show Installation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Two Doors liinged Together Complete Sets
* GO" Sets
3 Hangers, Ball Bearing Swivel
*2 Runs Trolley Track
1 Pc. Curved Trolley Track, 24'' Rad. 90 deg,
2 Brackets, End Track. . ,
**8 Brackets, Center 1 rack
3 Bow Handles
1 Flush Drop Handle
2 Floor End Stops, . ,
4 Bumper Shoes, , . , .
1 y2 P^- Surface Hinges .
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
1 Cane Bottom Bolt (For use with GG— 1 sets).
or 1 Door Bolt (For use with GG--3 sets) ,
or 1 Door Lock (For use with GG— 4 sets)
Light Weight Hdw,
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each,
1 ^" to 2%'' thick
Catalog
Number
235-5
31
31
235-2x31
235-1x31
81-1
170
272
435-72
635-4'^
524-1
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
lb %.
^4
See page
121
122
117
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
IM" to 2H" thick
Catalog
Number
235-9
232
232
235-2x232
235-1x232
81-2
170
272
435-72
635-5
ff
524-2
516
525
List Prices
and
W' eights
Page 47
ii
I *
1 i
See page
121
122
117
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
l%" to 2%" thick
Catalog
Nunnber
235-6
33
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
81-2
170
272
435-72
635-5"
524-2
516
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
Kit
4*
See page
121
122
117
Notes — * Two runs of trolley track (1 run equals width of opening plus distance from jamb to side walls, minus 2'. 1 run equals width of opening), **For
openings over 10' wide, add two extra center brackets for each additional foot of opening.
Two Doors Hinged Together, *'G" Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolte are Omitted
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the followin
For No. 31 track, per set $24,30. Shipping weight 42 pounds. For No, 33 track, per set $40.00. Shipping weight 82 pounds
For No, 232 track, per set 34,00, Shipping weight 71 pounds. Example Order — 1 Set "'SlydaSyde'* G. for No 31 Track
g prices
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCQX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
61
R-W No. 235
''GG" Sets
Continued
N2 236-2 BRACKET N* 235 -( BRACKETS N? 235-2 BRACKET
nmnii:
CURVE
NS 170 FLUSH
DROP HANDLE
Fig. A-821 — 235 GG-4 Set
A-824 — Interior View. Two Doors Hinged Together.
■ae
Fig. A-822— 235 GG-3 Set
I OR MORE I
Q
N?e35-? BRACKET
Plan uf Track
Rti2J
Headroom Required
See "A'^ of Fig. A-821
Fig. A-823-235 GG-1 Set
For No. 31 Track &% inches
For No. 232 Track 7% inches
For No. 33 Track 8K inches
Headroom may be decreased J4*' on
Nos. 31 and 232 Track Equipments, and
M" on No* 33 Track, Equipment, by using
No, 7style ceiling track brackets- A further
reduction of ^" in headroom may be se-
cured by sinking the hanger aprons into the
top of the door.
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket
Spacings are given on page 114,
Fig. A-821
Interior elevation showing proper location and
names of 235 Parts for GG-4 Set, including one
525 Lock,
*
Fig, A-822
Interior elevation showing Set GG— 3, including
one 516 Door Bolt,
Fig, A-823
Interior elevation showing Set GG— 1, including
one 524 Cane Bottom Bolt.
Doors Closed
Doors Partly Open
i
i
<
'A
(^
vTW^
i
I
i.
Door Wide Open and at Right
Angles to Front Walk
Fig. A-825— Floor Plans
I
■ ; - r
D
: \
I
■L'
< \ I
I » I
62
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
No. 235 Ri^ht Angle Garage Door Hardware
44
HH
JJ
Two Pairs of Doors Hinged Together, Sets ''H" and
One Pair Sliding to the Right and One Pair Sliding to the Left
Minimum distance from jamb to side wall is 26"-Hardware suitable for less space shown on pages 78 and /9
List Price for Complete Sets
prices include hardware for set desired
able entitled — ''Detail of Hardware and List of Parts ).
These
(as listed in the ta ~_ . .
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as follow*;
"HH** Sets
Set HH-i. to lock doors from inside only, including 2 No. 524 Cane Bottom
Bolts (page 121).
Opening up to 8' wide. • - •
Opening 8^" to 10' wide •
Opening lO'l" to 12' wide, , .
Opening 12'1" to 14' wide
Opening 14'1" to 16' wide .... • • • ■ • • • •
Set HH-2, to lock doors fronr mside only, including 2 No. 51b Door Bolts
(page 122). Minimum lap of door over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide •
Opening 8'1" to 10' wide
Opening JO'l" to 12' wide • • ■
Opening 12'1" to 14' wide • • -
Opening 14'V to Iti' wide
*Set HH-3, to lock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No. 524 Cane
Bottom Bolt (page 121), and 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117).
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening S'l" to 10' wide - ■ ■
Opening lO'l" to 12' wide. ■
Opening 12'1" to 14' wide.
Opening 14'1" to 16' wide ■,■',■.•••,■;.;■;: ;^ A' * '
*Set HH-4. to lock doors from inside and outside, including 1 No, 516 Door
Holt (page 122), and 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117). Minimum lap of
door over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide • • - • ■ -
Opening S'l" to 10' wide •
Opening lO'l" to 12' wide. • • ■
Opening 12'1" to 14' wide • ■
Opening 14'1" to lb' wide
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
1 M" to 2M" thick
List
Price
S50.90
52.90
54.90
56,90
58.90
53.60
55 . 60
57.60
59.60
61.60
53.90
55.90
57.90
59.90
61.90
55.00
57.00
59.00
61.00
63,00
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
103
109
115
121
127
104
110
116
122
128
104
110
116
122
128
104
110
116
122
128
Medium WeightHdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea.. lM"to2M"thick
List
Price
$73 , 50
76.00
78 . 50
SI. 00
83.50
75.70
78.20
81.70
85.20
88,70
76.00
78.50
81,00
83.50
86.00
77.10
79.60
82.10
84 , 60
87.10
Shipping
Wt,. lbs.
169
179
189
199
209
169
179
189
199
209
169
179
189
199
209
169
179
189
199
209
Heavy Weight Hdw.
asing
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs
ea.. 1 M" to 2?^" thick
vi
List
Price
$84
88
91
95
98
60
10
60
10
60
86.80
90.30
93 . 80
97,30
99.80
87.10
90,69
94. 10
97,60
101.10
88.20
91.70
105.20
108.70
112.20
Shipping [
Wt.. lbs, I
190
202
214
226
238
190
202
214
226
238
190
202
214
226
238
190
202
214
226
238
N„te»— When the No. 525 Lock is attached to the front edge of the door, it is advisable though not necessary to use the ^°x ^j:^^^^/^°^,,^^'„4f V^'^^^^^^
the back edge of the door tight against the casing. If the Floor Guides are used on both sides of the «P,«"i"gf J-h„\No 524 and No^^^^ Bolts can be omit
ted. Deduct the detailed list price of the omitted bolts from the price of the set, and add the price of the No. 635 Fl«9^,Gmde Equipment listed ef-ff Jf/^
^ - ■ - ^ ■ .- - > 'lo be made to bnck or concrete, expansion shields should be oraerecl extra, uirection
ance Door is wanted, see pa
Directions for Ordering Complete Seta
Sets include Lag Screws tor attaching track brackets. If attachment is to __ ,. ^- . . , ^ ., , .^_ . u„...j„,„^<.
Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware. If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Seta ... ,, t -j t-*- * „
Designalion of set and number of track. Width of opening, Thickness of doors. Distance between jambs and side walls on each side. Distance
tat
doors lap on jambs. Always send sketch of floor plan with above dimensions inserted. ,..,.,. , i^ n i> • u *i,- i n:-.+ «„«^ K-.f«,i.*.n
Example Order of Complete Sets— One Set. "SlydaSyde** HH-4. for No. 33 Track. Opening 10 feet wide. Doors 2 H inches thick. Distance between
jamb and side wall, 30 inches on right side; 32 inches on left side. Doors lap on jambs. 2 inches.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diafframs on Next Page Sh<
ow Installa
tion Dfitails
Light Weight Hdw.
Medium Weii
ijht Hdw.
Heavy Weight Hdw.
Quanttty of Hardware Required for
I'wo Pairs of Doors, Hinged Together, Complete Sets
usmg
No. 31 Track
using
No. 232 1
>ack
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each
1
For Doors Wei
tween 300-50C
ghing Be-
Ibs, each
' HH" Sets
1 W to 2M" thick
IM" to 2J^
'' thick
IH" to 2M" thick
List Prices
List Prices
List Prices
Catalog
and
Catalog
and
Catalog
and
Number
\V eights
Number
Weights
Number
Weights
235-3 i
235-5
31
Page 47
235-8
235-9
232
Page 47
1 1
235-4
235-6
33
Page 47
t «
2 Pes. Curved Track. 24" Rad, 90 deg
31
*t
232
33
235-2x31
« t
235-2x232
t4
235-2x33
235-1x31
4. t,
235-1x232
a
235-1x33
235-12x31
44
235-12x232
1 1
235-12x33
t h
81-1
ti
Sl-2
■ 4
81-2
170
4,*
170
4 *
170
272
«t
272
41
272
271
(«
271
44
271
635-4"
• 4
635-5"
f •
635-5"
435-72
(4
435-72
44
435-72
1 Set of Locking Boltsa
(Selected from the following sets)
See page
See page
See page
2 Cane Bottom Bolts (For use with HH-1 Sets) .
524-1
121
524-2
121
524-2
121
or 2 Door Bolts ( For use with HH-2 Sets)
516
122
516
122
516
122
524-1
525
121
U7
524-2
525
121
117
524-2
525
121
117
1 Door Bolt ,
516
122
516
122
516
122
525
117
525
117
;
525
117
Notes — * Three runs of trolley track (1 run equals width of opening plus distance from jambs to side walls, minus 4\ 2 runs equal one-half width of open-
ing). ** For openings over 10' wide, add three extra Center Brackets for each additional 2' of opening.
Two Pairs of Doors Hinged Together, '*H" Sbort Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Locke and Locking Bolts are Onaitted
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details,
For the convenience of dealers who carry our trolley track, locks and locking bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish Short Sets at the following prices:
For No. 31 Track, per set $43,50. Shipping weight. 60 pounds. For No. 33 Track, per set $68.00. Shipping weight. 107 pounds.
' ^ ' 1 Set '^SlydaSyde'' H. for No. 33 track.
Discount
For No. 232 Track, per set 58.40, Shipping weight, 97 pounds.
Example Order-
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
6a
^IwAi^^
Patented
R-W No. 235
Right Angle
Garage Door Hardware
Equipment "HH" for Two Pairs of Doors
Hinged Together with Curved Track
For Two Pairs of Doors Hinged Together, Opening
in Opposite Directions, with Curved Corner
Track. Minimum Distance from Jambs to the
Side Walls, 26 Inches — Hardware Suitable for
Less Space Shown on pages 78—79.
j OR MORE j
Plan of Track
rx^
^
^
a
■
V
Doors Closed
a
-rfPl
I
Doors Partly Open
i
c
I
'^m
f
i
^.
f
Doors Wide Open and at Right Angles to
Front Wall.
Fig. A-826 — Floor Plans
Fig. A-827 — Interior View. Two Pairs of Doors'.Hinged^Together using No. 635 Floor Guide
Track.
Headroom Required See *'A" of Fig. A-82S
For No. 31 Track 6 ^g inches
For No. 232 Track. . , , IVg inches
For No. 33 Tr^ck S14 inches
Headroom may be decreased ]4'^ on Nos, 31 and 232 Track Equipments, and H'' on No,
33 Track Equipment, by using No. 7 style ceiling track brackets. A further reduction of ^s'
in headroom may be secured by sinking the hanger aprons into the top of the door.
Location of Bolt Holes and Bracket Spacings are given on page 114.
2»*7 6flAC«XT
__n^
Fig. A-828 — Interior elevation showing proper loca-
Lion and names of 235 Parts for HH-2 Set, in-
cluding two 516 Door Bolts.
Fig, A-830 — Interior elevation showing Set HH-1
including two 524 Cane Bottom Bolts.
Fig- A-829 — Interior elevation showing Set HH-3.
including one 524 Cane Bottom Bolt and one 525
Door Lock.
Fig, A-831 — Interior elevation showing Set HH-4.
including one 516 Door Bolt and one 525 Door
Lock.
64
RICHARD- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-W No. 235
Ri^ht An^le Garage Door Hardware
Three Doors Hinged Together, Sets "J" and "JJ"
, For three doors hinged together. The door nearest the side of the buUding toward whieh the doors slide in opening, is used
as an entrance door. The doors may be mounted to slide to the right as shown in the illustration or to shde to the left The
hardware is reversible and can be used in any opening regardless of the distance from the jamb to the ^^^f ^^"' »^»^ two^eel"
ficient straight track is included in the price of the complete set for a distance from jamb to side wall not exceeding two feet.
The radius of the curved track is 24 inches.
List Price for Complete Sets
These prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — 'Detail of Hardware and List of Parts '),
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as foUoWfl:
'*jr' Sets
Set JJ-1. to lock doors from outside only, including 1 No. 835 Locking Bolt
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening ST' to 9' wide
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide - •
Set JJ-2. to lock doors from outside only, including 1 No, 525 Door Lock
(page 117). Minimum lap of door over jamb is 1 14 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening &'!" to 9^ wide -
Opening 9^1" to 10' wide
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No, 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
154" to 2K" thick
List
Price
$27 . 00
28.00
29.50
30.00
31.00
32.50
Shipping
Wt., Ibs-
64
02
Medium W<
eightHdw.
using
No. 232 Irack
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea., IH" to 2H" thick
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
S38 . 00
39.50
41.50
94
101
119
41.00
42.50
43.50
96
103
121
Heavy Weight Hdw,
using
No, 33 Track
For Doors Weighinjj
Between 500-800 lbs.
1%^' to 2^'' thick
ea
$44.00
45 . 50
47.50
47.00
48.50
50.50
Shipping
Wt-. lbs.
122
131
141
124
133
143
Notes— Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra.
Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
Directions for Orderiag Conaplete Sets
State— Designation of set and number of track. Width of opening. Thickness of doors. Distance between jambs and side wall toward which the doors
slide in opening. Always send sketch of floor plan with above dimensions inserted. o r . j r^ , s^ u ^u- i, r\ +-.«^^ K^+«r«^T. iV.^
Exatiiple Order of Complete Sets— One Set, ^SlydaSyde'' JJ-1 for No. 31 track. Opening 8 feet wide. Doors 1 % mches thick. Distance between the
jamb and side wall toward which doors slide in opening, 16 inches.
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details
Quantity of Hardw^are Required for
Three Doors Hinged Together^
Complete Sets
*^JJ" Sets"
i Hanger.
2 Hangers^ Ball Bearing
*Two Runs Trolley Track, Straight
1 Pc. Trolley Track, Curved, 24" Rad. 90 deg
2 Brackets, End ,,,,,.,.
8 Brackets, Center
114 Pr. Hinges, Surface.
IH Pr. Hinges, Surface.
2 Bow Handles
1 End Floor Stop
2 Bumper Shoes .
2 Stay Rollers. . .
1 Door Holder, Japanned , . .
1 Guide Roller . . . .
1 Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
1 Door Lock (For use with JJ-1 Sets)
or 1 Door Lock (For use with JJ— 2 Sets) .
Light Weight Hdw,
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each,
IH'' to 2K'' thick
Cataloff
Number
if
235-3
235-5
31
31
235-2x31
235-1x31
435-2 M"x4"
635-4"
81-1
272
435-72
55
119
635
835
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
&4
4 »
* »
See page
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
IH" to 2H" thick
Catalog
Number
235-8
235-9
232
232
235-2x232
235-1x232
435-3 H"x5"
635-5"
81-2
272
435-72
55
119
635
835
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
IH" to 2%" thick
Catalog
umber
See page
"ii7"
235-4
235-6
33
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
-3}^"x5"
635-5"
81-2
272 '
435-72
55
119
635
835
525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
11
(4
t«
it
'11
4 k
11
4 4
4 4
■ 1
CI
See page
Notee — * Two rans of trolley track (1 ran equals width of opening plus distance from jamb to side wall minus 2\ 1 run equals width of two doors plus
approximately 1\ Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered
extra. Direciion Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
Three Doors Hinged Together^ ^^J" Short Sets
Packed In One Box Complete Except that Track, Locka and Locking Bolte are Omitted
Includes Brackets for opening 10 feet wide. Curved Track furnished with this set.
For the convenience of dealers who carry our Trolley Track, Locks and Locking Bolts in stock, we are in position to furnish Short Sets at the following
prices:
For No. 31 Track, per set $24.30. Shipping weight 44 pounds. For No- 33 Track, per set $40.00* Shipping weight 84 pounds.
For No, 232 Track, per set 34.00. Shipping weight 73 pounds. Example Order — 1 Set '*SlydaSyde"' J for No. 31 Track.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
65
Patented
Right Angle
Garage Door Hardware
R-W No. 235
''J" and "JJ" Sets for Three Doors
Hinged Together
=^^
d
^/m.
Doors Closed
Doors Partly Open
/A
%
Doors Wide Open and at Ri
to Front Wall
Fig. A-841 — Floor Plans
Fig. A-843^ — Interior View, Entrance Door Partly Open
Headroom Required
See 'VV* of Fig. A-844
NS235-? BRACKET N9 235^1 BRACKETS N? 235-2 BRACK
*/ rwi f^ TRACKv m
For No, 31 Track . , .
For No, 232 Track. ,
For No, 33 Track.. ,
6^g inches
iy% inches
8K inches
Headroom may be decreased
y^' on Nos. 31 and 232 Track
Equipments, and }4J' on No, 33
Track Equipment, by usmg No, 7
style ceiling track brackets. A fur-
ther reduction of Y^'' in headroom
may be secured by sinking the
hanger aprons into the top of the
door.
Location of Bolt Holes and
Bracket Spacings are given on
page 114.
Fig. A-844 — Interior elevation showing proper location and
names of 235 Parts for Set JJ-1, including one 835 Door
Bolt.
N* 235-2 eFUCKET
Fig, A-842 — Plan of Track
Large plan shows a front wall extend-
ing from the side wall to the doorway,
small plan shows doorway adjacent to
side walL
SmDni
Fig. A-845 — Interior elevation showing Set JJ-2, including
one 525 Door Lock,
66
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
No. 235 Right Angle Garage Door Hardware
Six Doors, three of which are Hinged Together and Slide to the Right, and Three of which are Hinged Together and Slide to
the Left*
Sets ^^K'' and ^'KK'^
The enfl doors nearest the side of the huilding toward which the doors slide in openings are used as entrance doors.
The hardware can be used in any opening regardless of the distance from the jamb to the side walU but only suflScient straight
track is included in the price of the complete set for a distance from janih to side walls not exceeding two feet. The radius of
the curved track is 24 inches.
List Price for Complete Sets
Th(^se prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in the table entitled — **Detail of Hardware and List of Parts'*).
together with all Wall Bolts and Scrqws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolta aa follows:
*'KK" Sets
Set KK--1 , to lock doors from outside only, including 2 No. 835 Locking Bolts.
Opening up to 16^ wide. .
Opening 16'1" tol8' wide \ / \ ' '
Opening 18U'' to 20' wide ' '[[[[/. ]y//'^
Set KK-2, to lock doors from outside only, including 2 No. 525 Door Locks
(page 117). Minimum lap of door over jamb is 1 J^ inehes.
Opening up to 16' wide
Opening 16'!'^ to 18' wide '
Opening 18^1" to 20' wide,
^^^ ^^7?'t^'^^^ ?^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ fP^Se 122) to bolt 3 doors from inside and
one 835 Door Bolt to bolt 3 doors from outside. Minimum lap of door over
jamb IS 2 inches.
Opening up to 16' wide , . ,
Opening IG'T' to 18' wide. . , .
Opening 18'!" to 20' wide, . . . ' ' ' ^ '
Set KK-4 wKh one 516 Door Bolt fpage 322). to bolt 3 doors irom inside and
one .j25 Door Lock (page ]]7). to lock 3 doors from outside. Minimum
Jap 01 door over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 16' wide
Opening 16']" to 18' wide . .••■■. ■ . . .
Opening IH'l" to 20' wide. . . ■'
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each,
IH" to 2M" thick
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
SfjJ . 00
56.00
59.00
f)0 . 00
62 . 00
65.00
52 65
54 65
57.65
55
65
57.65
60-65
INoti
Medium Weight Hdw,
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 300-500 lbs.
ea.. ] %"to2H" thick
$76.00
79 . 00
83.00
82.00
85.00
87 . 00
74
77
81
65
65
65
80.65
83.65
85.65
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
188
202
238
192
206
242
188
202
238
Heavy Weight Hdw,
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
Between 500-800 lbs
ea.. 15^" to 2 M" thick
192
206
242
$88 . 00
91.00
95.00
94.00
97.00
101.00
86.65
89.65
93 . 65
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
92.65
95.65
99.65
244
262
282
248
266
286
244
262
282
248
266
286
Direction Sheet'U" win| e'^eltSf^I^^^lSl^^i^^
c* , T^^ . r * J ^T # • Directiona fur Ordering; Complete Set*
and s^d%'"Tl!'ea*^ch^^^^^ ^''^ "SlydaSyde- KK-2 for No. 31 Track. Opening lt>' wide. Doors 1 M" thick. Distance bet
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
DiaKrainw on Next Pape Show IriHtalletion Details
ween the jamb
Quantity of Hardware Required for Six Doors
Ihrce of which ure Hinged iogelhcr and Slide to the Bight, and
Ihreeol which arc Hinged Together and Slide to the Lclt
KK" Complete Sets
2 Uangersi
4 Hangers, Ball Bearing , . .
♦3 Runs Trolley Track, Straight [[
2 Pes. TrollL'V Track, Curved. 24'' Rad. 90 deg
2 Brackets, Lnd
16 Brackets, Center
1 Bracket, Center Slop ! "
3 Pr. Hinges. Surface
3 Pr. Hinges. Surface
4 Bow Handles
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing up
to 300 lbs. each
1 H" to 2Ji'^ thick
Catalog
Number
List Prices
and
Weights
1 Center Floor Guide
4 Bumper Shoes
4 Stay Rollers
2 Door Holders. . , _
2 Guide Rollers, . ^ .,....../,.'./.][[] ,.]]][
1 Set of Locking Boltn
^ ^ , , (Selected from the following sets)
2 Door Locks (For use with KK^-l Sets)
2 Door Locks (For use with KK-2 Sets)
2 Door Locks (For use with KK--3 Sets). . .
2 Door Locks (For use with KK-4 Sets) _
235-3
23n=5
31
31
235-2x31
235-1x31
235-12x31
■135-2 H"x4"
635-4"
81-1
271
435-72
55
119
G35
835
525
516 and 835
516 and 525
a«c 17
■ t
If
tl
«t
See page
117*
117.' 122
Medium Weight Hdw,
using
No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 300-500 lbs. each
IH" to 2M" thick
Catalog
Number
235-8
233-9
232
232
235-2x232
235-1x232
235-12x232
435-3 K"x5"
635^5"
81-2
271
435-72
53
119
635
835
525
516 and 835
516 and 525
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
See page
ii?"
'li7.'i22
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-800 lbs. each
IH" to 2H" thick
Catalog
Number
235-4
235-6
13
S?
33
235-2x33
235-1x33
235-12x33
435-3 3^"x5
635-5"
81-2
271
435-72
55
119
635
835
525
51C and 835
516 and 525
//
List Prices
and
Weights
Page 47
4«
t*
i«
• ft
« I
«*
See page
"]i7.'i22
Notes—* Three rups of Trolley Track fone^run equals width of opening plus distance from jamb to sjd^ ,,_ _„,..
^i^5:.LH®_^.¥^^- 'f altachmeTit is to be ^adrto brick or concrete, expansion shields
e wall minus 4 feet. 1 wo runs equal width of two
?i?-?'"i/i*"'' approximately 1 foot): Sets include^Lai ScreTs fora'tt^acfaVn
-hould be ordered extra. Direction Sheet showing erecting details furnished with hardware.
Six Doors, Two Sets of Three Doors Hinged Together, ^^K" Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete E«ept thai Straight Track, Lock, and Locking Bolts a« Omitted
Z°^ v°- rlK X''"*^f P" ^^^ S48.60. Shipping weight 88 pounds.
For No. 232 Track, per set 68.00. Shipping weight 146 pounds.
Locking Bolts in stock, we are" in a position to furnish Short Sett
For No 33 Track, per set f 80,00. Shipping weight 168 pounds
Example Order— 1 Set "SlydaSyde" -'k" for r?o. 31 T?ack
Discount
Ti^
-.Mr*/ . .1
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
67
Patented
R-W No. 235
6-Door
"KK" Sets
CONTINUED
Fig, A-847 — Interior View. Two Car Garage
Headroom Required
See "A" of Fig, A-848
irt fAA-JT tM*C9l£T
m; n3-li2 C4M71JH 3TV feJ^AO<XT ■*? »»-* UM^CATT
Plan of Tracks — Large plan shows front wall extend-
ing from the side walls to the doorway, small plan
shows doorway adjacent to side wall.
i
§1
^1
y-
ii
I
I
1
P
i
m
<
I
Doors Closed
I
Doors Partly Open
(^^^
Doors Wide Open and at Right Angles to Front WalL
Fig. A-846— Floor Plans
For No. 31 Track. . . 63^ inches
For No. 232 Track . . . 7J4 inches
For No. 33 Track, ... 8^^ inches
Head room may be decreased J4''
on Nos- 31 Mnd 232 Track Kquip-
ments, and H'' on No. 33 Track
Equipment, by using No. 7 style
ceiling track bracket's. A further
reduction of ^'' in headroom
may be secured by sinking the
hanger aprons into tht^ top of the
door.
Location of Bolt Holes and
Bracket Sparings are given on
page 114.
Fig. A-S48 — Interior elevation show-
ing proper location and names of
235 Parts for 0-Door Sets, including
one 516 Door Bolt and one 525 Door
Lock.
Fig, A-S49 — Interior elevation show-
ing 235 Hardware, including two
525 Door Locks.
Fig, A-850 — ^Interior elevation show-
ing 235 Hardware, including one 516
Door Bolt and one 835 Door BoU.
Ig, A-851 — Interior elevation show-
ing 235 Hardware, including two
835 Door Bolts.
fig. A-848— SetJNo. KK-4
. A-849— Set No, KK^2
Fifif. A-S50— Set No, KK-3
Fig, A-851— Set No, KK-l
r 1
68
RICHARDS-WILCOX G4RAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Typical CornRWi se Installations
»
RICRARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
69
Patenled
R-W No. 635
Garage Door Hardware
i
.
'
f
■l
— —
1 - .
1
*^
Fig. A-857 — Doors operate nround n Sharp Curve. Notice the small space required between Jamb and Sitle W'nll
THE No. 635 hardware set corresponds in general respects with the No. 233 "SlydaSydc" shown on the preceding
pages, the door arrangement and movement being practicalh' the same. The doors when open stand along the
side wall at right angles to the opening, inside the building, and require a negligible amount of space for their
operation in swinging around the corner.
The particular feature which distinguishes the No, 635 hardware, is the exceptionally narrow space between
Ihe jamb and the side wall in which the hardware can be installed, due to the No. 635 short radius corner bracket, and
the Bail-Bearing Hangers, especially designed to operate in a short radius curve with a negligible amount of friction-
Six inches or more of space between back edge of closed door and side wall, provides for free movement of the door.
Installations of No. 635 Hardware may be made with one or more doors in an opening of any \\idth, the only
limitation to the width of the opening being the corresponding side-wall space against whicli Lhe doors must stand m
open position.
Hardware mentioned in the following lists, cover openings with Single Doors sliding to one side; Double Doors,
one of which slides to each side; Two Doors Hinged Together sliding to one side; and Two Pairs of Doors Hinged
Together, one pair of which slide to each side.
70
RICHARDS-WILCOX G\RA GE DOOR HARDWARE
P a t e n t ed
R-W No. 635
Garage Door Hardware
Four-Wheil OfTsct Hinged
Pendant Hangers
No. 635-3 fur No. 31 track
Four- Wheel Rigid Pendant
Hangers
No, 635-1 for No. 31 track
Center Bracket
No. 635-1x31
Center Stop
Bracket
No, 635-12x31
End Bracket
No. 635-2x31
Floor End Stop No. 272
Bumper Shoes. No, ^3.
Center Floor Guide No. 271
Bumper Shoes. Xo. 435-72
72
which adjoins the end of the curved sec-
tion. They are held in place in the bracket
by set screws which bind on beveled
bosses found in the top of the tracks. The
bracket on the outer end of the track is
welded to the track. The design permits
Elenty of space for free movement o(
anger around the curve and prevents the
jainLs in the track from opening.
V> v^Jl
No. 635 F. G. Floor Guide
and No. 635-TK Floor Guide
Track
Flush Drop Handle
No. 170
No. 31 Straight Track
1
Surface Hinge
No. 635
No. 635 Corner Guide
Roller
Bow Handle
No. 81
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
71
Patented
R-W No. 635
Garage Door Hardware
Fig. A'858— Two car garage, equipped
''CarnRWise" door hardware.
with
Fig. A-860— Each of the square
spaces in the diagram represent
one foot. Curved lines indicate
the line of travel of doors- The
diagram is laid out for doors from 3
to 10' wide. The clearance lines are
based on the width of each door
and not on the width of the open-
ing in the case of sets T and U,
where two doors are hinged to-
gether.
Example: A door 8' wide would
require in being opened, a space of
SH'fromside wallata point 1' from
the front wall; 4' from side wall at
a point 2' from the front wall;
2'10'' from side wall at a point 3'
from front wall; 2' from side wall
at a point 4' from front wall;
1'5'' from side wall at a point 5'
from front wall: and 9'' from side
wall at a point 6' from front wall.
f^fVT
H 0r MPOff - lo: s: 3' 7.' 4x* s:' 4' ^C
Fig. A-860 — Clearance Diagram
Doorway with 3' space from iamb to side wall but the dis-
tance from bTck edge of door (not opening) to side wall need
''''The Si^'es will^^^^^ the same distance from side wait regard^
less of the distance from jamb to stde walK
i
f- :
Hanger
No.
&35-1
63&-3
Hanger Dimensions
For Track
No,
31
31
Diameter Wheels,
Inches
2ys
2H
Bearings
in Hanger
Ball
Ball
Pendant
Rigid
Hinged
Headroom Above Top of Door
(Not Opening)
Doors in Pairs
6?^'^ to 7M"
&%'' to 7%"
Single Doors
55^" to 7H
f/
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts
Q
DESCRIPTION
Haivgers, Rigid - • • ■ •
Hangers, Hinged Pendant, each
Trolley Track (page 1 10), per foot
Brackets, Center (page 107). each. ••;/■-■•■ l. T. ! '.*.■.■''.'..'.■■'-•■■ ■
Brackets, Center Stop (page 107) each - -,; of tapered track at each end
Brackets, Corner (page 107), eacn, v\ iiu lo wi <. i^
Brackets, *End (page 107) each .;;.;.■ []'.'.'.'.'/.'.'.'.'.'.'■ '■ ' "
Hinges, Surface (page 129). per pair
Bow Handles (page 125), each.
Flush Drop Handles (page 125), each
Floor End Stops (page 126), each
Bumper Shoes, (page 126). each
Guide Rollers, each .......■•
Corner Guide Strips, each .
Floor Guide (page 127), each
Center Floor Guide (page 126). each . . . , .
Floor Guide Track (page 127). Pfj; f«°t v
Floor Guide Track Curve (page 127), each
Catalog
Number
635-1
635-3
31
1x31
12x31
635x3l-CB
2x31
635-4" .
81-1
170
272
435-72
635
635
635-FG
271
635-TK
635-C
Light Weight Hardwar
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each
1 ^" to 214" thick
List
Price
.S4 00
4.00
.30
.30
.85
3.50
.30
1.20
.35
.50
.85
. 14
.50
.40
1,35
.96
.20
1 00
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
4M
5
IH
1
2H
10
1
2
H
y%
2M
y*
y*
%
Discount
.■■vv.;- -^ , •■.■■< •.-,-■...
72
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-W No. 635
Corner Door Hardware
Single Door ''R'' and '-RR'' Sets
Minimum distance from edge of door inot opening) when closed, to side wall is 6 inches
List Price for Complete Sets
The prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts'*),
together with all Wall Boils and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts a^ follows:
Sets RR-L to lock doors from inside only, including 1 Xo. 524-1 Cane Bottom Bolt (.page 121)
Opening up to 8' wide ,
Opening S'l" to 9' wide... ,
Opeoing 9'1" to 10' wide ,
Sets RR-2. to lock doors from inside only, including I No. 516 Door Bolt (page 122i Minimum Up of door
over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening ST' to 9' i^ide - ■
Opening 91" Lo 10' wide - ■ ■
♦Sets RR-3, to lock doors from both inside and outside, including 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117)
Opening up to 8' i^ide ,.....,,..*......,
Opening ST' to 9' wide
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide
Li^ht Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs, each
IH*' to 2M" thick
Shipping
\Vt,, lbs.
$24 00
24 . 75
25 50
25 50
26 25
27 00
26 85
27 60
28 35
72
74
76
72
74
76
73
75
77
^otc — *When the No. 525 Door Lock is attached to the front edge of the door, it is advisable, though not necessary, to use the No. 635 Floor Guide.
(listed page 127), to hold the back edge of the door light against the casing.
Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra
Direction Sheet showing ereciion details furnished with hardware.
If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware,
Directiotifl for Ordering Complete Sets
S^3te — Designation of set and kind of track and locking bolts wanted. Width of opening. Distance between jamb and side wall. Thickness of doors.
Distance door laps on jamb, .\lwavs send sketch of floor plan with above dimension.^ inserted.
Example Order of Complete' Sets — One Set. * CornR-Wise ' No. 63o Single Door Equipment RR-1 for No. 31 Track, with No. 524-1 Bolt. Opening
9' wide, 12" between jamb and side walL Door IH" thick. Door laps on jamb 2".
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts
DiaK^'anis on N^ext Pa^e Sho^^r Installation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Single Doors *'RR*\ Complete Sets
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each
IH" to 2H" thick
Catalog
Number
2 Ha^ngers, Ball Bearing
2 Pes, Trolley Track (Two runs of trolley track; One run equals width of opening plus distance from jamb to
side wall, minus 2': 1 run equals width of opening mintjs i ^2^)
7 Brackets. Center Track (For opening over 10' wide, add two extra Center Brackets for each additional foot
of opening. . , . . . , , . - . - ,
2 BracketSp End . .
1 Bracket* Corner
4 Bumper Shoes. . , . .
1 Flush Drop Handle
2 Floor End Stops. . .
1 Corner Guide Strip (Where Floor Guide is used. Guide Strip may be omitted)
1 Guide Roller (Where Floor Guide is used. Guide Roller may be omitted)
2 Bow Handles
One Set of Locking Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
1 Cape Bottom Bolt (For use with RR-l Sets)
1 Door Bolt (For use with RR*2 Sets)
1 Door Lock (For use with RR-3 Sets) ......
635-1
31
635-1x31
635-2x31
635x31-CB
435-^72
170
272
635
635
81-1
524-1
516
525
List Prices
and Weights
Page 71
•«
See Page
121
122
117
Single Door ^^R'' Short Sets
Packed in Ooe Box Complete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolta ^re Omitted
For the convenience of dealers who carry our Trolley Track. Locks and Locking Bolts in stock, we are in a position to furnish a Short Set at the foUowiafl
price:
One "R" Short Set for 31 Track, weight 34 lbs., per set $15.25 Exanaplc Order — 1 **R" Short Set, "CornR-Wisc/* Single Door, Equipment, for
No. 31 Track-
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
73
Patented
R-W No. 635 Garage Door
Hardware for Single Doors
^
1
Ni 635-2 BRACKET
N£635C0RN£H
BRACKET
r^
NS 635- (BRACKET^
1^
TRACK-*
1
N2S35-2 BRACKET
\
1
Plan of Tracks
Eia
Door Closed
E
^?7^
>>^\V
Door Partly Open
d
"^7^
h
^ ■■>:
'A
Headroom Required
BeUveen Top of Door
and
Top of Track Bracket
(See '\\" of Fig. A^SOa)
For No. 31 Track ly^''
Fig, A-863
Interior elevation. Set RR-1.
showing proper location and
names of 635 Parts, including
one 524 Cane Bottom Bolt.
Fig. A-864
Interior elevation. Set RR-2»
showing 635 Hardware, includ-
ing one .316 Door Bolt
Fig. A-862 — Interior View of Private Garage. See also center illustration on
page 70.
Ne 635 CORNER BRACKET
Nt 635-2 BRACKET
N2 635-1 BRACKET
N2 835-1 HAN6ER5 TRACK
/
r
N2 170 FLUSH DROP HANDLE
L
f'-NS 81 BOW HANDLE JfO
N2 635 GUIDE ROLLER
NS 635 GUIDE
STRIP
N5 524 CANE BOLT
N2 435-72 BUMPER SHOES
l^y^NS 272 FLOOR END STOP
i
Fig. A-863 — Set RR-l
T VTT ^
^:^n
Door
Wide Open and at Right
Angles to Front Wail
ig, A-861— Floor Plan:^
Fig. A-865
Interior elevation. Set RR-3.
showing 635 Hardware, includ-
ing one 525 Door Lock.
Fig. A-864— Set RR-2
Fig. A-865~Set RH-3
74
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 635 Corner Door HardAvare
Patented
Double Door, "S" and *'SS" Sets
Minimum Distance from edge of door (not opening) when closed, to side wall is 6 inches
List Price for Complete Sets
The prices include hardware for set desired
(as listed in table entilled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Farts"),
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect,
Plus Locking Bolts as follows:
Sets SS-l,to Lock Doors from inside only, including 2 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom Bolts (page 121)
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide * ' ' ' • ■ . .
Opening 9']" to 10' wide .
Light Weight Hdw.
using No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each
IH" to 2^" thick
Sets SS-2, to lock doors from in.?ide onlv, including 2 No. 516 Door Bolts (page 122).
over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide. . ' ' ' '
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide '
Minimum lap of door
*Sets SS-3 to lock doors from both inside and outride, including 1 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom Bolt (page 121) and
1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117)
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide. .
Opening 9'1" to 1 0' wide
♦Sets SS-4. to lock doors from both inside and outside, including 1 No. 516 Door Bolt (page 122) and 1 No
52o Door Lock (page 117). Minimum lap of door over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide. .
Opening 8'!" to 9' wide
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide... " ' '
*.<^ets SS-5, to lock doors from both inside and outside, including 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117)
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'I" to 9' wide ' " ' ' ' ' '
Opening QT' to 10' wide
$43.00
43.75
44.50
47.00
47.75
48.50
45.85
46.60
47.35
47.35
48.10
48.85
45.00
45,75
46 . 50
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
101
103
105
101
103
105
102
104
106
102
104
106
99
101
103
Note
listed page 'i'T^'to'tld^f ba?k°e'<ise°o''f thf do^rtigh/alaiSrthc^c'ale''' """'^ '' '' '""'""'■ ""*"*'" ""' """''^■■y- *" "=<= "" N" 635 Floor Guid.
Direr'tTo'n" the'-ef sh'ow?„"g' e?ectfo^'5e1afl.1'ur!jiihe''d wf.'h hLrd w/re""'"' " '° "' ""="' '° "'"''' °' """"'''■ """-''<'" ^"'""^ ^'"»"* "^ "■"=-=• «'"■
If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, sec page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
f '"T.ra?fSVLVl! ofSfoor i{St°l:,r^H„...l''i'FjB'i±i7/'^''^^^^^ -<>' '-«■ Thickness of doors. Distance door laps on
jamb. Always send sketch of (loor plans with above dimensions inserted
w,do.^"2*-Telwe"'„''ra'n,l^a??'s^!.Vwfll." D?o7 1 k'' 'i^^k^'^Doo^' Co^fs.r^^T^^!'. °°" =<""-"-' ^S-l for No. 31 T.ack. with No. 524-1 Bolt. Openings
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Dia^ramK on Next Page Show Installation Details
Quantilv of Hardware Required for
Double Doors "SS". Complete Sets
2 Hangers, Ball Bearing
2 Hangers, Ball Bearing ' ' '
3 Pes. Trolley Track (Three runs of trolley'track: One run equals" width of opening plus'distance from jambs
to side wall, minus 4 feet; Two runs equal H width of opening minus 1^ feet) \ . . . .
6 Brackets. Center Track (For opening over 10 feet wide add 3 extra Center Brackets for each additional 2 feet
2 Brackets, End
Light Weight Hdw.
using No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each
IM" to 2 Ji" thick
Catalog
Number
1 Bracket, Center Stop
2 Brackets, Corner. . . .
a Bumper Shoes
4 Bow Handles
1 Flush Drop Handle
2 Floor End Stops. . .
1 Center Floor Guide
2 Corner Guide Strips (Where Floor Guide is used Corner Guide Strips may be omitted
J. Guide Rollers (Where Floor Guide is used Guide Rollers mav be omi
itted. see page 127
1 Set of Lockiue Bolts
(Selected from the following sets)
2 Cane Bottom Bolts (For use with SS-1 Sets) or
2 Door Bolts (For use with SS-2 Sets'' . .
I Cane Bottom Bolt
and 1 Door Lock (For use with SS-.3 Sets)
1 Door Bolt
and 1 Door Lock (For use with SS-4 Sets)
1 Door Lock (For use with SS-5 Setsi , , .
635-1
635-3
31
635-1x31
635-2x31
635-12x31
635x31-CB
435-72
81-1
170
272
271
635
635
List Prices
and Weights
Page 71
524-1
516
524-1
525
516
525
525
■ 4
tt
it
l<
ic
«■
«i
Double Door "S" Short Sets
Packed in One Bos Conaplete Except that Track, Locks and Locking Bolts are Omitted
in a ^^l^^^^uS^l s1o1^te'tM;*lL^^f^^fo°.?!^g^p?!!.|^' ^^^^'' ^"^^'^ ^"'^ ^"^'^'"^ ^^''^ ^ ^^-'^- -^ "«
One "S ■ Short Set for 31 Track, weight 60 lbs., per set. "... . e^i or
Example Ordei^l S Short Set. "CornR-Wise." Double Door. Equipment.for No: 31 Track! '^
See Page
121
122
121
117
122
117
117
Headroom Required
Between Top of Door and Top of Track
Bracket
For No. 31 Track ^ ^'
Discount . ,
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
75
Patented
Double Doors
N? 535- fZ CENTER STOP BRACKET NS 635-2 BRACKET
N» «35 CORNER BRACKET \^N2 eas-l BRACKET
^TRACK
N* 5»6 BOLT
r
I-
ow
NS 635 eUlOE STRIP
/
63S euio
I
I
ROLLER
N* 635-3
1AN6ER
/
/
N* 526 LOCK
I
N2 4.36-72 BUMPtfl SHOES
ik^
NS 170 FLUSH DROP HAND
iol
Ht Zl\ FLOOR GUIDE
I
LE
MiiEi Jini
Fig, A-866 — Interior elevation showing proper location
and names of 635 Parts for Double Doors, SS-4
Sets, including oae 516 Door Bolt and one 525 Door
Lock,
Fig. A-867 — Interior View.
Dotted Lines Indicate Position of Door when Partly
Open
i
7TTT
:^
I
Plan of Tracks
Door Closed
Doors Partly Open
vi
i
i
I
Fig. A^869 — Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware,
SS-1 Set, including two 516 Door Bolts
Doors Wide Open and at Right Angles to
Front Wall
Fig. A-868 — Floor Plans
Fig. A-870 — Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware,
SS-2 Set, including two 524 Cane Bottom Bolts.
Fig, A-871 — Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware,
SS-5 Set, including one 525 Door Lock
iMg. A-872 — Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware,
SS-3 Set, including one 524 Cane Bottom Bolt and
one 525 Door Lock
76
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Patented
R-W No. 635
Corner Door Hardware
Two Doors Hinged Together, "T" and "TT" Sets
Minimum Distance from edge of door (not opcnin.a) when closed, to side wall is 6 inches, where Distance is more than 26 inches
235 "SlydaSyde" Sets GG (Pages 00-61) should be used.
List Price for Complete Sets
The prices include hardware for set desired
(as hsted in table entitled — "Detail of Hardware and List of Parts").
together with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary to erect.
Plus Locking Bolts as followa:
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each
iH" to 2H" thick
Sets TT-1, to lock doors from inside only, including 1 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom Bolt inzga 121 j
Opening up to 8 wide
Opening 8'!" to 9' wide ' ' ' '
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide. . . . . ' ;
Sets TT-2, to lock doors from inside only, includini? 1 Xo. 516 Door Bolt fpage 122) Minimum lap of door
over jamb is two inches
Opening up to &' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide. '
Opening 9'1" to 10' wide '
*Sets TT-3. to lock doors from inside or outside, including 1 No. 525 Door Lock (page 117)
Opening up to 8' wide
Opening 8'1" to 9' wide . .
Opening 9'!" to 10' wide . . ; " ' '
$33. 75
34 . 50
35 . 25
35.25
36 . 00
36.75
36.60
37.35
38. 10
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
83
85
87
83
85
87
86
88
/.- . ^**\^;r'!?t'^*'^ ^^i.^ i^^lv'^K ^oor l.ock is attached to the front edge of the door, it is advisable, though not necessary, to use the No 635 Floor G uiHp
(hstedpage 127). to hold the back edge of the door tight against the casing rioor o uide
Sets include Lag Screws for attachiiig track brackets. If attachment is to be made to brick or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra
Direction Sheet showing erection details furnished with hardware ^"iciua onuuiu uc uiueiea exira.
If Wicket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering Complete Sets
o. ,a^mb'"^PwaT/enS".k°eUh of"floo;!';i''a" S'lfabove Y^ll.f^ntV.^^&i """"""=" "' ""'"'■ "'=""" ''"^'""" '""•" "•"' ^'""^ "-" distance door Up,
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details
Quantity of Hardware Required for
Two Doors Hinged Together
*'TT^\ Complete Sets
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No, 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each
IM" to 2^'' thick
3 Hangers, Bali Bearing , .
" P^^;^ Trolley Track (Two runs of trolley track: One run' equals width of opening; plus distancefrom jamb
to side wall minus 2 feet; One run equals width of opening minus 1 H feet)
7 Brackets^ Center Track (For opening over 10 feet wide add tw^o extra center brackets for" each a'ddltionWrfoot
of opening)
2 Brackets, End . .
1 Bracket, Corner
4 Bumper Shoes
1 i4 Pr. Surface Hinges
3 Bow Handles. ......
Catalog
Number
1 Flush Drop Handle
2 Floor End Stops ][[.../.[[[]. ' ' "
1 Corner Guide Slrip (Where floor guide is used corner guide strip may be omitted! see page 127),.! , ! [
2 Guide Rollers (Where floor guide is used guide rollers may be omitted, see page 127)
One Set of Locking Befits -■■...-*
(Selected from the following sets)
1 Cane Bottom Bolt (For use with TT-1 Sets)
1 Door Bolt (For use with TT-2 Sets) . , ' ' " '
1 Door Lock (For use w ith TT-3 Sets) ' '
635-1
31
635-1x31
635-2x31
635x3 1-CB
435-72
635*4'^
81-1
List Prices
and Weights
See Page 71
170
272
635
635
524- 1
516
525
4t
li
See Page
121
122
117
Two Doors Hinged Together ^'T'' Short Sets
r, ,. , , Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track, Lock* and Locking Bolts are Omitted
pHce!^" the eonve„.enc. of dealers who carry our Trolley Track. Locks and Locking Bolts in stock, we are'n a position to foV^'th a Short Set at the foUow.n.
One T Short Set for 31 Track, weight 44 lbs. per set $2G,40 Example Ordcr-1 T Short Set No fi^^ - r o w .. ^ ^
Togelher"^ Equipment; for No 31 Track ' CornR-Wise." Two Doors Hinged
Discount
w^
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
77
Patented
R-W No. 635
Garage Door Hardware
for
Two Doors Hinged Together
and
Sliding to One Side
M£ €35-2 BRACKET
>iS;635-S BRACKET i^
Plan of Tracks
'^
i
i
i
Doors Closed
C
/7
^
Doors Partly Open
EZll
I
u
M
Doors Wide Open and at Right
to Front Wall
Fig. A-873 — Floor Plans
Angles
Fig. A-874- — Interior View. Doors Closed
Headroom Required
Between Top of Door and Top of Track
Bracket For No, 31 Track is /j^ inches.
Fig. A-875
Interior elevation showing proper location and names
of 635 Parts for Set T 1-3, including one 525 Door
Lock
Fig. A-876
Interior elevation snowing 635 Hardware for Set TT-2,
including one 516 Door Bolt.
Fig. A-877
Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware for Seti^TT-l,
including one 524 Cane Bottom Bolt
Fig. A-876— Set TT.2
Ht 635-1 BRACKET
N2 e35-2 BftACKET \ N2 635 COR
m*^^ a TRACK ^ a rs
CORNER BRACKET
N2 635-1 HANGERS
t-N? 525 LX»CK H^Op FUJSH DROP HANDLE
N? ei BOW HANDLE
12 272 FLOOR
END STOP
/
X
SURFACE HINGE
«i
I
1>
T
f.- >;
N?635 GUIDE STRfP^^
I
T
N* 635 GUIDE ROL
LER
N3 4-35-72 BUMPER SHOES
td
Fig. A-875— Set TT-3
x
y
y
>
\
1
m
/
~mL
ft"
iO,
I
( s> BffiilllO-
Fig. A-877— Set TT-1
■^ * .'-. ■
78
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
CornR-Wise No. 635 Corner Door Hardware
Two Pair, of Doo« Hinged T«g.-.her, Oue I'air Sliding .o the Kigbt, One Pair Sliding to the Left, "U" »"^ "Jl"" ^«*»
Minimun, Distance from ed« of door (no! oponinB) «hen olosed, to side yall is 6 inches. When d.starce is more than 26 inches.
23:* '-SlyUaSyde'* Sets lUi ^Pages 62*65) should be used.
List Price for Complete Sets
These prices include harch\ ure for set desired
(as listed in table entitled— "Detail of Hardware and List ot \ arts ).
tagrther with all Wall Bolts and Screws necessary tu erect,
riu» Lockiue Bolts as followas
Sets
VV-l. to lock doors frooi inside only, iiuluding 2 No, 521-1 Cane Bottom Bolts u>a«e 121)
Opening up to 8' wide ' "
t^pening 8'r' to 10' wide
Opening 10 1" to 12' wide
Opening 12^1" to 14' wide
Opening UT' to 16' wide - - w ' :AA' ' \\-' ' i i Ar.:.l
Sets UU-2. to lock doors from inside only, including 2 No. 516 Door Bolts (Page 122). Minimum lap of door
over jamb is 2 inches.
Opening up to 8' wide, .....,, • •
Opening ST'to 10' wide . , . * ■
Opening lO'l" to 12' wide -
Opening 12'!" to 14' wide • - ' ' ' '
Opening 14'r' to 16' wide >,• ■ * -A « M '/ ' " ' \^^\^ ' a
*Sets L U-3. to lock doors from both inside and outside. iniludinK 1 No. 524-1 Cane Bottom Bolt (page 121) and
1 No, 525 Door Lock (page 117)
Opening up to S' wide .'.-...* -
Opening 8'r^ to 10' wide , ■ • *
Opening lO'l" to 12' wide . . •
Opening 12'1" to 14' wide - -
Opening 14'1 '' to 16' wide ^ ,^ . ; ■ ' \W^\' J ; ktV
♦Sets LL-4. to lock doors from both inside and outside, inrluding 1 No 510 Door Bolt (page 122). and 1 No,
525 Door Lock (page 117) Minimum la[> of door over jamb is 2 inches
Opening up to 8' wide , . . , , *
Opening S'r' to 10' \vide.. ^
Opening lO'l" to 12' wide ■
Opening 12'1" to 14' wide , -
Opening 14'!'' to 16' wide - ■ ■ -;
*Sets L U-5, to lock doors from both inside and outside, including 1 No. 525 L^uor Lock (page 117)
Opening up to 8' wide. , . , * . *
Opening ST' to 10' wide
Opening 10')" to 12' Wide • - ;.......
Opening 12M" to 14' wide ^ -
Opening 14'1'^ to 16' wide. .
using
No, 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs, each
IH" to 2M" thick
List
Price
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
$58 . 40
59.90
61.40
62.90
64 . 40
124
1^
136
142
148
61.40
62 . 90
64.40
65.90
67.40
124
130
136
142
148
61.25
62 . 75
64 - 25
65.75
67.25
62,75
64 . 25
65.75
67.25
G8.75
60.35
01.85
63.35
64.85
66.35
125
131
137
143
149
124
130
136
142
148
121
127
133
139
145
Not^*\Vhen the No. 525 Door Lock is attached to the front edge of the door, it is advisable, thoush not necessary to use the No. 635 Floor Guid«
(listed page 127). to hold the back edfic of the door tight against the casing. , . . , . • u u u«..i.4 k« »T-^ari>rl <.T*ra
Sets include Lag Screws for attaching track brackets. If attachment is to be made to bnck or concrete, expansion shields should be ordered extra.
Direction Sheet s^howing erecting details furnished with hardware.
If \\ icket Entrance Door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Directions for Ordering (Zomplt-le Sets
Stat^Designation of set and kind of track. Width of opening. Thicknes.s of doors Distance between jamb and side walls on each side. Distance
doors lap on jamb. Always send sketch of floor plan with above dimensions inserted , ^ . t- - . titt ^ t -v- lii t^-^v
Example Order of Complete Sets— One Set. •CoriiH-Wise" No. 635 2 pairs of Doors Hmged Together Equipment UU-1 for No. 31 IracK.
524-1 Bolts. Opening 10' wide. Doors 2>i" thick. Distance between jamb and side wall, 12" on right side. 14 on left. Doors laps on jamb 2. .
Detail of Hardware and List of Parts Diagrams on Nemt Page Show installation Details
31 Track, with No.
Quantity of Hardware Reciuired for
Two Pairs of Doors Hingea Together
"UU" Complete Sets
Light Weight Hd>^.
using
No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 300 lbs. each
1 ^" to IH" thick
4 Hangers. Ball Bearing
2 Hangers, Ball Bearing , - •
3 Pes. Trolley Track (3 runs of trolley tracks; 1 run equals width of opening plus distance from jambs to side
walls, minus 4 feet; 2 runs equal H width of opening minus 1 J4 feet)
2 Brackets. End
Brackets, Center Track (for opening over 10 feet wide add three extra Center Brackets for each additional 2
feet of opening
1 Bracket, Center Stop . , ,
2 Brackets, Corner .
6 Bow Handles
1 Flush Drop Handle.
2 Floor End Stops.
1 Center Floor Guide
3 Pr.s. Surface Hinges •
8 Bumper Shoes .
2 Corner Guide Strips (where floor guide is used, guide strips may be omitted, see page 127)
4 Guide Rollers (where floor guide rs used, guide rollers may be omitted, see page 127)
Catalog
Number
1 Set of Locking Bolts (Selected fi om the following sets)
2 Cane Botlom Bolts (For use with UU-1 Sets) or
2 Door Boils (For use with UU-2 Sets)
1 Cane Bottom Bolt ,.,...
and 1 Door Lock (For use with UU-3 Sets)
1 Door Bolt. . . ,
and 1 Door Lock (For use with UU-4 Sets)
i Door Lock fFor use with Ul^5 Sets)
635-1
635-3
31
635-2x31
635-1x31
635-12x31
635x31-CB
81-1
170
272
271
635-4"
435-72
635
635
524-1
516
524-1
525
516
525
525
List Prices
and Weights
Page 71
AH
• ft
• ft
4«
•«
See Page
121
122
121
117
122
117
117
Discount.
Two Pairs of Doors Hinged Together, "U" Short Sets
Packed in One Box Complete Except that Track* Locks and Locking Bolts are Onnitted
For the convenience of dealers who carry our Trolley Track. Locks and Locking Bolts in stocky we are in a position to furnish a Short Set at the following
price: 1 "U" Short Set for 31 Track, weight 120 lbs., per set. . .$49.75 Example Order — 1 *U" Short Set. No. 635 "CornR-Wise." Two pairs of Doors
Hinged Together Equipment for No. 31 Track.
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
79
Patented
R-W
No.
635
For Two Pairs of Doors Hinged Together
CONTINUED
N?635-^ aRACACT
NtWS-»2 CENTER STOP BRACKET
KSead CORNER SRACKET N* ©3S-I SRAC^£Tv
Fig. A-S78 — Interior elevation showing proper location and
names of 635 Parts, Set UU-2, including two No, 516 Door
Bolts.
..■^.
Fig. A-880 — Interior View; Two-car Garage.
Headroom Required
Between Top of Door and Top
of Track Bracket for No, 31
Track is ly^ inches.
\
K?§<
I
I
:\'
v:
33
Plan of Tracks
i^
i^
Doors Closed
Doors Partly Open
i
I
m
Doors Wide Open and at Right Angles to
Front Wall
Fig, A-879~FIoor Plans
Fig, A-881 — Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware
Set UU-5, including one 525 Door Lock.
Fig. A-882 — Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware
Set UU-3, including one 525 Door Lock and one 52 t
Cane Bottom Bolt.
Fig, A-883 — Interior elevation, showing 635 Hardware
for Set UU-4, including one 516 and one 525 Door
Lock.
Fig. A-884 — Interior elevation showing 635 Hardware
for Set UU-L including two 524 Cane Bottom Bolts.
80
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Fig. A-SS8
Fji;. A-S88— Single car ga-
rage doorwav having 3-
door "Round-Runner"
equipment — doors in
open position.
Fifi. A-889 — Detailed iJlus-
Iralion of hanger, track
and surface hinge.
Hardware made of
steel, except hanger
wheel, which is malleable
iron. Hanger wheel is
-}4 inches in diameter.
Apron 2}i inches wide
by 5 inches lone.
Fig. A-S90— Single car ca-
rage doorwav having "3-
door "Round-Runner"
equipment — entrance
door open.
Fig. A-SS9
Fig. A.890
□ UND
Patented
R-W No. 835
Garage Door Hardware
This hardware is intended for light doors from
13^ inches to 2}4 inches thick, and not more
than 40 inches wide, that run around the corner
inside the garage and stand out of the way
against the side wall when the doors are open.
Provides for entrance door without additional
doorway. One set of fixtures is sufficient for hand-
hng a 3-door outfit as in illustrations. If larger
opening is required, 6 doors may be used in one
openmg by installing two sets of fixtures. See
opposite page for plans and elevations.
Headroom Required
Between top of door and top of hanger is &}4 inches.
Three Door Outfit for Eight Foot Opening
Packed in One Box
All hardware required to completely equip three
doors, including track, packed in a strong wooden
box, as follows:
3 No. 835 Hangers.
1 No. 835 Track Curve, 18-inch radius, 90 de-
grees.
8 Pes. No. 542-B Track, each 24 inches lone
with Brackets.
3 Pair Surface Hinges, 435-2 i^''x4".
2 No. 835 Stay Rollers.
1 No. 272 End Floor Stop.
. 2 No. 71-2 Bosv Handles.
1 No. 835 Door Bolt.
2 No. 435-72 Bumper Shoes.
1 No. 119 Door Holder.
1 Package Bolts and Screws.
1 635 Guide Roller.
Erecting Instructions Packed with
Hardware
Set for three-door 10-foot opening contains 10
pieces of No. 835 Track, each 24 inches long, other-
wise is identical with set for 8-foot opening.
of h.m'''' ^^u ^Pe'^ing requires 1 three door set plus 1 3^ pr.
of nn.nl'na^^^ ^"^^V^ ^^^'^' ^^"^^^ ^^ ^hc jamb On the side
of openmg opposite from \vhere the curved track is used.
List Prices for Complete Sets
^-iJoor Set, 8' Opening, per set $15.00 55
3-Door Set, 10' Opening, per set. . . 16.00 60
4-Door Set, 10'8" Opening, per set 18.00 58
l-Door Set, 12'8" Opening, per set 19.00 63
6'Door Set, 16' Opening, per set. . . 30.00 110
o-Door Set, 20' Opening, per set 32.00 112
Discount
/::'>;■;,. ,;'"i^,:'
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
81
Three-Door Set
N* 542-6 END BRACKET N? 835 CENTER BRACKET
\ NeS42-8 TRACK / N* 035 TRACK CURVE
Fifi. A-891^ — Interior elevation showing proper loca<
tion and names of 835 Parts, includiniL! one No
835 Door Latch.
J]
^m'
IS|£ 836 TRACK CURVE;
I ■'
/
N2 542-B TRACK
NS 835 CENTER
BRACKET
N2 542-B END
BRACKET
N
'/A
M
Plan of Tracks
, t>vS:^
Doors Closed
^^i2
dZ^
J
i
m
Doors Wide Open and at Right Angles to Front Wall
Fig. A-892— Floor Plans
For 3-Door Sets
Round
Runner
R-w
No. 835
Garage
Door
Hardware.
CONTINUED
See
Opposite
Page
Six-Door Set
l«3*Z-a TRACK
N? e3S CENTCR fiJlACA
Fig- A-893 — ^Intcrior elevation showing proper loration and names of 835
Parts, including two No. 835 Latches.
oa.
ji
_n^
.fi.
j^
\
2 835 TRACK CUWE
N2 835 CENTER BRACKETT
*.■
NS 542^6 TRACK
i
N2 5A2-B END BRACKET
an of Tracks
K^-
tl
inz
I
V
***
■v../
I'/,/!
k^J
Doors Closed
Doors Partly Open
^ xx\\vft
y
n
IN
f
i
%
[I
4^
Doors Wide Open and at Right Angles to Front Walt
Fig. A^94— Floor Plans
For 6-Door Sets
82
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo. 735
Swivel Flat Track Garage Door Hardware
See Previous Page for
Three-Door Floor
Plans
Fig. A-90 1— Roller-Bearing Swivel Hanger
For Use On Three Doors Hinged Together
See Previous Page for
Six-Door Floor
PI
ans
This hardware is intended for light doors from IJ^
inches to 234 inches thick, and not more than 40 inches
wide, that run around the corner inside the garage and
stand out of the way against the side wall when the
doors are open. Provides for entrance door without ad-
ditional doorway. One set of fixtures is sufficient for
handling a 3-door outfit. If larger opening is required,
6 doors may be used m one opening by installing Lwo
sets of fixtures.
Hanger apron adjustable for doors l^^" to 2J^" in
thickness. Hanger used with No. 50 track. Hanger
cannot jump the track. Hanger aprons 2J^" wide by
5" long.
Headroom required between top of door and top of
hanger is 5^ inches.
List Price for Complete Sets
Hardware for 3-door, 8-foot opening, per set_. __S7.50
Weight, per set „ ,3414 pounds
Hardware for 3-door, 10-foot opening, per set. __. $8.00
Weight, per set 36J^ pounds
Discount
Note — For five- or six-door entrance, use two three-
door sets. For four-door entrance, use one three-door
set, and 1 3^ pair Butt Hinges, extra.
3-Door Outfit for Eight-Foot Opening
All hardware required to completely equip three
doors, including track:
3 No. 735 Hangers.
3 Pes. No. 50 Track, one 8-foot and two 4-foot
lengths, with Brackets.
2 Pr. Surface Hinges, 435-2 J4''x4".
2 No. 835 Stay Rollers.
2 No. 71-1 Bow Handles.
1 No, 735 6" Hinged Hasp.
1 No. 635 Guide Roller.
1 Pkg. Bolts and Screws.
Set for three-door 10-foot opening contains 3 pieces
of No. 735 Track, 1 10-foot and 2 5-foot lengths, other-
wise is identical with set for 8-foot opening.
Short Set
Hangers and Carriage Bolts Only
Packed three hangers with carriage bolts in a box.
Finish, black enamel. Per set, S3.50.
Discount.
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
83
[GARAGES WITH STRAIGHT SLIDING
^#PARflLLEL Sliding Doors
84
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Straight Sliding Door Hardware
CONTINUED
For Single and Double Sliding Doors on One Track. To be
Installed Inside or Outside the Building. For Doors
Weighing Up to 1,000 Pounds. Made in Four
Sizes of Track
Fig, A-903. Interior View One Door Open, One Door Closed
From the suggested hardware sets and list price following, hardware equip-
ment for straight sliding doors to suit a wide variety of doorway conditions,
for inside or outside installation, can be easily selected.
OS. 150, 150HB
Nos, 25, 28V, 29V. 121
o. 27 HB
Nos. 20-^2. 20 HB
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
85
"^
Floor End Guide No,
272* and Bumper
Shoes No. 435-72
Parallel Ear Ceiling
Right or Left
End Bracket
No, 8x31
No, 8x32
No. 8x232
No, 8x33
Locked Unlocked
Parallel Door Bolt and Lock No, 516
R-W
Straight Slidin
Door Hardware
Parallel Ear Ceiling
Center Bracket
No. 7x31
No. 7x32
No. 7x232
No. 7x33
Side Center Bracket
No- 1x31
No. 1x32
No. 1x232
No. 1x33
Straight Track
Nos. 3L 32, 232, 33
Nos. 736 and 737 Door
Guide and Weather-
strip
Parallel Door Bolt
No. 616
Side Center
Stop Bracket
No. 12x31
No. 12x32
No. 12x232
No. 12x33
Stay Roller
No- 54
No. 71 Bow Handle
with No. 70 Flush Pull
Sliding Door Lock
No. 510
Center Floor Guide No,
27L and Bumper
Shoes No. 435-72
Side Right or Left
End Bracket
No. 2x31
No, 2x32
No. 2x232
No. 2x33
Adjustable Door Binder
No. 89
Cane Bottom Bolt
No, 524
Sliding Door Lock
No. 525
k
V.
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts
DESCRIPTION
Hangers, For Prices and Shipping Weights, see followmg pn^e
Trolley Track (page 110), per foot
Brackets, Center track (page 107), each
Brackets, Parallel Ear Ceiling Center (page 107), each
Brackets, End Track fpage 107), each • •
Brackets, Parallel Ear Ceiling, Right or Left End (page 107), each
Brackets, Center Stop, for double doors only (page 107), each
Stay Rollers (page 124), each.
Adjustable Door Binders (page 131), each
Floor End Door Guides (page 126), each
Floor Center Door Guides (page 126), each
Bumper Shoes (page 126), each
Flush Pulls (page 125), each •
Bow Handles (page 125), each
Door Lucks (page 1 17), each • • • ■ • -
Door Locks (page 117), each
Cane Bottom Door Bolts (page 121), each - • •
Door Bolte (page 122), each
Doof Bolts (page 122), each ■ ■ ■ • •
Floor Door Guide and Weather Strip (page 127), comp ete per foot ...... .
Floor Door Guide and Weather Strip (page 127), complete, per foot... .. .
•^fo,e— When the No. 2 size is used, add 5c to the price of each.
Light Weight Hdw.
using
No. .31 Track
For Doors Weighing
UD to 400 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
31
1x31
7x31
2x31
8x31
12x31
54
89
272
271
435-72
*70-I
*71-1
52.7
510
524-1
516
616
737
736
List
Price
.30
.30
.30
.30
,40
.45
.S5
.%
.14
3.15
3 60
.90
2.50
2.85
1.00
1.65
Shipping
Wt.Jbs.
1^
1
1
1
IM
2
m
3
1
ZH
3
m
3
6
12
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 32 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 400--500 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
32
1x32
7x32
2.t32
8x32
12x32
54
89
272
271
435-72
*70-l
•7t-l
525
510
524-1
516
616
737
736
List
Price
$.45
.45
.45
.45
1.15
,40
.85
.96
.14
.35
l.i
3.15
3.60
.90
2.50
2.85
1 00
1,65
Shipping
Wt,. lbs.
2H
IH
IH
IH
IH
3M
9
1?4
2
3
H
1
H
m
3
33-2
3
6
12
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No, 232 Track
For Doors Weighing Be-
tween 500-SOO lbs. each
C^atafog
Number
232
1x232
7x232
2x232
8x232
12x232
154
89
272
271
435-72
♦70-1
•71-1
52.5
510
524-2
516
616
737
736
Price
3 , 0!)
..■>.T
.5.>
.55
I 35
1.70
.45
.85
.96
,14
,35
.15
3 15
3 GO
1 20
2 50
2 85
1 00
1 t).5
Shipping
Wt,. lbs.
2M
2H
m
4J4
5
IH
H
1
H
O'i
4H
3H
3
6
12
Heavy Weight Hdw.
using
No, 33 Track
For Doors Weiehing Be-
tween 800-1000 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
33
lx;33
7x33
2x33
8x33
12x33
154
89
272
271
435-72
• T
70-1
1-1
525
510
524-2
516
616
737
736
•S 70
75
.75
.75
I 65
1 70
,45
,60
,96
,14
,35
,15
3 15
3.60
1.20
2.50
2.85
1.00
1 . 65
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
4
2^
3H
2^
3
5H
5
m
2
3
J4
H
3
6
12
Discount
86
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W Straight Sliding Garage Door Hardware
for
Single and Double Sliding Doors on One Track
To be installed inside or outside the building
For Doors weighing up to 1,000 pounds. Made in four sizes of track
From the sugj^ested hardware sets and list prices following, hardware sets for straight sliding doors to suit a wide variclj
of doorway conditions, for inside or outside installation, can be easily selected.
List of Hardware for Single or Double Sliding Doors Weighing Up to 1,000 Pounds
Hardware Hardware
Retiuired Required
fur Single
Door
Opening
1 I'air
) Feet
t
2
2
1
I
2
Tti
1
1
1
I
{ ) Fi-et
for Double
Door
Opening
2 Pair
( ) Feet
t
2
2
1
2
1
2
( ) Feet
DESCRIPTION
Hangers to be selected from table below * * , . .
Trolley Track. Amount required equals twite wi^ith
of opening (page 110),*,.... ,..._...
tBraekets, Center Wall ^page 107)
tBrac-keti>, Paraliel Ear Ceiling Center (page 107)
tBraekets, End Wall (pa^'e 107)
tBraekeLs Parallel Ear Ceiling, Right or Left End
(page 107)
Braeket, Center* Stop, for double doors only (page 107)
Stay Rollers (page 124)
Adjustable Door Binders (page 131)
Floor End Door Guides (page 126)
Floor Center Dof^r Guide fpage 126)
Bumper Shoes, used with Nos. 271 and 272. to protect
corner of doors (page 126^
Fhish Pulls (page 125),.
Bow Handles (page 125)
Door Lock (page 117) To lock from inside or outside
*'y)Qor Bolts {pa^e 121) t-o lock from inside oniy
"oor Door Guide and Weather Strip (page 127 k
Amount required equals twice width of opening. . ,
For No. 31 Track
Installation
Inside
31
1x31
7x31
2x31
8x31
12x31
54
272
271
43.5-72
ro-i
:71-1
525 or If)
m-\ or h\\S
or 616
737
Outside
31
1x31
7x31
2x31
8x31
12x31
54
89
271
435-72
170-1
t71-l
525 or 510
737
For No, 32 Track
Installation
Inside
Outside
32
1x32
7x32
2x32
8x32
12x32
54
272
271
435-72
i70-l
J71-1
525 or 510
524-1 or 516
tr bl6
737
32
1x32
2x32
8x32
12x32
54
89
271
435-72
t70-l
:7i-i
525 or 510
For No. 232 Track
In&tallation
Imdde
232
1x232
7x232
2x232
8x232
12x232
154
272
271
435-72
t/O-l
t71-l
525 or 510
524-2 or 516
or
737
Outside
232
1x232
7x232
2x232
8x232
12x232
154
89
271
435-72
:70-l
J71-1
525 or 510
737
For No. 33 Track
lustallation
Inside
33
1x33
7x33
2x33
8x33
12x33
154
272
271
435-72
170-1
t71-l
525 or 510
S24-2 or 516
or 616
737
Outside
33
1x33
7x33
2x33
8x33
12x33
154
89
271
435-72
t70-l
t71-l
525 or 511}
737
See tables below. **Nor required when Door Lotk
enter brackets should be spaced on 2' centers. Wai
required for outBide in^taliationB.
List Price and Specifications of Bali-Bearing Door Hangers
Hangers packed without track [^rackets
Per
pair
rviirnHfjf
List
Shipping
Price
Weijjht, lbs.
201 .,B
?3 75
61-2
271 oB-!
5.40
'J
271 jB_2
5.40
9
2»i2B-l
6.65
U
1:.
28iiB-2
6.fi5
29)28-1
7.65
14
2fli^B~2
7 . 6,i
14
!23tzB-3
10 35
25
123HB-2
10.35
25
I.50I2B-I
•0 65
25
l.ifl';;B-2
l€.fi5
25
Track illustrated p. 110)
Nutnbei
31
31
31
32
32
232
T62
33
33
33
33
Per foot
List
Price
#»
<5
,55
,55
.70
.7J
.7J
Shipping
Weight. !bs.
1.6
1.6
1.6
2
2
2 8
2 8
3.1
3.1
3 1
3.1
For doors
weighing,
pounds
300
4(J0
hm
500
600
600
800
soo
1000
1000
Thickness
of
doors
1*4 "-2'
214 --23^"
l?4'-2'
21^-23^'
13-4 "-2'
2j^'-3'
1^4 '-2'
2T-3J'^''
Distance
Bottom of
track to
center of
bracket
hu\x hole
4J4'
414'
4fi'
<H'
5-
5'
5'
5'
Diameter
of
[.'racket
bott
Distance, top of doors
t<» bottom of track
Maximum
2J4'
2H'
2H'
2%'
^h'
zw
3f4'
3?4'
Z%'
List Price and Specifications of Roller-Bearing Door Hanger
Hangers packed without track brackets
Number
20-2
25-1
25-2
28V-1
28V-2
29 V- 1
29\'-2
121-1
121-2
150-1
150-2
Per p^ir
List
Price
S3. 40
3.75
3.75
5.30
5.30
6.00
6.00
S.45
8.45
S.70
8.70
Shippi iiiz
Weigbt, lbs.
nj2
12^2
121 2
16
16
25
25
25
25
Track (illustrated p. 110)
Number
31
3]
31
32
32
232
232
33
33
33
33
Per foot
List
Price
§30
.30
.30
.45
-45
.55
.55
.70
.70
.70
. t
Phtppinf?
Weight, lbs.
1.6
1,6
1.6
2
2
2.8
2 M
3,1
3 1
3,1
3,1
For doors
weighing,
pounds
300
400
500
500
(iOO
000
SOO
800
1000
1000
Thickness
of
doers
P4'.
1?4'
2}r-
1 H '•
214 '-
1?4-.
2)i'-
2H'-
■2W
-2'
-2%'
-r
-2H'
■2'
■2H'
■2'
r
2'
Distance
Bottom of
track to
center of
bracket
bolt hole
3H'
3?4'
3*4'
4 '4'
m'
5'
5*
5'
5'
Diauietci
of
bracket
bolt
|[
Distance, top of dooris
to bottom of track
Minimum
1%'
Ik'
m'
m'
2H'
2H'
2H'
MaKimum
2' 2'
2''2'
2I2'
2%'
2H'
334'
3H'
ZH'
33,4
384'
3^4*
Note— For the heaviest doors designated above, under each size (»f track, bracket centers should bt snacptl nnt mr.r^ tk..r 91 ; v^ I 7- r~[ ] T" ~ ~
bracket centers should be spaced not to exceed 30 inches apart. ^ °^ ""'^*' ^^''*" ^^ '"''''*=^ ''P^^f • *■»»■ ''e^^ter doors tlian the maximum, under each sim of track
apart
Slate— Whether for singte or double dofjrs. Width and height of open-
ing. Tliickness of doors. Dtsipnate catalog number and quantity of hangers
and other hardware wanted from tables abcve.
Directions for Ordering
Discount
End Guide 2 No 435^72 Bumper Shoes, INo. 70-1 Pull,'l No.* 71-1 Han-
uJe, 1 iM o. 525 Lock,
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
87
R-W
Parallel Sliding Garage Door Hardware
With or Without Weather Strip
Fig. A-904— Exterior View. Both Doors Closed Fig. A4)D5— Exterior Viow. One Door Partly Open, Otic Closed
Other Exterior Views Shown on Page 83
1 ULI H ! I.1 1 ■I'lM [[':'
L
Fig A-906— Interior View, One Door Open. One Door Closed
For those who desire Parallel Slidmg
Doors for their garages, an examination of
the following pages will prove of benefit.
Two parallel doors operate on two parallel
tracks and such installations are generally lo-
cated in two-car garages.
Three parallel doors usually operate on
three parallel tracks and are generally
located in three-car garages.
The various interior views show doors
sliding inside the garage. In these instances
the track brackets should be attached to
either the ceiling or to the side of the front
wall, as conditions demand.
If it is desired that the doors slide along
the outside of the building the track brackets
must be attached to the side of the wall in
every mstancc.
When the doors slide on the outside oi the
wall the tracks are, in most cases, protected
from the elements by the projection of the
roof. Where this is not the case we suggest
that either a wood or metal housing be placed
over the tracks.
Weatherstrips have nothing to do with the
operation of the door, only with the exclu-
sion of wind, rain and cold. Where it is in-
tended to keep the garage warm in winter,
wqather strips are greatly to be desired.
88
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-\^
T
Sliding Garage Door Hardware
Two Doors Sliding from Jamb to Jamb on Two Parallel Tracks
With or Without Weather Strips
Made in four sizes of track, for doors weighing up to 1,000 pounds each
(Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details)
List Price of Sets With Weatherstrip. Without Locks or Door Bolts
Owing to the various types and combinations of Locks and Door Bolts which may be used in connection with th
na^e not included them in the set prices, leaving it to you to choose the ones best suited for your particulai
information concerning Door Locks and Door Bolts see data below entitled "Door Locks and Door Bolts "
ese sets, we
ar case. For
These sets contain all the hardware necessary to fullv equip an
opening of the size nientioned. including Hangers. Track. Bracket
and A\eatherstnn Assemblies; Floor Guides. Handles, etc as
enumerated m table on opposite page.
For Openings up to 16 Feet Wide
List Price Per Set
^ct using Two-Track Nos. 256 or 356 Track. Bracket and Weather-
strip Assembly (No. 31 size track)
bet using Two-Track Nos. 257 or 357 Track. Bracket and Weather-
strip Assembly (No. 32 size track)
strip Assembly (No. 33 size track)
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
$48 , 00
59.00
71.00
85 50
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
$43 00
54.00
65.00
77.50
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Set
280
330
440
520
.Not
For Openings Over 16' Wide Add to the
16' Set Prices the Following Amounts
for Each Additional Foot rr Frac-
tion thereof
List Price Per Foot
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
$1.95
2.50
3.10
3.70
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
$1.95
2.50
3.10,
3.70
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Foot
8M
9i^
12K
358 or 359"a^Ve;?bV"Vh°ou^d'be^specifi:d'^" "^"' ''^"- *'^*^' ^^"' '^^ °^ ^^^ assembly should be specified. If track is to be attached to th
e ceilmg. No. 3d6, 3r)7
List Price of Two-Track, Bracket and ^
For Wall Attachment
eatherstrip Assemblies Only
For Overhead .^.ttachment
Description
No. 256 Track. No. 31 size, per ft
No. 257 Track, No. 32 size, per ft '
No. 259 Track. No. 232 s.ze, per ft
No, 258 Track. No. 33 size, per f I. .....'.' ^
Two-Track Assembly
Price
Shpg. Wt. lbs.
Description
;i .95
2.50
3.10
3 70
8Ji
9H
14?i
Note — When ordering be sure to mention that Two-Track Ass
No. 356 '1 rack. No. 31 size, per ft
No. 357 Track. No. 32 size, per ft
No. 359 Track, No. 232 size, per ft
No. 358 Track. No. 33 size, per ft
Two-Track Assembly
Price
$1 95
2 . 50
3.10
3.70
Shpg. Wt. lbs
7
8
n
13
s=^^f"t^'y is desired, as we also make a Three-Track Assembly (See page 95)
List Price of Sets Without Weatherstrip Without Locks or Door Bolts
Owing to the various types and combinations of Locks and Door Bolts which may be used
not included them in the set prices, leavincr it to von to t-\x^^i^^ ^v.^ ^^^^ k * -^ j^ ^ — "*■-" le^^oc scis^ we na\e
don concerning Poo.- Locks a'^d Door 60?^ 'sVe^aTI bew"^„\ltYed,""D^rLo"cklV^d bo"; ^BoV/^ '^' "^" ^"^ ■"'""■"-
Set using two runs of No. 31 Track
Set using two runs of No 32 Track
Set using two runs of No. .33 Track
Set using two runs of No. 232 Track
For Openings up to 16 Foot Wid
e
List Price Per Set
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
:33 60
44.40
53.00
65.25
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
S2fi . 40
39.00
45 . 00
57 . 00
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Set
260
300
380
^°r OP^n'nss Over 16' Wide Add to the
f Set Prices the Following Amounts
for tach Additional Foot or Fraction
Thereof.
List Price Per Foot
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
51.05
1.60
1.90
2.30
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
SI. 05
1.60
2 . 30
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Foot
5
9
12
Door Locks and Door Bolts
^ . , (For Above Sets)
Owing to the various types and combinations of Locks and Door Bolts which ni«v K. ^ ■
of hardware we have not included them in the set prices, leavinVit to vou t "'??„ *'*' Vi *" connection with the above sets
case from the combinations here shown. ices, leaving it to jou to choose the ones best suited for vour particular
For locking both doors from inside and outside use
For locking one door from inside only and one door from inside and outside
Wall Attachment
*2 No. 510 Locks
* No. 525 Locks may be substituted if desired, but jamb strips flush with
c*»t^r« * 1 J.LL r O»»"ections for Ordering
btateltotal vidth_ of opening, number of doors, and size of track des.red.
• • • - 1 No. 516 Bolt
*and 1 No. 510 Lock
or 1 No. 524 Cane Bolt
the face of the door must'be pr^v^dfd^ "^""'^
Overhead Attarhtn«nl
2 No. 525 Locks
1 No. 524 Cane Bolt
and 1 No. 525 Lock
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
89
Fig. A-908
<
)i
K
1
)
Fig. A-909
Fig. A-908 — Cross-sec-
tion showing overhead
bracket atlachmeut,
without weatherstrip,
ol two parallel sliding
doors. See page 9G
for dimensions.
I
Fig, A-909 — Cross-sec-
tion showing wall
bracket attachment,
without weatherstrip,
of two parallel slid-
ing doors. See page 96
for dimensions.
cn
LJ
X
<C
hi
-f
i
vlM m
)(
)(
)
Fig. A-910
Fig. A-910 — Cross-sec-
tion showmgoverhcad
bracket attachment,
with weatherstrip, of
two parallel sliding
doors. See page 96 for
dimensions.
Fig. A-911 — Crosi-sec-
tion showing wall ^
bracket aLtachment. ^^
with weatherstrip, of l_
two parallel sliding ^
doors. See page 96 for q;;
dimensions., lJ
<
Fig, A-907 — Interior View of Two Parallel Doors, without weatherstrip
Doors Closed
^
One Door Partly Open
Left Hand Door Wide Open
7/.
m
Fig, A-911
Right Hand Door Wide Open
Fig, A-914 — Floor Plans
List of Material for Sets Listed on Opposite Page
DESCRIPTION
Items required for either track less weatherstrip,
or track with weatherstrip sets:
*2 Pr. Hangers, Bali Bearing
*2 Pr. Hangers. Roller Bearing , . *
2 Floor End Door Guides (used with wall at-
tachment track bracket sets only) , , , . .
4 Bumper Shoes (used with wall attachment
track bracket sets only) - .
U Flush Pull (not required, if locks are used) ,
1 Bow Handle (not required if locks are used)
1 Parallel Door Floor Guide, , , . .
Materiiil required for track less weatherstrip sets
onl\% in addition to item^ listed above:
Trolley Track. Amount required equals
twice width of opening* _...,,,
tBrackets, Double Center, Wall Attachment.
t2 Brackets, Double End. Wall Attachment .
fBrackets, Parallel Ear Overhead Center. , . .
t4 Brackets, Parallel Ear Overhead, Right or
Left End
Material required for track with weatherstrip
sets only;
§Two-Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip Aasem-
hly for Walt Attachment. (Amount re-
quired equals width of opening)
wO'Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip As-
sembly for Overhead Attachment.
(Amount required equals width of open-
ing
For No, 3 1 Track
For Doorsi Weighing
up to 400 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
Out.^ide
27 HB
25
70-1
Xl-1
172-1
31
22x31
23x31
7x31
8x31
256
356
For No. 32 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 500 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
28 HB
28 V
272
435-72
70-1
Sl-1
172-1
32
22x32
23x32
7x32
8x32
257
357
Outside
28 \A\
29 V"
70-1
81-1
172-1
32
22x32
23x,32
7x32
8x32
257
357
For No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 600 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
29 ! ■> B
29 V'
4435-72
70-1
81-2
172-1
232
22x232
23x232
7x232
8x2-32
259
35f>
Outside
29 v., B
21) V
70-1
81-2
1 72- I
232
22x232
23x232
7x232
8x232
259
359
For No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 800 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
123 K'B
121
272
435-72
70-1
81-2
172-1
33
22x33
23x33
7x33
8x33
258
358
Outside
1 23 3 'i B
121
70-1
81-2
172-1
33
22x33
23x33
7x33
8x33
258
358
pufotes^ * Other Ball Bearing Hangers or Holler Bearing Hangers may be used if desired. See patje 86, t Center Brackets should be spaced on 2' centers
Wall Brackets not used on overhead installations, and vice versa. No. 7 Brackets are Single Brackets and twice the number are required as of No. 22 Brackets
i On doors over 2" thick use the No. 70-2 size. jWhen this Weatherstrip Assembly is used no other track or brackets are required.
90
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W
Parallel Sliding Garage Door Hardware
Two Doors Sliding on Two Parallel Tracks to Wall Space On One Side of Opening
or Four Doors Sliding on Two Parallel Tracks to Wall Space on Both Sides of Opening
Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details
List Price of Sets Without Weatherstrip
Without Locks or Door Bolts
2-Door sets contain all the hardware necessary to fully equip an
opcniTig of the size mentioned, including Hangers, Track* Brackets
(no Weatherstrip) Floor Guides, Handles, etc., as enumerated in
table below.
4-Door Sets for openings up to 16' wide take twice the amount
of hardware as do the 2-I)oor Sets and the Set Prices are DouLled.
Set using Two Runs of Xo, 31 Track.
Set using Two Runs of Xo. 32 Track .
Set using Two Runs of Xo. 232 Track
Set using Two Runs of Xo* 33 Track.
For Openings up to 8 Feel Wide
List Price Per Set
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
$28.00
36.50
43,00
53 . 00
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
$23.00
31.50
37.00
45.00
Shipping
\\<elght
Lbs. Per
Set
140
185
250
320
For Openings Over 8' Wide Add to the
8' Set Prices the Following Amounts
for Each Additional Foot or Frac-
tion thereof
List Price Per Foot
With Bali
Bearing
Hangers
5,96
1.46
1 ,80
2.15
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
S.96
1.46
1.80
2.15
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Foot
5
7H
9
12
:Sc>le Weatherstrips are not required when doors operate according to this plan. Head jamb is built out by the carpenter to meet the door on the track
farthest from the walL See Fig. A-M2L
Door Locks and Door
(For Above Sets)
ts
Owiii^ to the various types and coinbinatioiis of I^ocks and Door Bolts which may be used in conneetion with the above sets
of hardware, we have not included thcni in the set prices, leaving it to you to choose the ones best suited for your particular
case from the combinations here sho^nn.
For locking doors from both inside and outside use: 1 No. 525 Door Lock {page 117) or 1 Xo. 510 Door Lock (page 117) and 1 Xo. 616 Door Bolt (page 122)
or 1 No. 524 Cane Bolt (page 121) attached to edge of back door.
For locking doors from inside only use: 1 Xo. 616 Door Bolt (page 122) and 1 Xo. 524 Cane Bolt (page 121) or 2 No, 524 Cane Bolts for inside installations;
2 Xo. 616 Bolts or 1 Xo. 616 and 1 No. 524 Bolt for outside installations.
For 4-Door Openings^ two doors opening each way, double the quantity of all locks and bolts except Nos. 510 and 525. Only
one No. 510 or 525 lock is required for each opening.
Jamb strip must be built out flush with the door when Xo. 525 Lock is used.
Directions for Ordering
State total width of opening, number of doors, and size of track desired.
Width and height of each door: thickness of doors, whether for inside or out-
side installation, and that doors are to run on two tracks. Are they for wait
or overhead attachment. Kind of Lock.s or Door Bolls desirtrd. (These are
not jn<luded in set prices.)
_ 1
Example Order for Can:ipIeYe Sets *
Without Weatherstrip: 1 Set Parallel Sliding Garage Door Hardware.
2 doors sliding on two parallel tracks to wall space on one side of opening on
Xo. 31 track. For doors 4'2" by 8' by l%'\ for inside installation. For
wall attachment. Also 1 No, 525 Door Lock, and 1 Xo* 524-1 Cane Bolt,
List of Material for Above Sets of Hardware
DESCBIPTIOX
*2 Pr. Mangers, Ball Bearing
*2 Pr. Hangers, Roller Bearing
Trolley Track, Amount required equals
2 l4 Limes width of opening .
* Brackets* Single Center Walt Attachment
fX^o. 22 style less bracket proper near-
est the wail)
**1 Bracket, Single End Wall Attachment
(Xo. 23 style less bracket proper near-
est the walO
fl Bracket, Overhead Center Stop (for four-
door openings only)
fl Bracket Wall Center Stop (Xo. 13 style
less bracket proper nearest the wall for
4-Door openings only)
**Brackets, Double Center Wall Attachment.
**1 Bracket. Double End Wall Attachment..
♦♦Brackets, Parallel Ear Overhead Center. . . .
♦* t Brackets, Parallel Ear Overhead, Right or
Left End
1 Floor End Door Guide
2 Bumper Shoes
tl Flush Pull __..,.
ttl Bow Handle
1 Parallel Door Floor Guide . . , .
For Xo. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 400 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
27
25
li
31
22x31S
23x318
10x31
13x31S
22x31
23x31
7x31
8x31
272
435-72
70-1
81-1
172-1
Outside
27 HB
25
31
22x31S
23x3 IS
10x31
]3x31S
22x31
23x31
7x31
8x31
70-1
81-1
172-1
For No.
For Doors
up to 500
32 Irack
Weighing
lbs. each
Installaiion
Inside
Outside
1
28 3^6
2«V
28 HB .
28 V
32
32
22x32S
22x32S
23x32 S
23x32S
10x32
10x32
13x32S
13x32S
22x32
23x32
7x32
22x32
23x32
7x32
8x32
272
435-72
70-1
81-1
172-1
8x32
70-1
81-1
172-1
For No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 600 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
29HB
29V
232
22x232S
23x232S
10x232
I3x232S
22x232
23x232
7x232
8x232
272
435-72
70-1
81-2
172-1
Outside
29i^B
29 V
232
22x232S
23x232S
1 0x232
13x232S
22x232
23x232
7x232
8x232
70-1
81-2
172^1
For No. .
For Doors
up to 800
33 Track
Weighing
lbs, each
In-stallation
Inside
Outside
123^8
121
1 23 M B
121
33
33
22x33S
22x33S
23x33S
23x33S
10x33
10x33
13x33S
13x33S
22x33
23x33
7x33
22x33
23x33
7x33
8x33
272
435-72
70-1
81-2
172-1
8x33
70-1
81-2
172-1
\\r 11^*^***^ — O^hcr Ball Bearing Hangers or Roller Bearing Hangers may be used if desired. See page 96. ** Center Brackets should be spaced on 2' centers,
n all Brackets not used on overhead installations, and vice versa. No. 7 Brackets are Single Brackets and twice the number are required as of No 22 Brackets
t On doors over 2" thick use the No. 70-2 size, ft Not required if No. 510 or No, 525 Lock is used.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
91
R-W
Parallel Slidin
Garage Door Hardware
Without Weatherstrip
Continued
Two Doors Sliding On Two
Parallel Tracks to Wall Space
On One Side of Opening
Fig. A-916 — Cross-seciioTi
showing overhead brarkt^L
attachment without
weatherstrip, of two par-
allel sliding doors. See
page 96 for dimensions,
UHing those referring to
Fig. No. A-908.
Fig. A-9I5— Interior View of One Car Garage
Fig. A-917 — Cross-section
showing wail bracket at-
tachment, without weath-
erstrip, of two parallel
sliding doors. See page
96 for dimeiKsiun^. using
thoj^e referring to Fig. Nu.
A-909.
Fig. A-918 — Sec-
tion through head
jamb where single
track is located.
Showing j a rn b
built out to the
door.
Fig. A-919 —
e c t i o n
t h r o u g h
head jamb
where dou-
ble track is
located.
SECTION A- A
SECTION B-B
Fig. A-920— Tratk Plans showing two parallel tracks without weatherstri!>
A-f-j
B^
lis
.1
A^
SOFFIT
e*j
Fig A-921— Plan showing how ht-ad jamb is built out to mi-et the door
mounted on the track farthest from the wall.
Zl
Doors Closed
One Door Wide Open
Both Doors Wide Open
Fig. A-922— Floor Plans
92
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W
Parallel Sliding Garage Door Hard^vare
Three Doors Sliding from Jamb to Jamb on Two Parallel Tracks
(Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details)
List Price of Sets With Weatherstrip
Without Locks or Door Bolts
Owing to the various types and combinations of Locks and Door Bolts which may be used Jn connection with these se
have not included them in the set prices, leaving it to you to choose the ones best suited for your particular case,
information concerning Door Locks and Door Bolts see data below entitled,, **Door Locks and Door Bolts.*'
ts, we
For
These sets contain all the hardware necessary to fully equip an
opening of the size mentioned, including Hangers, Track, Bracket
and Weatherstrip Assenriblies; Floor Guides, Handles, etc., as
enumerated in table on opposite page.
*Set using Two-1 rurk Nos, 256 or 356 Track, Bracket and \\ cath-
erstrip Assembly (No. 31 size track)
*Set using Two-Track Nos. 257 or 357 Track, Bracket and W eath-
erstrip Assembly (No. 32 size track)
*Sct using Two-Track Nos. 259 or 359 Track, Bracket and Weath-
erstrip Assembly (No. 232 size track)
*Set using Two-Track Nos. 258 or 358 Track, Bracket and Weath-
erstrip Assembly (No. 33 size track)
For Openings up to 24' ^^'ide
List Price Per Set
With Bail
Bearing
Hangers
With Roller
Bearing
Mangers
S73.00
$65.00
90.00
82 . 00
IDS 00
98.50
130.00
118 00
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Set
For Openings Over 24' Wide Add to the
24' Set Prices the Following Amounts
for Each Additional Foot or Frac-
tion thereof
List Price Per Foot
275
390
460
With Bali
Bearing
Hangers
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
$1.95
2.50
3.10
3.70
$1.93
2.50
3.10
3.70
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Foot
9H
125i
14H
Note— *As5embiy Nos. 256, 257, 258, 259 are for attachmenL to wait, Nos. 356. 357. 358, 359. for attachment to ceiling.
List Price of Two-Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip Assemblies Only
For Wall .A tta<;h ment
Description
Two-Track Assembly
For Overhead .\ttachment
No. 2.">6 1 rack. No. 31 size, per ft
No. 257 Track. No. 32 size, per ft
No. 259 Track. No. 232 size, per ft
No. 258 Track. No. 33 size, per ft
Price
11.95
2.50
3.10
3.70
Shpg.Wt., lbs.
Description
8M
9^
No, 356 Track, No. 31 size, per ft,
No. 357 Track, No. 32 size, per ft
No. 359 Track, No. 2.32 size, per ft.
No. 358 Track. No. 33 size, per ft
Two-Track Assembly
Price
$1.95
2.50
3. 10
3 70
Shpg.Wt.. Ib^.
7
8
11
13
No It— When ordering be sure to mention that 1 \^o-Track Assembly is desired, as we also make a Three-Track Assembly (See page 95).
List Price of Sets Without Weatherstrip
Without Locks or Door Bolts
These sets contain all the hardware necessary to fully equip an
opening of the size mentioned, including Hangers. Track' Brackets.
(no Weatherstrip). Floor Guides. Handles, etc., as enumerated in
table on opposite page.
For Openings up to 24' Wide
Set using Two Runs of No. 31 'I rack
Set using Two Runs of No. 32 Track
Set using Two Runs of No. 232 Track
Set using Two Runs of No. 33 Track
List Price Per Set
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
$52 . 00
68 . 00
81 00
1 1 6 00
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
$44.00
60.00
71.00
103.00
Shipping
\\ eight
Lbs. Per
Set
270
350
440
520
For Openings Over 24' Wide Add to the
24^ Set Prices the Following .Amounts
Each Adaitional Foot or Fraction
Thereof.
List Price Per Foot
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
$1.05
1.60
1.90
2.30
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
$1 05
1.60
1.90
2 30
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Foot
5
7H
9
12
oor Locks and Door Bolts
(For Ahove Sets)
0>vinp to the various types and combinations of Locks and Door Bolts which mav he ii«.-H ir. ^«««««*:^ -^t, *u u
hardware, we have not included them i„ the .et prices, leaving it ,„ ^u t" choose the one" best L '"' "'
case from the cumbinations here shown.
uited for your particular
Inside Installation
2* No. 510 Locks and
1 No. 524 Cane Boll.
1 *No. 510 Lock and
1 No. 524 Cane Bolt
*c« I 1 .1 J ^ ... ^^^ 1 ^o 516 Bolt.
tFor locking all doors from inside only , 1 *Xo. 510 Lock and
^ No. 516 Bolts.
1*
For locking two end doors from inside and outside and center door from inside only.
For locking one end door from inside and outside and two doors from inside onlv. .
Wall Attachment
Outside I nstallaticiti
2 *No. 5J0 Locks and
1 No. 616 Bolt.
2 No. 510 Locks and
1 No. GIG Bolt.
Overhead Attachment
2 No. 525 Locks and
1 No. 524 Cane Bolt.
1 No. 525 Lock and
1 No. 524 Cane Bolt
and 1 No. 516 Bolt.
2 No. 516 Bolts.
on]
2 No. 516 Bolts-
y ^°'b^,: uil'hiZ^k^^h\U\^t^i^;'i:VLif&%^Sr'^ --^ be provided. t The luck „,ay be om.Ued and
Example Orders for Complete Set»
Directions for Ordering
^I'^i^u*^ *^^?' ^*dth of opening, number of doors, and size of track desired
\V idth and height of each door; thickness of doors, whether for inside or out-
side installation, and that doors are to run on two tracks. Are thev for wall
or overhead attachment. Kind of Locks or Doors Bolts desired' (These
are not included m set priresj Slate whether or not weatherstrip is desired
Discount
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
93
Fig, A-930 — Interior View. Showing Center Door Partly Open.
Cross-Section Views
arc identical with Fig. Nos. A-908 to A-911 as shown on page
Doors Closed
BRACKETS
Plan of Tracks Without Weatherstrip
Center Door Open
DC
Left Hand Door Open
j\^
- --^
i
Plan of Tracks With Weatherstrip
i
Right Hand Door Open
Fig. A-935 — Floor Plans
«!
r^
List of Material for Sets on Opposite Page
DESCRIPTION
Items required for either track less weatherstrip
or track with weatherstrip sets:
*:i Pr. Hangers, Ball Bearing
*3 Pr. Hangers. Roller Bearing.
2 Floor End Door Guides (used with wall
attachment track bracket sets only). .
8 Bunnper Shoes (used with wall attachment
track bracket sets only) ■
14 Flush Pulls (Omit 1 for each lock used)
4 Bow Handles (Omit 1 for each lock used).
2 Parallel Door Floor Guides
For No. 31 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 400 lbs, each
Installation
70-1
81-1
172-1
Material required for track without weather-
strip sets onlyjn addition to Items listed above
Trolley Track, Amount required equals
twice width of opening ■ . .
tBrackets, Double Center, Wall Attach-
ment. . ■
*2 Brackets. Double End. Wall Attachment.
tBrackets. Parallel Ear Overhead Center. . . ,
i4 Brackets, Parallel Ear Overhead. Right
or Left End ■ • ■
Material required for track with weatherstrip
sets only: .
§Two-Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip As-
sembly for Wall Attachment (Amount
required equals width of opening) ......
§Two-Track. Bracket and Weatherstrip As-
sembly for Overhead Attachment
(Amount required equals width of open-
ing)
Outride
27J^B
25
22x3 1
23x31
7x31
8x31
For No. 32 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 500 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
28MB
28V
272
435-72
70-1
81-1
172-1
Outside
28 H B
28 V
32
22x32
23x32
7x32
8x32
70-1
81-1
1 72- 1
For No. 232 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 600 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
257
357
32
22x32
23x32
7x32
8x32
29 H B
2UV
272
435-72
70-1
81-2
172-1
Outside
29^B
29 V
257
357
232
22x232
23x232
7x232
8x232
70-1
81-2
172-1
For No. 33 Track
For Doors Weighing
up to 800 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
259
359
232
22x232
23x2.32
7x232
8.X232
259
359
123ii2B
121
272
435-7:
70-1
81-2
172-1
Outside
123HB
121
33
22x33
23x33
7x33
8x33
70-1
81-2
172-1
258
358
33
22x33
23x33
7x33
8x33
258
358
^J :t (^4U^^ n^ii ii^r,r;T^a Hunflprs or RoUcT Bearing Hangers mav he used if desired. See page 96. t Center Brackets should be spaced on 2' centers,
^x' n^'''*=^~; ^\^ 5 iT,^vJrh?ad tS?taIlatLns S No. 7 Brackets are Single Brackets and twice the number is required as of No. 22 Brackets
Toll doo%\ ovc?2"?hick use the^N^^ When f his Weatherstrip Assembly is used no other track or brackets are required.
94
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W
Parallel Sliding Garage Door Hardware
Three Doors Sliding from Jamb to Jamb on Three Parallel Tracks
(Diagrams on Next Page Show Installation Details)
List Price of Sets With Weatherstrip
Without Locks or Door Bolts
Owing to the \ariou.'§ types and combinations of Locks and Door Bolts which may be used in connection with these sets, we
have not included them in the set prices, lea\inf; it to you to choose the ones best suited for your particular case. For
information concerning; Door Locks and Door Bolts see data below entitled, **Door Locks and Door Bolts."
These sets contain all the hardwan^ neccfisary to fully equip an
opening of the size mentioned, including Hangers, Track, Bracket
and \\ eatherstrip Assemblies; Floor Guides, H andies, etc, as
enumerated in table on oppo. iU page.
For Openings up Lo 24' Wide
1
For Openings Over 24' Wide Add to the
'2'\' Set Prices the Pollowing Amounts*'
for Each Additional Foot or Frac-
tion thereof
List Price Per Set
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Set
List Price Per Foot
Shipping
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
Weight
Lbs. Per
Foot
Set using Three^Track Nos. 256 or 356 Track, Bracket and
Weatherstrip Assembly (No. 31 size track) .
Set using Three-Track No. 257 or 357 Track, Bracket and
^^*eatherstrip Asf-'emblv (No. 32 size track)
Set using T hree-Track Nos. 259 or 359 1 rack. Bracket and
\\ eatherstrip Assembly (No, 232 size track)
Set using Three-Track Nos. 258 or 358 Track, Bracket and
Weatherstrip Assembly (No. 33 size track)
S 1 00 . 00
1 25 . 00
165,00
1 96 00
S92 , 00
1 1 7 . 00
151. 00
18-1 00
420
450
580
rm
^3 . 05
4.35
5.45
fJ 40
$3 . 05
4.35
5.45
6.40
.14 3^
I5M
20 M
23 ^
Note — If track is to be attached to the wall Nos. 256, 257, 258 or 259 assembly should be specified. If track is to be attathed to the ceiling Nos. 350'
357. 358 or 359 assembly should be specified.
List Price of Three-Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip Assemblies Only
Fur Wall Attachment For Overhead Attachment
Description
No. 256 Track, No. 31 size, per ft.
No. 257 Track. No, 32 size, per ft
No. 258 Track, No, 33 sixe, per ft
No. 259 Track, No, 232 size, per ft
Three-Track Assembly
: ,
Price
Sh
pg.Wt. lbs..
«3 05
4 . 35
6 40
5 45
14K
1 5 14
23 H
20%
Description
Three-Track
Assembly
Price
Shpg,Wt.,lbs.
No. 356 Track. Xo. 31 size, per ft.. ...,,,.,,
No. 357 Track. No. 32 size, per ft , .
No. 358 Track, No, 33 size, per ft,, , , . .
No, 359 Irack, No. 232 size, per ft.
$3.05
4.33
6.40
5.45
12
13
19
Note— When ordering be sure to mention that 1 hree-Track Assembly is desired, as we also make a Two-Track Assembly (See page 92).
List Price of Sets Without Weatherstrip
Without Locks or Door Bolts
0>*ing to the various types and combinations of Locks and Door Bolts which may be used in connection with these sets, we
have not included them in the set prices, leading it to you to choose the ones best suited for your particular case. For
information concerning Door Locks and Door Bolts see data below entitled, ''Door Locks and Door Bolts."
'J hcse sets contain all the hardware necessary to fuNv equip an
opcTiing of Ihe size nieiitioncd, including Hangers, Track, Brackets,
(no Weatherstrip), Floor Guides, Handles, etc., as enumerated in
table on opposite page.
Set using Three Buns of No, 31 Irack.
Set using Three Runs of No. 32 Track.
Set using Three Runs of No. 232 Track
Set u.sing Three Buns of No. 33 Track.
For Openings up to 24' Wide
List Price Per Set
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
?67.U0
1C4.50
128.00
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
S59.00
78.00
94.00
116. 00
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Set
510
690
855
9^5
For Openings Over 24' Wide Add to the
24' Set Prices the Following Amounts
for Each Additional Foot or Fraction
Thereof.
List Price Per Foot
With Ball
Bearing
Hangers
SI. 60
2 . 30
3.00
3.60
With Roller
Bearing
Hangers
$1.60
2.30
3.00
3.60
Shipping
Weight
Lbs. Per
Foot
7H
12 M
18^
Door Locks and Door Bolts
' (For Above Sets)
Owinji to the vario^i.s types and combinaUons of Locks and Door Bolts which may be used in connection with the above sets of
hardware, we have not included them in the set prices, lea% ing it to you to choose the ones best suited for vour particular
case irom the combinations here shown. '
524 Caie Boi?^ '^''"''' mounted on tracks w,th wall brackets, 2 *No. 510 Locks and 1 No. 516 Door Bolt: or I *No. 510 Lock, I No. 516 Door Rolt and 1 No.
No ^Tcfan^e^Bolt""^^ mounted on tracks with overhead brackets, 2 No. 525 Locks and 1 No. 516 Door Bolt, or 1 No. 525 Lock, 1
o. 516 Door Bolt and 1
All of the above locks are operated from inside and outside.
Note—* No. 525 Locks n^ay be substituted, but janib strips must be built out flush with face of door at both ends of d
oofway
Directions for Ordering
State total width of opening, number of doors, and size of track desired
Wioth and height of cath door; thickness of doors, whether for inside or out-
side installation, and that doors are to run on three tracks. Arc they for
wall or overhead attachment. Kind of Locks or Door Bolts desired, iThe.se
are not included in set prices.)
_,.,, ,„, , Example Orders for Complete Sets
With Weatherstrip; 1 Set No. 256 Parallel Sliding Garage Door Equip-
[^»?a!iii [.o''b"!v^ ^i\ ^■'^^- \ ^""^'^ ^''«'"e from iamb to jamb on three
fn.t JrJr '^*'^V'^''-ii'^\,''^'' ^'l''^) For -^ rf"ors H'2" Ly 8' by 1 M", for inside
^ ii« ?." For Wall attachment. Abo for 2 No. 570 Door Locks and 1
No. 516 Door Bolt.
™J!!^***^^4K* WeatherBtrip: 1 Set of Parallel Sliding Garage Door Equip-
m^nl, without weather.stnp for opening 24' wi^e. For 3 parallel doors sliding
'""' ' " •" • - .. -- . ^ ^,
oor
menl, without weather.stnp for opening 24' wide. For 3 parallel doors slid
i.^3/'" H ^"^ jamb on ihree runs of No. 31 Track. For 3 doors 8'2" b\
\Jv{\^X'\ l?'*'*'.^J."i?^'*"^^i""- For wall attachment. Also 2 No. 510 D.
LOCKS and 1 No. 516 Door Bolt.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
95
Parallel Garage Door Hardware
(Continued)
Fig. A-93fi — Interior View. Showing How the Two End Doors May Be Open at the Same Time
Cross-Section Views
are sinilar to Fig. Nos, A-908 to A-911 (as shown on page 89) except
that in this case 3 tracks are supported instead of two.
c
Wc
Doors Closed
TRADS BRACKETS
Plan of Tracks Without Weatherstrip
End Doors Open
Two Doors Open
FiajD of Tracks With Weatherstrip.
Two Doors Open
Fig. A-941 — Floor Plans
List of Material for Sets on Opposite Page
description:
For No.
For Doors
up to 400
31 Track
Weighing
bs. each
For No.
For Doors
up to 500
32 Track
Weighing
lbs. each
'
For No. 2
For Doors
up to 600
.32 Track
Weighing
lbs. each
1
■
For No.
For Doors
up to 800
33 Trark
Wcighin.y
lbs. each
Installation
Insta lation
1 —
Installation
I nstallation
Inside
Out.^ide
Insidf
Outside
Inside
Outside
Insidf
Outside
Items required for cither track less weatherstrip
*3 Pr Hanfiers Rol cr 3earinj2
27 HB
25
272
435-72
70-1
81-1 ,
172-2
31
33x31
34x31
7x31
8x31
256
356
27 HB
25
28i.',B
28V
272
435-72
70-1
81-1
1 72-2
32
33x32
34x32
7x32
8x32
257
357
28K'B
28V'
70-1
81-1
1 72-2
32
33x32
34x32
7x32
8x32
257
357
29K'B
29 V"
272
535-72
70-1
Sl-2
1 72-2
"33x232
34x232
7x232
8x232
259
359
29MB
29V
123 14 B
121
272
43.5-72
7(>-l
81-2
1 72-2
33
33x33
34x33
7x33
8x33
258
358
123 HB
121
•
2 Floor End Door Guides (For wall attach-
6 Bumper Shoes (For wall attachment track
81-1
172-2
31
33x31
34 -.31
7x31
8x31
256
356
2 Bow Handles (Omit 1 for each lock used) . ,
Material required for track ivithout weather-
strip sets only in addition to items listed above.
Trolley Track, Amount required equals
three time^ width of ODenin0 , .
70-1
81-2
1 72-2
■>;Vi
~ 3.3x232
34x232
7x232
8x232
259
359
70-1
81-2
1 72-2
33
♦♦Brackets, Triple Center, Wall Attachment.
**2 Brackets, Triple End, Wall Attachment..
♦♦Brackets, Para lei Ear Overhead Center. . . .
**f> Brackets. Parallel Ear Overhead, Right or
Material required for track with weatherstrip
sets only*
tThree-'i rack. Bracket and Weatherstrip As-
sembly far Wail Attachment. (Amount
required equals width of opening)
tThree- 1 rack. Bracket and Weatherstrip As-
sembly for Overhead Attachment.
(Amount required equals width of
33x33
34x33
7x33
8x33
258
358
[Sjo|.„ ^ Other Ball Bearing Hangers or Roller Bearing Hangers may be used if desired. See page 96. **Center Brackets should be spaced on 2' centers.
Wall Brackets not used on overhead installations, and vice versa. No. 7 Brackets are Single Brackets and three times the number are required as of No. 3:J
Brackets t On doors over '>'' thick use the No, 70-2 size, jWhen this Weatherstrip Assembly is ustul nw other track or brackets arc required
96
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W
Parallel Sliding Door Hardware
With or Without Weatherstrip
CONTINUED
List Price and Specifications of Bali-Bearing Door Hangers for Sets Listed on Pages 87 to 97
Hangers, packed without
track brackets (page 97)
Track
Number
For
doors
weighing
lbs.
Tbick-
of
doors
Distance, top of
doors to bottom
of track.
"H" see Figs.
A-908toA-911
Distaoce
from bot-
tom of track
to first bolt
hole. "I"
see Fip.
A -909- 9 11
Distance
from Ist
boh hole
to 2nd bo t
hole, "J"
see Figs.
A-909-911
Diameter of
bracket bo t
Distaace
bottom of
track to
header.
"M" see
A-90S-910
Minimum^
track
centers.
'*N"8ee
Figs.
A-&08
Without
Weatherstrip
Miuimuni
track
centers.
'*N'* see
Side wall
bracket
"K"' see
A^909-911
Ceiling
bracket
"L" see
A-908-910
Number
Per pair
Fig. A-910
With
List
Price
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
Mini-
mum
MaxJ-
mimi
Westherstrip
203-23
27}iB-l
27^B-2
28J4B-I
2PAB-2
2t)}4B-l
29HB-2
123HB-1
I23i'^-2
l.W iB-1
15(>'2B-2
83.75
5.40
5.40
6,65
6.65
7.65
7.65
10.35
, 10.35
10.65
10.65
6^
9
9
11
11
14
14
25
25 .
25
25
31
31
31
32
32
232
232 '
33
33
33
33
300
400
400
500
500
600
600
800
800
1. 000
1.000
l?i-2i4'
iH-2'
2H-2H'
\%-2'
2y4-2U'
lU-2'
2H-2%'
m-2'
2J4-3'
l?^-2'
2H-r
Vs'
Va'
%'
Vs'
%'
H'
'A'
m'
VA'
2H'
2%'
2%'
2'
2'
IM'
1?4'
3'
3'
3'
3'
411'
5U'
2*4"
2H'
2%'
31^'
m-
3^2'
3K'
3H'
33^'
3H'
H'
W
H'
H'
H'
H'
%'
H'
%'
W
H'
3H-
3}ij'
3H'
3H'
m'
m'
4+4'
4H'
4H'
2A '
2A'
2A'
2^'
2H'
2H-
2%'
3A'
3A'
3A'
n 7 #
^1«
2A'
2h'
2^'
2%-
2%'
r
3'
3A'
3A'
3A'
3A'
List Price and Specifications of Roller-Bearing Door Hangers for Sets Listed on Pages 87 to 97
Hangers, packed without
track brackets (page 97)
Number
20-2
25-1
25-2
28V-1
28V-2
29V-1
29V-2
121-1
121-2
150-1
150-2
Per pair
List
Price
53.40
3,75
3.75
5.30
5.30
6.00
6.00
8.45
8.45
8,70
8.70
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
8
IIH
uyi
12h
12H
16
16
25
25
25"
25
Track
Number
31
31
31
32
32
232
232
33
33
33
33
For
doors
weighing
lbs.
300
400
400
500
500
600
600
800
800
1,000
1.000
Thick-
ness
9f
doors
lM-2?'2'
lJ^-2-
2M-2»4'
iH-2-
2H-2H'
iH-2"
2i4-2H"
1 H-2 •
2H-3'
iH-2-
2H-r
Distance, top of
doors to bottom
of track.
"H" see Figs.
A-908 to A-911
Mini-
mum
I'i'
114'
Ik"
m'
IH'
lU"
\%'
2H'
2H'
1,
H'
Maxi-
mum
2W
2H'
2H'
2H'
33/4 '
334'
334'
334'
Distance
from bot-
tom of track
to first bolt
hole. "1"
see Figs.
A-909-9H
4M'
i%'
4U'
411 •
5^;
511'
m'
5}|'
Distance
from 1st
bolt htoe
to 2od bolt
hole. "J"
see Figa-
A-909-911
^4
2H'
2%'
3H'
2H'
3h'
Diameter of
bracket bolt
Side wa]l
Ceiling
bracket
bracket
"K^" see
■"L" see
A-909-911
A-908-910
3^'
H'
H'
Vz'
W
W
H'
W
Vz'
Vz
H'
y%
%'
y%
H'
%'
H'
H'
H'
H'
W
%'
Distance
bottom of
track to
header.
"M" see
A-908-910
3H
'-2
31"
3ii'
3H-
4ii'
4H'
4H'
Minimum
track
centers.
'■N"8ee
Fig.
A-908
Without
Weatherstrip
2A'
2A'
2A'
2H'
2H'
2H'
m'
3A'
3A'
3A'
3i^'
Minimum
track
centers.
"N" see
Figs.
A-910
With
Weatherstrip
3A'
3A'
2H'
2%'
r
3'
3A'
3A'
3A-
3A'
Detail of Hardware and List Price of Parts
DESCRIPTION
4
Haocera, For Prices and Shipping Weights See Above Tables:
Trolley Track (page 1 10), per foot
2- Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip Assembly for Wall Attachment, per foot.
2-Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip Assembly for Overhead Attachment, per
foot ' ,
3-Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip Assembly for Wall Attachment, per foot,
3-Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip -\ssemblv for Overhead Attachment, per
foot
Brackets, Single Center, Wall Attachment, each
Brackets, Sinale End. Wall Attachment, each
Brackets. Parallel Ear, Overhead Center, each
Brackets, Parallel Ear, Overhead Rt. or Lft. End, each
Brackets, Overhead Center, Stop, each
Brackets, Wall Center Stop (Number 13 style less bracket proper nearest
the wall), each ,
Brackets, Sinesle Center. Wall .^tiachment {Number 22 style less bracket
proper nearest the wall), each
Brackets, .Single End, Wall Attachment (Number 23 style less bracket
proper nearest the wallJ, each ,
Brackets, Double Center, Wall Attachment, each
Brackets, Double End. Wall Attachment, each
Brackets. Triple Center, Wall Attachment, each . . ,
Braeket-i. Triple End, Wall Attachment, each
Floor End Door Guides, each ,
Bumper Shoes, each.
Flush Pulls, for doors less than 2" thick, each
Flush Pulls, for doors over 2" thick, each
Bow Handles, each
Parallel Door Floor Guide, for 2-door installation, each
Parallel Door Floor Guide, for 3-door iastatJatiori. each
Light Weifht Hdw.
using
No. 3l Size Track
For Doors Weighing
up to
400 lbs ejich
Catalog
Number
31
256
356
256
356
1x31
2x31
7x31
8x31
1
13x31-S
22x3 1-S
23x3 1-S
22x31
23x31
33x31
34x31
272
435-72
70-1
70-2
Sl-1
172-1
172-2
List
Price
S 30
1.95
1.95
3.05
3.05
.30
.30
.30
.30
.85
1.
.60
.60
.85
.85
1.35
1.35
.85
.35
.40
.35
2 15
3 55
Shpg.
Wt., lbs.
m
UH
12
1
1
1
2H
3
3
3
3
u:
5J4
2^
H
1
IH
H
5
7
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No. 32 Size_ Tra^k
For Doors Weighing
Between
400-500 lbs. tach
Catalog
Number
32
257
357
257
357
1x32
2x32
7x32
8x32
10x32
13x32-S
22x32-S
23x32-S
22x32
23x32
33x32
34x32
272
435-72
70-1
70-2
81-2
172-1
172-2
List
Price
Shpg.
Wt., lbs.
S .45
2.50
2H
2.50
4.35
8
15J4
4 35
13
.45
.45
.45
1J4
1J4
IM
45
1.15
VA
1.90
m
./a
m
.75
4H
1.15
1 15
1.65
4H
5
1.65
.85
.14
2H
.35
.40
.55
1
1
2 15
3 .>5
5
7
Medium Weight Hdw.
using
No, 232 Size Track
For Doors Weighing
Between
500-SOO lbs. each
Catalog
List
Price
Shpg.
Wt., lbs.
232
259
I .55
3.10
2*4.
12k
359
259
3 10
5.45
n
20M
359
5.45
19
1x232
2x232
7x232
.55
.55
.55
2
2M
2h
8x232
10x232
.55
1,35
2
13x232
2.10
9?'2
22x232-S
1.00
6
23x232-S
1.00
6
22x232
23x232
33x232
1.50
1.50
2.15
6
7
9
34x232
272
435-72
2,15
.85
.14
2H
70-1
70-2
81-2
.35
40
,55
1
Mi
I
i 172-1
172-2
2 15
3 55
5
7
Heary Weight Hdw.
usiag
No. 33 Siie Track
For Doors Weighing
Between
800-1000 lbs. each
Catalog
Number
LUt
Price
Shpg.
Wt,. Ibe.
33
258
$.70
3.70
4
14?4
358
258
3.70
6.40
13
23>^
358
e.40
22
1x33
2x33
7x33
,75
,75
.75
2
2\i
3H
8x33
10x33
.75
1.65
6
13x33
2.60
mi
22x33-S
1.10
7
23x232nS
1.10
7
22x33
23x33
33x33
1.65
1-65
2.50
6J4
8
10^
34x33
272
435-72
2 SO
.85
.14
13J4
2%
M
70-1
70-2
81-2
,35
.40
.55
1
1
172-1 •
172-2
2 15
3 55
5
7
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
97
R-W
Parallel Sliding Door Hardware
CONTINUED
150. 150 >^B
1
2
13
Bow Handle No. 81
20-2, 20 HB
27HB, 29J^B
28 HB, 123 MB
25, 28V. 29V, 121
22
23
Floor End Stop No. 272
Bumper Shoes, No. 435-72
10
No. 70
Flush Pull
1
r
1—1
1
_
r
„ --(
n
End Elevation of Parallel
Doors in Double Tracks
Without Weatherstrip
I
33
-^
I
\
3 Track, Bracket and Wealher^itrip Assembly
for Overhead Attachment
No. 172 Floor Guide
Straight Track
34
2 Track, Bracket and Weatherstrip
Assembly for Wall Attachment
98
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
"Parallel-Ideal" Garage Door Hardware
R-W No. 456 With Weatherstrip
Fig. A-953-Illustration Shows a Tv.o Car Garage.. Doorway ha. two "Parallel-Ideal" equipped sliding doors
"Parallei-Idear' Garage Door Hardware is a parlicularly high
class equipment in which the ''Ideal" Bali-Bearing track and hanger
assembly supports parallel doors, as shown on this page, the other
hardware being the same as used in the regular R-\V Parallel Door
sets shown on pages 87 to 97.
The "Ideal" truck and hanger assembly embodies, because of
Its scientific construction, a maximum of perfect principles. The
door hangs from a wide rider-bar rolling over steel balls, which in
Z
%
;a
Floor Plans Showin
Fig. A*g54
Possible Door
Arrangements
^
I
Fig. A-955
turn roll over a carefully milled track groove. Friction i
eliminated and at the same time the door travels at twice the speec
of the bearings. A ball retainer keeps the stee) balls always prop
erly spaced.
This "Ideal" ball-bearing design provides a hanger which operate
with exceptional smoothness and ease, and the combination o
"'Ideal" track wdth the parallel door arrangement produces i]
"Parallel-Ideal" hardware, an equipment that is perfection itself.
"A
=^^^^^^^^S_
Fig. A-956
i
<^yyy/y//y!^////M///A
Fig. A-957
Fig. A-958
i
«
"f^^^y- '■•■ ■■
.j^ J
"m'm
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
99
"Parallel-Id ear Garage Door Hardware
'
CONTINUED
nSrP A ^qrq\ "j;^'^^ i!^^'"'^''^*^^ 'Tarallel-Ideal- Equipment applied in accordance with plan A-955 (page 98),
f^i hfn Ltl« J '^ ^^^r ? ^^?ss-section of "Ideal" track, give a clear idea of the construction and operation of
In! ;?,^f ^ f T iPn ^''^''^ ^^ a rectangular shaped tube made of very heavy gauge steel drawn to form two
parallel runways for steel balls upon which the hanger rolls -> s s
If wicket entrace door is wanted, see page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
brom the suggested hardware sets given below, "Parallel-Ideal" equipments for inside or outside installation
ol parallel sliding doors can be easily selected
to suit various doors\^ay conditions as follows:
2 Parallel doors sliding on two tracks to
wall space on one side of doorway. (See Fie.
A-954, page 98.) .? v 5
_ 2 Parallel doors sliding from jamb to
jamb on two tracks. (See Fig. A-955, page
98.) This type of equipment furnished with
weatherstrip if required, as set forth in table
below.
2 Parallel doors on two tracks with front
wall space in center of doorway. (See Fig.
A-956, page 98.' j y ^
Fig- A-959— Cross-section of
'Tarallel-Idear* ball-bearing
track, showing relative posi-
tion of trackp bearings and
rider bar_
4 Parallel doors on two tracks sliding to
wall space on both sides of the doorway.
(See Fig. A-957, page 98.)
2 Parallel doors sliding from jamb to
jamb on two tracks, one inside and one out-
side. (See Fig. A-958, page 98.)
Headroom Required
Distance between top of door and top of
track bracket is 11 inches.
Fig. A-960— 'Parallel-
Ideal'* hanger track
and bracket assem-
bly with weather-
strip.
"Parallel-Ideal" Hanger, Track and Bracket Assembly
Plan
Fig. A-954
Fig. A-955
Fig. A-955
Fig. A-956
Fig. A-957
Fig. A-958
Size of
Opening
up to 8'
up to 16'
up to 16'
up to 8'
up to 8'
*up to 8'
Using Equipment
Number
457 (without
457 (without
456 (with we
457 (without
457 (without
727 (without
weatherstrip)
weatherstrip)
atherstrip)
weatherstrip)
weatherstrip)
weatherstrip)
List Price
$39 . 70
61.00
70.00
76.70
59.00
55 00
Add for each
additional foot or
fraction of opening
S8.75
5.15
5.70
11.10
5.50
9.00
Maximum width
of opening
13'
20'
20'
10'
20'
10'
ea.
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
108
144
176
216
108
144
Add pounds for each
additional foot of
opening
13H
9
11
9
13M
18
*«? *i, ^ T^ «r ^T „„„ . , , " Discount,....
*With one set R-W No. 727 equipment for each opening.
^iH.* iJliV^iJt*i^^ ^°x O'-dering— state total width of opening. Number of doors, width and height of each door; thickness of doors, whether for inside or out-
siae installation Are they for side wall or overhead attachment. Kind of locking bolts desired. State items of hardware wanted.
II ^f^»"?ple Oi'^leT^J opening 16 feet wide, 2 doors each 8 feet 2 inches wide, 8 feet high, I % inches thick for inside installations olan Fie A.955 for side
wall attachment; with Weatherstrip No. 456; 1 No. 516 Door Bolt and 1 No. 525 Lock. 1 No 172-1 Parallel Door Floor Guide 9^ N^^ Fr,'H nA^r
Guides, 4 No. 435-72 Bumper Shoes, 1 No. 7(^1 Pull. 1 No. Sl-1 Bow Handle, 16 feet 456 track. ^^raiiei uoor Jr-loor Guide, 2 No. 272 End Door
List of Parts
DESCRIPTION
Stay Rollers (plan Fig. A-958 only, listed page 124)
Adjustable Door Binder (plan Fig. A-958 onfy, listed page 131).
page 126) "'■'---■ ^ ^ ■--'■'•''' ^ ' ^' ' !
^ . .. , to protect corner of doors (listed page 126) .
Flush Pulls (listed page 125), for doors 1 M-2" thick , . . .
Flush Pulls (listed page 125). for doors 2K^2K" thick
Bow Handles (listed page 125), for doors 1 ^-2" thick
Bow Handles (listed page 125), for doors 2H~2H" thick.
Locks (listed page 116)
Bolts (listed pages 121. 122)
Center Floor Stop (plan Fig. A957 only, listed page 126)
•Parallel Door Floor Guide, for 2-track installation (listed page 126)
Floor Guide and Weatherstrip (listed page 127) (To be used in lieu of door guides, above
marked with star) .,,......
No. 457 Equipment, Without
■ Weatherstrip. For doors
up to 500 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
54
272
372
435-72
70-1
70-2
81-1
81-2
525 or 510
524^1 or 516
171
172-1
736 or 737
Outside
54
89
435-72
70-1
70-2
81-1
81-2
525 or 510
524-1 or 516
171
172-1
736 or 737
No. 456 Equipment. With
Weatherstrip, For doors
up to 500 lbs. each
Installation
Inside
54
272
372
435-72
70-1
70-2
81-1
81-2
525 or 510
524-1 or 51
171
172-1
736 or 737
Outside
435-72
70-1
70-2
81-1
525 or 510
524-1 or 516
171
172-1
736 or 737
♦Not required in installations where No. 736 or 737 Floor Guide and Weatherstrip is used.
100
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W
Flush Door Hardware
For Two or Four Flush Parallel Doors with Compound Curved|Track9. Made in Four Sizes of Track
TWO exceptional advantages in "DooR-Way
installation are peculiar to R-W Flush Door
Hardware; smooth door surface and economy of
wall space.
The doors in closed position stand in one plane,
edge to edge, presenting a smooth door surface clear
across the doorway. In open position, two doors stand
side by side along the wall back of the door jamb, need-
ing only sufficient wall space to accommodate the width
of one of the doors.
These important features of smooth door surface in
closed position and economy of wall space in open posi-
tion, are obtained by running one of the doors on a
trolley track having a compound curve which sidetracks
this door, as it opens, to a position beside its companion
door (Figure A-962). Two doors may be installed to
ODcrate toward either side of the doorway.
Similar installations operating from both sides of the
doorway may be arranged in accordance with plans,
Figs. A-963 and A-964.
From the suggested hardware sets and list prices
given, hardware equipments for flush door installations
may be easily selected as follows:
2 flush doors sliding to one side of the doorw^av
(Fig. A-962).
2 pairs of flush doors sliding toward both sides of the
doorwa^^ (Fig. A-963).
2 doors sliding back of center wall between two door-
ways (Fig. A-963).
Fig. A-961 — Interior View, Single Car Garage
Headroom Required
Distance between top of door and top of track bracket.
For No. 31 Track . 10"
For No. 32 Track 11''
For No. 232 Track 11 s^"
For No. 33 Track 12^"
Hardware List for Doors Weighing Up to 1,000 Pounds Each
DESCRIPTIO
K. J. Ball Bearing Hanger (listed page 101).
For use on compound curved track .
Ball Bearing Hanger. For use on straight track
Center Track Brackets, (listed p, 107), For
single track side wall attachment.
End Track Brackets (listed page 107). For
single track side wall ittachment, .........
Parallel Ear Ceiling Center Stop Bracket,
(listed page 107) .
Side Center Stop Bracket (listed page 107) . . .
Parallel Ear Ceiling Center Bracket (listed
page 10?). For single and double ^rack at-
tachmcTit ,.,,..,.,...,,.,....
Parallel Ear Ceiling Right or Left End Bracket
(listed page 107). For single and doable
track attachment
Side Double Center Track Brackets (listed
page 107)
Side Double End Brackets (listed page 107) . .
Floor End Door Guide (listed page 126)
Floor Guide (listed page 126)
Flush Pull (listed page 125) (to be used when
525 is omitted)
Bow Handles (listed page 125)
Drop Handles (listed page 125) (to be used
when 525 is omitted)
*No. 1 Compound Curve (Right or Left Hand,
Curve shown in Plan Fig. A-962 is Right
Hand) . . . .
Locks (listed page 116)...........,.........
Bolts (listed pages 121, 122)
No. 31 track
Doors weighing
up to 400 lbs. each
Doors
lM-2"
thick
27 HB-
1 K. J.
27MB-1
1x31
2x31
10x31
12x31
7x31
8x31
22x31
23x31
272
372
70-1
81-1
170
No. 1 CC
x31
525 or 510
524-1 or
616
Doors
thick
27 MB-
2 K. J.
27MB-2
1x31
2x31
10x31
12x31
7x31
8x31
22x31
23x31
272
372
70-2
81-1
170
No. 1 CC
x31
525 or 510
524-1 or
616-
No. 32 track
Doors weighing
up to 500 lbs. each
Doors
1 H-2"
thick
28 MB-
1 K. J.
28MB-1
1x32
2x32
1 0x32
12x32
7x32
8x32
22x32
23x32
272
372
70-1
81-1
170
No. 1 CC
x32
525 or 510
524-1 or
616
Doors
2K-2M"
thick
28j^B-2
K. J.
28MB-2
1x32
2x32
10x32
12x32
7x32
8x32
22x32
23x32
272
372
70-2
81-1
170
No. 1 CC
x32
525 or 510
524-1 or
616
No. 232 track
Doors weighing
up to 600 lbs, each
Doors
1 %-2"
thick
29MB-1
K. J.
29MB-1
1x232
2x232
10x232
12x232
7x232
8x232
22x232
23x232
272
372
70-1
81-2
170
No. 1 CC
x232
525 or 510
524-2 or
616
Doors
2)4-1%"
thick
29 M B-2
K. J.
29 M B-2
1x232
2x232
10x232
12x232
7x232
8x232
22x232
23x232
272
372
70-2
81-2
170
No. 1 CC
x232
525 or 510
524-2 or
616
o. 33 track
Doors weighing
up to 800 lbs. each
Doors
1 %-2"
thick
123MB-1
K. J.
123MB-1
1x33
2x33
10x33
12x33
7x33
8x33
22x33
23x33
272
372
70-1
81-2
170
No. 1 CC
x33
525 or 510
524-2 or
616
Doors
2M-2M"
thick
123 MB -2
K. J.
123 »^ B-2
1x33
2x33
10x33
12x33
7x33
8x33
22x33
23x33
272
372
70-2
Sl-2
170
No. 1 CC
x33
525 or 510
524-2 or
616
Doors weighing
up to 1000 lbs. each
Doors
1 5i-2"
thick
150MB-1
1/ J
150MB-1
1x33
2x33
10x33
12x33
7x33
8x33
22x33
23x33
272
372
70-1
81-2
170
No. 1 CC
x33
525 or 510
524-2 or
616
Doors
2K-2fi"
thick
150MB-2
K J
150 M B-2
1x33
2x33
10x33
12x33
7x33
8x33
22x33
23x33
272
372
70-2
81-2
170
No. 1 CC
x33
525 or 510
524-2 or
616
a
t* he'SBd"o"f'*ife''curvl/^^ '''*''"'' ^''''^ ^"' '^ '" preferable to send us noor plan so we can join compound curved track to straight track, elimmating the joint
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
101
R-W
\
Flush Door Hardware
CONTINUED
CURVE No 1
No. 1 — Compound Curve
No. 372— Floor Guide
Straight Track
OS. 31. 32. 232, 33
/v
I
Fig. A.962
w/^^^^'^y//^^ _ ^
i
raJ'
Fit?. A -963
Fig. A-964
Floor Plans of Flush Parallel Doors with Compound Curved Tracks
. K. J, Hanger
List Price and Specifications of Bali-Bearing Hangers for Sets Listed on Opposite Page
Knuckle Jointed
Hangers
for use on compound
curved track. Packed
without brackets
Number
27 MB-
27 HB-
28J^B
28 MB
29 MB
29 MR
123MB
123MB
150MB
150MB
1
2
-1
■2
1
2
■1
■2
-1
-2
K.
K.
K.
K.
K.
K.
J
J
J
J
J
J
List
Price,
per
pair
Regular Ball Bearing
Hangers
for use on straight track
Packed without brackets
Number
K. J
K.J
K- J
7,85
7,85
10.00
10.00
11.00
11.00
13.65
13.65
14.00
14 00
27MB-1
27MB-2
28MB-1
28HB-2
29MB-1
29 M B-2
123 ^B-1
123 M B-2
150!^B-i
1-50 M B-2
Per pair
List
Price
§5 . 40
5.40
fj.65
6.65
7.65
7.65
10.35
10.35
10.65
10. B5
\vgt. lbs.
K J, &
Ricid
Hangers
9
11
11
14
14
25
25
25
25
For
Track
Number
Track,
per foot
31
51
32
32
232
232
33
33
33
33
List
Price
30
30
45
45
55
55
70
70
70
70
Shpc.
Weight,
lbs.
For
Doors
Weighing
1.6
16
2
2
2.8
2.8
3.1
3. 1
3. 1
3.1
400
400
Thick-
ness of
Doors
500
600
600
800
800
1000
1000
1 M-1 '
2H-2H
2^-2%
1 M-2 '
2H-2H
\H-2'
2 J.i-3 '
lH-2'
2M-3'
Distance
from
bottom of
track to
center of
bolt hole
in single
side wall
bracket
AH'
3M'
4M'
4^'
4H'
4H'
5'
5'
5-
5'
Distance
from
bottom
of track
to first
bolt hole
in double
bracket
4k;
434
4H'
4U'
5t\'
5H'
5H'
5H'
5tf'
Distance
from
first
bolt hole
to second
bolt hole
in double
bracket
Diam-
eter
of
Bracket
Bolt
2U
2%
3M
3K
3M
3M
3M
3M
3M
3M
Distance,
top of doors
to bottom of
track
Min-
imum
M'
M'
M'
M'
%'
?4
3y^ •
IM
IM
1^
IM
Max-
imum
2%
2 ■%
2"
2"
\H
2 H
2'H
2H
1%
No. 1 CompouTKl Curve,
1'3M" long, each. . .
T.ist Prire of Comnound Curves
For No. 31 track
$7 . 00
Locking Bolts for Flush Door Equipments
Plan, Fig. A-962— 1 No. 525 Lock to lock one door from both inside and out?idc, and 1 No. 524 Bolt to
lock one door from the inside only. j o x^ co , o n 4
Plan. Fig. A-96.3— 2 No. 525 Locks to lock doors from both mside and outside, and 2 No. 524 Kolts to
lock doors from the inside only. ,.l-j a * -a
Plan Fig A-964— fa) 1 No. .525 Lock or 1 No. 510 Lock to lock one door from both mside and outside,
and 1 No 524 Bolt to lock one door from the inside only.
(b) 2 No. 525 Locks to lock doors from inside and outside, or 2 No. 510 Locks to lock doors from inside
(c) 1 No 525 or No. 510 Lock to lock one door from the inside and outside and 1 No. 616 Boll to lock
one door from the inside only.
irections for Ordering
LOCKS AND BOLTS
Nuniber
1
Price
Sh
W
ipping
1.. lbs.
524-1 Bolt, each
524-2 Bolt, each
616 Bolt, each. .....
■ilO Lock, each. ....
525 Lock, each
$0.90
1.20
2 . 85
3.75
3.75
3
4
3M
4
State — T
nta! width of opening. Number of doors, width and height of each door; thickness of door.s R
leVriRht or left hand doors. Illustration Fig. A-961 shows right hand doors. State items of hard
showing whether right
E;iample Order— 1 opening 16 feet wide. 2 flush doors 8
(Doors rTX Hand). 1 ^o. 2x31 Bracket. 3 No. 1^31 Brackets
DoOT Guide. 1 No. 81-1 Bow Handle. 1 No. 1 c. c. x 31 Right
Hangers. 1 pair No. 27 MB-1 Hangers. , , ., ^ ■ t i, a
Not^If wicket entrance door is wanted, sec page 132 for details and prices of hardware.
Refer to plan as given above and send sketch
ware wanted.
Discount
102
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 534
Garage Swin^ Door
Hardware
Fig. A-965 — Exterior Vie
w
Fig. A.966— Exterior View. Nolc how liie No. 99 Door Dogs hold the Doors| Open
With 10-Inch Heavy Mortise Pintel Hinges
All the hardware in this set is R-W
standard goods and built to give satis-
factory service.
The Hinges should not be confused
with the common T Hinges furnished with
other sets, as they are a high grade 10"
Mortise Pintel; steel anti-friction hinge.
The No. 514 Spring Top Bolt and No.
524 Bottom Cane Bolt will hold the door
firmly when closed, and the latch furnished
affords a handle as well as a plate for attach-
ing padlock.
One No. 99 Door Dog (See page 123)
is furnished for each door. These Dogs
will positively hold the doors open at any
desired position and prevents the wind
from banging them around. Prevents
accidents to fenders and head lights.
This set of hardware comes packed
complete with all bolts and screws neces-
sary for attaching, in strong box, and con-
sists of the following:
1 No. 514-1 Spring Top Bolt
1 No. 524-1 Bottom Cane Bolt
1 No. 71-1 Bow Handle
1 No. 534 Latch
1 Pair of No. 99 Door Dogs
3 Pairs No. 1036-10" Hinges
1 Package Screws and Bolts
List Price, No. 534, complete set.__$13.00
Discount.
Note — If ordinar>^ extra heavy reversed
pad Tee hinges are desired instead of the
No. 1036 type, order set No. 334.
List Price, No. 334, complete set $7.00
Discount
Note
No Lock is included
in this Set
of Hardware
Fig. A-967 — Ulustration Showing No. 534 Paris
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
103
R-W No. 634
Garage Swin^ Door
Hard^vare
With 18-Iiich Heavy Mortise Pintel Hinges and
Heavy Grip Handle Latch
Each item in this set of hardware for
SA\ing doors is quaUty hardware.
These hinges are heavy enough for large
doors and are of the mortise pintel, anti-
friction type.
The No. 350 Latch has two extra heavy
grip handles, and Latch Thumb Lift. A
heavy bow handle is furnished for the other
door; also No. 514 Top Spring Bolt and
No. 524 Bottom Cane Bolt.
Two Lock Plates are furnished. One
No. 99 Door Dog (see page 123) is included
for each door which will positively hold the
doors open at any desired position, and
prevent the wind from banging them
around. They prevent accidents to fenders
and head lights.
•
This set of hardware comes packed
complete with all bolts and screws neces-
sary for erection, and consists of the fol-
lowing:
1 No. 514-1 Top Spring Bolt
1 No. 524-1 Bottom Cane Bolt
1 No. 81-1 Bow Handle
1 No. 350 Latch
1 Pair No. 99 Door Dogs
2 No. 436 Lock Plates
2 Pair No. 1036-18" Hinges
1 Pair No. 1036-10" Hmges
1 Package Screws and Bolts
List Price, No 634 complete set S18.25
Discount
^
Fig. A-967 — Exterior View
Fig. A-968 — Exterior View. Note how the No. 99 Door Dogs Hold the Doors Open
Fig. A-969 — Illustration Showing No. 634 Parts
104
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo. 1100
Stewart Electric Door Opener and Closer
Illustrated Operating J\o. 1035 R-W Sliding-Folding Garage Door Outfit
Patented
Approved bv the National Board of Underwriters
Fig. A-970 — Instant Service is Assured Patrons of a Garage Equipped as Abov
e
This device will save time and labor expense in anv building
where the doors must be opened and closed a number of times
a day. In pubUc garages this device can be operated bv the
stenographer or office clerk without interfering with their duties
and avoid any possibiUty of keeping patron waiting.
The only mechanical door opener and closer on the market
with which the complete opening or closing movement need not
be comoleted to reverse.
The R-\V Electric Door Opener and Closer consists of a driving
unit, relay, limit switches, push button controllers, pulleys, sprock-
ets, attachments to doors and the necessary driving cables or
chains.
The Driving Unit consists of a special wound reversing motor,
reduction gears operating in a grease tight case, releasing clutch
and the winding drum for cable or sprocket for chain. The motors
are rated as }i, 3^, and }4 H.P. and are wound to give a high
starting torque. The rotor shafts oi the motors and the worm
shaft of the reducing gears are mounted on ball bearings. The
motors are furnished for 110 Volt, 60 Cvcle, Single Phase, A. C;
220 Volt. 60 Cvcle, Single Phase A. C; I'lO Volt D. C. or 220 Volt
■ u ^^ ^^ consists of two solenoids made to correspond
with current and voltage of motor, properly wired to control the
current tor the opening and closing operation of the door. The
relay is enclosed m a steel protected box. The limit switches
automatically shut off the current when the doors reach the maxi-
mum open or closed position. Three sets of push buttons are
regularly furnished with each operator. Each set has three buttons,
one to control the opening movement, one to control the closing
movement and the third to stop the doors in anv position The
control buttons can be placed at anv poini in the "building, \\ ill
save money and heat, eliminate waste time and eive patrons
prompt ser\ice. It is ail above the door level and does not OCCU-
PY i?"/u^^^'^ space. It is furnished complete and can be in-
stalled by any electrician.
x'^^?no- ^T^'*^x"^!5! \° operate almost anv kind of a door With
Ao. 103o R-\\ Sliding Folding-Garage Door Outfit as shown
above furnishes the most perfect garage door arrangement on the
market.
Blue prints furnished on request.
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Number of openings.
Width of opening.
Height of opening.
Thickness ot doors.
Distance jamb to side wall, right side
Distance jamb to side wall, left side.
Directions for Orderine
Send Sketch showing all dimensions as follows
7.
10.
Swing doors must always swing in.
Distance top of door to nearest obstruction or ceiling (If
arched doors, measure from highest point and give rise of
Is electric current direct or alternating.
Give voltage, cycle and nhase.
State kind of door; single swing, pair ot swing, single slide
pair of slide, or "SUdetite" folding doors
JM
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
105
R-WNo. 1100
CONTINUED
There is no question of the superiority of sliding
doors for garage use. Their installation gives free
and unobstructed use of the entrance without danger
of injury to the auto or truck when passing through
the opening.
The installation shown in the illustration on the
right is a large single sliding door.
The R-W Stewart Electric Door Opener and
Closer handles this door ^^1th ease, opening and
closing it by a push on the button.
See opposite page for Directions for Ordering.
The illustration below shows a double sliding door
arrangement equipped to be operated by the R-W
Stewart Electric Door Opener and Closer. These
doors slide one to the right and one to the left and
enable the builder to close an opening with two doors
of medium size rather than a wide single door which
would otherwise be required.
The illustration gives a very clear view of the
motor, relay, limit switches and push buttons, trolley
track and hangers, showing how they are above the
door, aw^ay from possible accident^ and occupying
no valuable space.
These doors slide flat against the wall on either
side of the opening and take up practicallv no floor
space.
See opposite page for Directions 'for Ordering.
Fig, A-971 — Stewart Electric Door Opener and Closur Operating a Single
Sliding Door
Fig. A-972 — Stewart Electric Door Opener and Closer Operating Double Sliding Doors
106
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 1100
Stewart Electric
Door Opener and Closer
CONTINUED
".
Fig, A-9/3 — i\o
IIUO Electric Door Opener and
Single Swing Door
Closer Operating a
The R-W Stewart Electric Door Opener and Closer can be installed
to operate swing doors* in old buildings where the doors are already in
place, and in new buildings where swing doors are to be used. The
illustration on the left is a very good example of a single swing door m-
stallation. Note how the motor, relay and the other parts of the outfit
are all above the door and out of the way.
Id the case of Swing Doors, certain room is required betweeli the door
when open and the wall it opens against. If the information asked for
under Directions for Ordering on page 104 is given us complete, the out-
fit can be sent from the factory ready to be installed with very little un-
necessary trouble*
A Double Swinging Door Installation is shown below. The outer
ends of the doors are supported by special hangers which operate in
curved tracks.
By taking the question of clearances up with us, giving the information
asked for under Directions for Ordering on page 104 before designing the
doorway, unnecessary expense may be avoided.
Clearance Dimensions for No. 1100 Electric Door
Operators. Slidetite Doors
Minimum distance from jamb to side wall, on the motor side is 19"
for 34 H.P. motors, or 22'' for }4 or H H.P, motors, on the pulley side
15'', based on doors opening at right angles to wall and hinged with butts
or similar hinges which cause the doors to stand into the opening.
If offset hinges, such as R-W No. 1035 are used, add the distance the
doors extend beyond the jamb, to the figures given above. Special ar-
rangements, such as setting the motor on the opposite side of the wall,
or recessing it into the wall, can often be arranged to reduce the space.
Minimum headroom using No. 31 track is 9"; using No. 232 or No. 33
tracks, about 11"*
Single Swing Door
Minimum distance from jamb to side wall, on the motor side is approximately 20"
for U H, P, motor, or 22" for ^ or H H. P. motor, based on doors opening at right
angles to wall and hinged with butts or similar hinges which cause the door to stand
into the opening.
If offset hinges, such as R-W No. 1035 are used, add the distance the door extends,
beyond the jamb, to the figures given above. Special arrangements such as setting
the motor on the opposite side of the parliton wall, or recessing it into the walK may
often be arranged to reduce the space. Headroom above the top of the door is ap-
proximately 6'\
Pair of Swinging Doors
Minimum distance from jamb to the side wall on the motor side is 18" for W
H. P, motor, or 20^' for H or M H, P^ motors, on pulley side 15", based on doors
onenmg at right angles to wall and hinged with butts or similar hinges which cause
the door to stand into the openin,g.
If offset hinges, such as Richards-
Wilcox No. 1035 hinges are used,
add the distance the doors extend
beyond the jamb to the figures
given above. Special arrangements
such as setting the motor on the
opposite side of the partition wall,
or recessing it into the wall can
often be arranged to reduce the
space* Minimum headroonci about
Single Sliding Door
The Ji H,P. motor driving unit
requires approximately 22" and
the H o^ H H.P, motor driving
unit requires approximately 26''
space on the side wall beyond the
travel of the door. This space
may be at either end of the door.
Special arrangements can some-
times be provided to reduce this
space, depending upon the con-
struction of the building. Mini-
mum distance above the top of the
door using No. 31 track is 9";
using No. 232 or No. 33 tracks, is
1V\
Fig. A-974 — No. 1100 Electric Door Opener and Closer Operating Double Swinging D
oors
Pair of Sliding Doors
The }4 H,P, motor driving unit
requires approximately 22'"^ and
the M or H H,P. motor driving
unit requires approximately 26"
space on the side wall beyond the
travel of the door. This space
may be at either end of the ooor.
Special arrangements can some-
times be provided to reduce this
space, depending upon the con-
struction of the building. Mini-
mum distance above the top of
the door using No. 31 traclc is
9"; using No. 232 or No. 33 tracks,
is 11".
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
107
R-W
Standard Trolley Track Brackets
For 31, 35, 32, 232 and 33 Track
(For Track See Page 126)
These aumbers are Style Numbers Only
Number, Description and List Prices, Cover Brackets in Black Enamel Finish
For Galvanized Brackets, add 15% to List Prices below on Nos. 31, 35 and 32 track, and 20% on Nos. 232 and 33 track.
Important — Always specify catalog number of track for which brackets are desired. Example: A No. 1 style bracket for No. 31 track is wanted Show
as follows: 1x31 bracket; if for No. 33 track, show 1x33 bracket, etc.
Bracket
Number
1
2
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
18
19
22
23
33
Description
31
Price
$0.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
.85
.85
.85
1.65
.30
.30
.85
.85
1.35
1.35
Shipping
Wt.. lbs.
1
1
IH
1
IH
Side Center Bracket, each
Side Right or Left End Bracket, each
Cross Ear Ceiling Center Bracket, each. ....
Cross Ear Ceiling Right or Left End Bracket,
each
Parallel Ear Ceiling Center Bracket, each..,.
Parallel Ear Ceiling Right or Left End
Bracket, each
Parallel Ear Ceiling Center Stop Bracket,
each
Plain Ceiling Center Stop Bracket, each. . . .
Side Center Stop Bracket, each
Side Double Half Center Stop Bracket, each.
Plain Ceiling Center Bracket, each
Plain Ceiling Right or Left End Bracket.
each
Side Double Center Bracket^ each
Side Double Right or Left End Bracket,
each
Side Triple Center Bracket, each
Side Triple Right or Left End Bracket, each.
Bracket Measurements Shown on Following Pages
2
7H
IH
13^
4
4
5K
53^
Price
f0.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
.30
.85
.85
.85
1.65
.30
.30
.85
.85
1.35
1.35
35
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
1
1
IH
IH
IH
IH
2H
7M
IH
IH
4
4
53^
For Track Number
Price
$0.45
.45
.45
.45
.45
.45
1.15
1.15
1.15
2.35
.45
,45
1.15
15
65
1.65
32
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
IH
IH
2
2
3
4
9
1^
1 y4
5
5
7
7
Price
.55
.55
.55
.55
.55
.55
1.35
1.35
1.35
2.65
.55
.55
1.50
1.50
2.15
2.15
232
Shipping
Wt., lbs.
2
2
2M
2 3^
23^
2?i
5%
4
13
2
2
634
63^
83^
Price
$0.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
1,65
1.65
1.65
3.35
.75
.75
1.65
1,65
2.50
2.50
33
Shipping
Wt,. lbs.
2M
2M
H
5H
22
9
9
13
13}^
Discount
108
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
w
1&2X31
I&2X35
13X31
For Nos. 31 and 35 Track
All Brackets for No. 31 Track except styles 10, 11, 12, and 13 will fit No. 35 Track.
7&8X31
10X31
58.6X31
16&.19X31
22&23X31
22&23X35
11X31
12X31
33&34X31
33&34X35
For Prices See Page 107
For No. 32 Track
7&8X32
^4
1&2X32
10X32
11X32
12X32
13X32-xW
I
It".
•^6>^
5&6X32
18&19X32
22 & 23X3 2
33&34X32
For Prices See Page 107
A^i^
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
109
Dimensions of R-W Standard Size Trolley Track Brackets
1&2X232
13X232 -<2
^m^\
6
7&8X232
5&6X232
18&19X232
For No. 232 Track
10X232
22&23X232
1X232
12X232
33&34X232
For Prices See Page 107
For No. 33 Track
t&2X33
13X33-^5
1
e\^
7&8X33
5&6X33
10X33
18&t9X33
,- v-^ 'i.
22^23,X2>2>
11X33
12X33
33&34X33
For Prices See Page 107
110
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W
Standard Size Trolley Tracks
Finish;
Black Japanned or Galvanized
Curved Trolley Track
CURVE No 1
Straight Trolley Track
Trolley Track,
Compound Curve No. 1
List Price of Track
Track
No.
Weight
Lbs.
Unit
Straight Track
Curved Track
Compound
Curve
No. 1, Each
Black
Galvanized
Black
Galvanized
Black
Track is furnished in lengths
up to 10 feet in one piece.
Brackets furnisheci for these
tracks to suit requirements.
Brackets illustrated on page 107
31
32
33
35
1%
2M
4
2K
2^
Per ft.
Per ft.
Per ft.
Per ft.
Per ft.
$.30
.45
.70
.30
.55
$.35
.55
.90
.35
.75
$1.90
2.55
3.10
S2,20
2,90
3.65
$7 - 00
7,50
9.00
232
2.85
3.30
8,00
90** Curved Trolley Track (Black Only)
Number of Feet
List Price
Per Curve
Number of Feet
List Price Per Curve
Radius
of Straight Track
Radius
of Straight Track
in 90° Curves
No. 31
No, 32
No. 232
No. 33
in 90 Curves
No. 31
No. 32
No. 232
No. 33
2'0"
3.1416
$6.50
$8.50
$9.50
$10.65
6'6"
10.3102
$20 . 65
$27 . 50
$31.00
$34 . 40
2'6"
3.9270
8.00
10.60
12.00
13.30
7'0"
10.9956
22.00
29.30
33.00
36.65
3'0"
4.7125
9.50
12.65
14.25
15.80
'
7'6"
11 .7810
23.50
31.30
35 . 25
39 . 1 5
3'6"
5.4976
11.00
14.65
16.50
18.30
8'0"
12.5664
25.00
33 . 30
37.50
41.65
4'0"
6 . 2833
12.50
16.65
18.75
20 . 80
8'6"
13.3518
26.65
35.60
40.00
44.40
4'6"
7.0686
14.00
18.65
21.00
23.30
9'0"
14.1372
28.30
37.80
42.50
47.25
5'0"
7 . 8540
16.00
21.30
24.00
26.65
9'6"
14.9228
30.00
40.00
45.00
50.00
5 '6"
8 . 6394
17.00
22 . 65
25.50
28.30
lO'O"
15.7080
31.65
42.00
47.25
52.50
6'0"
9 . 4248
19.00
25.30
28.50
31.65
'■
Note — Curves cannot be salisfactonly bent to a shorter radius than 2 feel.
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
111
R-W Trolley Trucks
Roller-Bearing, Ball-Bearing, Ktiuckle-Jointed for Nos. 31, 32, 33 and 232 Trolley Tracks
Roller-Bearing
Rigid Frame
Fig. A-975
Ball-Bearing
Rigid Frame
Fig. A-976
Bail-Bearing
Knuckle-joint
Fig. A-977
List Price of Trolley Trucks for No. 31 Track
Jo. 20 HB— Rigid Frame Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) C =2M". D = m\ H =5'^ per pair 33.30
No. 20-2— Rigid Frame Trucks only, roller-bearing (as illustrated) A =2%", B = 3^", G =4M", per pair, 2.25
No. 25— Rigid Frame Truck only, roller-beg ring (as illustrated) K=1Ya\ B = %;\ G = 6", per pair 2.70
No. 27 HB— Rigid Frame Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) C =2M", D == m\ H =5". per pair 3.90
No. 273^B— Knuckle-Joint Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) E =23^", F = Y^". I =5", per pair 6.15
List Price of Trolley Trucks for No. 32 Track
No. 28V— Rigid Frame Trucks, only, roller-bearing (as illustrated) A =3^', B = Y^'\ G =6^", per pair 3.60
No. 28 3^B— Rigid Frame Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) C— 2K", D— ^", H— 6M", per pair $4.80
No. 281^6— Knuckle-joint Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) E ^^Y%', F=-%", I =5H", per pair 6.
*■. '
List Price of Trolley Trucks for No. 33 Track
No. 121 — Rigid Frame Trucks only, roller-bearing (as illustrated) \=314'\ B = %", G =73^", per pair. 5.
No."l233^B— Rigid Frame Trucks'only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) C-3^", D - %", H=73^", per pair 7.50
No. 123 i^B— Knuckle- Joint Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) E =3 3^", F = ^", I =6M", per pair 10.50
List Price of Trolley Trucks for No. 232 Track
No. 29V— Rigid Frame Trucks only, roller-bearing (as illustrated) A=33^", B =^", G=73^", per pair 4.80
No. 29 3^B— Rigid Frame Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) C =3H", D = Ys", H =6^", per pair 6.00
No. 293^3— Knuckle-Joint Trucks only, ball-bearing (as illustrated) E =3", F = Ys", I =&K'\ per pair 9.00
Note — Always specify by number trucks desired. Rigid type instead of Knuckle-Joint type sent unless otherwise specified.
Discount
Nanci
112
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Bolt Spacings for Brackets
For Slidetite 435 and 1035 3 to 6-Door Sets
This data shows bolt spacings for use of architects, engineers, and contractors, so that steel lintels may be
punched in the shop, or so that bolts may be built into concrete or masonry lintels.
N? A35-C
BRACKET
N5 435-C
BRACKET
Ne-436-I
r-Lf BRACKET
^^ N?4.35"E 1^1
\ r-"T-!>^ ^ BR ACKET \rf--1-3^^
^
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENING
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENING
THREE DOOR SET
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
FOUR DOOR SET
ONE TRACK
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
D
p Ar-jj BRACKET , p
'^^.-Ai^^
i4-3¥->
C
^T.-. V-Jf
13 435-C
:t
\
NS 435-1 fE)
BRACKET fV
r I
I I
n
_j
— ^ K
-^
4-
G^
->
T
B
1
N
1^^
■J
D
k-G
-1^^^—
/
■><
K
c
N£ 435-E
BRACKET, E^
1^
ll
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENING
.E. NS 435-1 Ne
t^tl F BRACKET i p » £
?435-C (■£•>
BRACKET fT^
I I I
'■'ci-a^
K
^
I
4-
/
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENING
FOUR DOOR SET
TWO TRACK
FIVE DOOR SET
i*3 F
D
il2
t ; : . '
<-3j
J
T
fcfcil
^
f
-K
-^
N^435-C BRACKET N2 435 -1
BRACKET. ^t..
&\
\f
14 1,
t-
*^
^
7^
4^
••— ■
D
4i
11
Nf 435-E
BRACKET
--.u
K
J
T
at
■-■•
t3
■+«
■^
^
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
-OPENING ■
J-
S1X DOOR SET
TABLE
SIZE OF TRACK
313.35
232
33
A
2i
e
p3-
2i
B
5:
71
V3"
75
c
7-
24
3"
D
3'
4£
41"
3
8
2
2l£
SIZE BOLT
3"
S
£
i
1:3
I
l£
H
7f
10"
loi
J
4J
Si*
K
3
4
3i
3^'
Note:- when workino in minimum headroom
FOR NO. 31 8.35 TRACK B= 5" C = 2g" H = 6j" J=4"
" " £32 " B=6|" C=2" H=9|" J = 4|
■I ■*
33
B= 7*
0=24
H=9|
J= 5"
Fi,q. A-979
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
113
Bolt Spacings for Brackets
For Slidetite 435 and 1035 7 to 10 Door Sets
This data shows bolt spacings for use of architects, engineers, and contractors, so that steel lintels may be
punched in the shop, or so that bolts may be built into concrete or masonry lintels.
EQUAL SPACES
>
H
M
m~sJ-=^
BH-
EQUAL SPACES
4
3|1
K-^
J
' V
■L%^
^
H- -H
*I\f~-
T
K-A
WVr
-»t
->f
*-A
/*
T
-^
{
ir
-#— * —
:lti:
E
M
Vl^"^
3
>
^
3
4
J
T
*t-
D il Ul
J
A^
L
■^
f
V
;i
4 D : l
J
!l
r"
K
-*! r
K
^
'n ^(*l
3^
A-+
It-
■v
V
A->l
At
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENING —
J
t-
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
-OPENING
M-*
C
.
t
V
-Vu
■+
J4
J»-
SEVEN DOOR SET
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
EIGHT DOOR SET
THREE TRACK
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
EQUAL SPACES
-»(*-
t*-
^JBJ, f^ k-^ jJBl^
— ^ I '\i — >— V — ^^v^ — J—'V" — ' — ^/i — I — V — M/^ —
K
->i B|<-
EQUAL SPACES
**-
7^
*^
:i 1 1; Sff
35^
M I I
T-
ihi.!-!'
1 ^
-«*-
'ujli:
t>OORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENfNG " —
c -^
I A^
M
r-
->*-
— ^
1^
4-1-1J
^-t-:-
Rk
A
A-4
Ay
3^
Nh-i^
M
4*
C
3'
34
■w-
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENING
J
EIGHT DOOR SET
FOUR TRACK
NINE DOOR SET
R
h
kH,
Jj' '^5 ^ I'll'
B
^+^
K
EQUAL SPACES
->AH=i:
:4
^
M
^
ii
LJ ui; Ji^}-j^^^^
1 — •— •- i^ If
K^r
H
->
■^
♦ *-
^
^
4^
-*t
T
-i
A
^
r
j;-
B
tS-^^
/.
4*-
^t
rf/--\ ^
7^
DOORS EQUAL WIDTHS
OPENING
t-A M *
^'
j*-
■*t
IF' ^r
' — W
K
f-
c
-T'.
**-
TEN DOOR SET
TABLE
SIZE OF TRACK
A
B
D
E
F
SIZE
BOLT
H
K
L
M
31 &35
,1"
8
3^'
3"
3"
8
3"
e
1^'
7i
4|
i'
i
232
2^'
5i
4!'
^ 8
13"
210
16
i"
2
5"
e
O"
I"
I"
3i
33
8
I"
4i
5g
4 1
ol3"
^16
i"
3'
l|
I Ob
5|
3i"
2
Note: -WHEN working in minimum headroom
j-4-
FOR NO. 31 435 TRACK- C^Z^
»
232
W
- C = 4i'
- Cs5'
H = 6|
H=9|'
H=95'
J=4.
J=5-
4
Fig. 980
114
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Bolt Spacings for Brackets
For SlydaSyde No. 235 Sets
This data shows bolt spacings for use of architects, engineers, and contractors, so that steel lintels may b
punched in the shop, or so that bolts ma^^ be built into concrete or masonry lintels.
■•■-
•■"r
>—
t^
6
J-
m
6
--#, .
B
^ BOLTS
TOP OF DOOR^
■*0x *'^^
H4"
'
K
T I
"AA' SJNGLE DOOR SET
REVERSE FOR 0PP05JTE HANO
SECTION
THRU FRONT TRACK
TYPiCAL FOR 'AXi'BB' SETS
^BB' DOUBLE DOOR SET
rC" SINGLE DOOR SET
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
^T/i.
TOP OF DOOR
lo.
EE" SINGLE DOOR SET
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
-•-■
TOP OF DOOR -^
'GG'TWO DOOR SET
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
'JJ" THREE DOOR SET
REVERSE FOR OPPOSITE HAND
DOOR OPEN
SECTION
THRU FRONT TRACK
TYPICAL FOR 'CC'i'DD' SETS
DD' DOUBLE DOOR SET
DOORS OPEN
SECTION THRU FRONT TRACK
TYPICAL F0R'EE'-"FF*-'63'-HH"
ij'&"KK*SETS
"FF- DOUBLE DOOR SET
HH FOUR DOOR
SET
KK" SIX DOOR SET
SIZE OF TRACK
31 &35
232
33
A
5|
IS"
16
7£
B
8|
I'
5
C
r
16
|3"
D
2^
-3 16
^2
V
T
16
p9
^16
2-
4
TABLE
G
SIZE
BOLT
2^
8
^16
5;
8
3''
4
H
3s
-^16
K
c3"
5s
0|6
7
31"
3f
Note:- when working in minimum headroom
^8
r- 5'
K=4
a'
for NO, 31 i 35 TRACK A=5^"- B= S"
Fig. A-981
M
I '
1^"
M6
I 5"
254
255
25^
3
T
FOR EE
ee-jj SETS
I"
2
i"
2
1'
2
T
for FF
HH-JJ SETS
I
'8
1 a
a
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
115
bi
1
No. 107
New "Diamond N"
Expansion Shield
New "Diamond N
Expansion Bolt
ff
Note — For List Price see table below. Unless otherwise specifiedjon order Long Standard Shields only will be sent.
Thick- ♦
ness of
Material
to be
fastened ^
Style
of
Head
J
1
Diam-
^, eter
**■ of
Bolt
i
Ifiil @ 1
1
T-ength
■ of
. Shield
^i^S
I ♦
^
S? ▼
No.W-206
"Sebco" Expansion Shields
"Sebco" Expansion Bolts
The illustration given here shows
how to determine the measurements of
the lag screw type with shield.
Note — Unless otherwise specified on order Long Standard
Shields only, will be sent.
List Price— No, 107 or No. W-206
Shields Only, per 100 — Two-Part Malleable — Based on Diameter of Screw
I
Diameter of Lag Screw
List Price, per 100
. Length of Shield — Long Standard
Length of Shield — Short Standard
Outside Diameter of Shield
Diameter of drill required for No. 107. . .
Diameter of drill required for No. W206
inch
$15,00
11/
7
TT
inch
$18.00
2
1^
9
L
inch
$25.00
2H
2
inch
S32.00
3
2
IX
16
il
le
inch
$38.00
^H
3
'4
H
inch
$45 . 00
33^
2
H
inch
$65.00
3H
2
1
11/
1
inch
$95 . 00
1^
IK
1
inch
$110.00
5
IH
Discount
Note — !n ordering state whether Diamond N or Sebco Shields are wanted, also specify by number, slating size and if Long or Short
Standard are desired.
Instructions for Using
No. 107 and No. 206 Expansion Shields and Bolts
Drill a hole the same size as the given outside diameter of the shield to be used, place the shield in the wall
and set well back.
Run the screw through the material or article to be fastened, then into the inserted Shield and fasten tieht.
116
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Locks and Latch with Two Handles
For Garage Entrance Doors
The two locks and one latch shown on this page are especially adapted for locking the swinging entrance door
in Slidetite installations (page 4) and also for locking the swinging entrance door in Round Runner installations
(page 80).
Each lock is furnished with two handles with latch thumb lift as shown in the illustration of the No. 550 lock,
one handle for each side of the door.
R- W No. 550 Cylinder Lock. This cylinder lock is furnished with two handles, latch thumb lift and two keys
as illustrated. It is made with one cylinder for locking doors from outside only; or with two cylinders for locking
doors from both sides. The face of the lock and the cylinders are made of solid pohshed bronze. The mortise case
is finished in black japan and is 5M inches high, 3M inches deep, % inch thick. The face of the lock is 1% inches
long by 134 inches wide. The distance from the face of the door to the center of the handle is 2 % inches.
Handles are finished in polished brass or black japan.
Packed one lock in metal-edged carton.
Note — In ordering this lock, state thickness of door
so that we may furnish cylinder of proper length.
List Price
List
Price
One No. 550 Cylinder Lock, complete with one
cylinder and polished brass handles $24.00
One No. 550 Cylinder Lock, complete with one
cylinder and black japanned handles 20.00
One No. 550 Cylinder Lock, complete with two
cylinders and polished brass handles 30.00
One No. 550 Cylinder Lock, complete with two
cylinders and black japanned handles 25.00
Shpg.
Wt.
5 lbs.
5
5 lbs
No. 550 Cylinder Lock
R-W No. 450 Three-Tumbler Lock. Locks door
from both sides. Furnished with two black japanned
handles same as shown in illustration of No. 550 lock,
latch thumb lift and two flat bit keys. Solid bronze
latch and bolt.
Mortise case, black japan finish, 4 inches high, 3J^
inches deep, f^ inches thick. Distance from face of door
to center of handle 2 Y^ inches. Face of lock 6 }4 inches
long by 1 yi inches wide.
No. 550
Handles and Lock Installed
Packed one lock in metal-edeed carton.
List
Price
Shpg.
Wt.
4^ lbs.
No. 350 Latch
ne No. 450 Three-Tumbler Lock, complete $5.00
R-W No. 350 Latch. Black japan finish. Furnished
with two handles and latch thumb lift as shown in illus-
stration of No. 550 lock.
Mortise case 2% inches high, 2% inches deep, H
inch thick. Face plate 43^ inches long by 1 inch wide.
Distance from face of door to center of handle \%
inches.
Packed one latch in metal-edged carton.
List Shpg.
Price WL
One No. 350 Latch, complete $3 00 4
Discount
"^IM?
No. 450 Tumbler Lock
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
117
R-W No. 525
"Faultless" Sliding Door Lock
For Garages, Stables, Warehouses, Factories, Etc.
For Both Single and Double Doors
Made of steel and malleable iron.
For sliding doors, 1 J^ inches thick or thicker, also suitable for right angle doors.
T wenty-eight changes of keys. Lock, latch and flush door pull combined.
Operated from either side of door. For single or double doors. Latch is released
and door pulled open by same movement.
Latch piece and trip made of malleable iron. Steel flush cups. Steel keeper
plate.
Mortise case, 4J^ inches high by 3^ inches wide by J^ inch thick.
Finish, regular, rustless dead black. Other finishes can be furnished on appli-
cation. Write for prices.
Packed, one lock in metal-edge box, complete with screws and template for
setting lock. Weight, 45 pounds per dozen.
List Price
No. 525 Lock, regular finish, dead black, per dozen $37.50
Discount
Note — When used on Straight Sliding Doors, the maximum lap of the door over the jamb is IK inches.
This lock is especially adapted to lock No. 235 SlydaSyde doors mounted on straight tracks, only, as Sets A A and BB illustrated on pages
19 and 51.
On such installations, the locks are set into the jambs instead of into the doors, and are operated from the outside only. The maximum
lap of the door over the jamb is 1^ inches.
R-W No. 510
"Nobreak" Sliding Door Lock
PATENTED
PATENTED
For Garages, Stables, Warehouses, Factories, Boat Houses, Etc.
For Both^Single and Double Doors
Made of steel with malleable jaws.
The "Nobreak" Lock is made flush with the door on both sides and can be
operated from both outside and inside. The act of closing the door latches it,
and to unlatch it simply press back the hand-hole or flush pull cover with the
fingers. The key is used only to lock or unlock the door. To latch or unlatch
n o key is necessary, the action being automatic with the opening or closing of
the door.
The use of the blind screw studs on the outside makes lock practically burglar-
proof. They are reversible, for either right or left-hand doors, single or double.
The "Nobreak" serves as a lock, latch, and door pull combined. The door,
not the lock receives the blow when door strikes jamb. There are no projections
on which to catch harness or clothing.
Maximum lap over jamb is 23/^ inches.
No. 1 size adjustable for doors, 1 Ji to 234 inches; No. 2, 2}^ to 3 inches thick. Width of lock, 53^ inches.
Packed one in metal-edge box, complete with screws, strike plate for doors, two keys and template for setting lock.
Special strike furnished for double doors. Keys are numbered for twelve changes to each dozen locks. On panel
doors outer stiles should be 6 inches wide. Weight, 75 pounds per dozen.
List Price
No. 510 No. 1 or No. 2 Lock, regular finish, dead black, per dozen
Note — Locks sent for single doors in No. 1 size, unless otherwise specified
$42.50
Discount
118
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 825
patented
Door Lock
No. 825-1
This lock is made for sliding doors which are 1 % inches thick or thicker. Maxi-
mum thickness of door, 2}/i inches. Twenty-eight changes of keys. Lock, latch
and flush door pull combined. Is regularly furnished with flush cup for opposite
side of door. For single or double doors. Latch is released and door pulled open by
same movement.
Especially recommended for use in locking SlydaSyde Garage Doors, as sets GC
and DD illustrated on pages 53 and 55 show. The lock is then set into the jamb
instead of into the door and is operated from the outside only. Minimum lap of
door over jamb is 1 J^ inches. Minimum width of jamb 2% inches for No. 31 Track,
2^ inches for No. 232 Track and 2J4 inches for No. 33 Track. Maximum 1
over jamb on Straight Sliding Doors is 134 inches.
Latch-piece and trip made of malleable iron. Steel case and door plate. Mortise
case, 43^ inches high by 3% inches wide by % inches thick. Finish: Rustless dead
black. Packed one lock in metal-edge box, complete with screws and template for
setting lock. Weight per dozen, 45 pounds.
List Price
No. 825-1 Sliding Door Lock, finish dead black, per dozen-. >..
^
6
No, 435
Discount
R-WNo.417
Top and Bottom Bolt
A Very Sianple, Effective, Substantial
Garage Door Bolt
The locking device consists of top and bottom spring bolts connected by chains, with an
operating handle in the center of the door. SufTicient chain is furnished for doors up to 9
feet high. Extra bottom keeper furnished so that doors may be locked when in open position.
Packed one in box.
List Price
417 Top and Bottom Bolt. Shipping weight, 3^ lbs., each
$3.40
Discount
R-W No. 435
Tie Rod with Pintle and Pin
Nos. 435-1. 2. 3 and 4 Tie Rods are made with an eye to take a ^ inch pintle pin, and are furnished with
pmtles A or B as requested. Pintle A is used when doors are mounted with butts and pintle B is used when
doors are mounted with reversed pad hinges similar to our No. 311, illustrated on page 128.
Nos. 435-11, 12, 13 and 14 Tie Rods are furnished with eyes to take a Vz inch pintle pin. Pintles and pintle
pms are not furnished. These sizes are designed especially for use with our 1035 Hinges, illustrated on page 130
List Prices
No. 435-1— Tie Rod, 34 inches long, with pintle (A or B) and pintle pin, complete .$1 30
No. 435-2— Tie Rod, 42 inches long, with pintle (A or B) and pintle pin, complete . .$1 50
No. 435-3— Tie Rod, 51 inches long, with pintle (A or B) and pintle pin. complete $1 .70
No. 435-4— Tie Rod, 59 inches long, M'ith pintle (A or B) and pintle pin. complete . . . '$1 '90
No. 435-11 — Tie Rod, 34 inches long, without pintle or pin, complete. . $1 30
No. 435-12 — Tie Rod, 42 inches long, without pintle or pin, complete $1 50
No. 435-13— Rie Rod, 51 inches long, without pintle or pin, complete $1 70
No. 435-14 — Tic Rod, 59 inches long, without pintle or pin, complete. ji on
330.00
U
No. 417
Discount
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
119
R-W No. 414
Self Aligning Top or Bottom Spring Bolt
No.
517 Garage Cremone
Bolt
Designed especially for garage or warehouse use. Can be
used on sliding doors, right angle doors, sliding-folding doors,
or hinged doors swinging in or out. Made entirely of steel.
Made in two sizes: No. 414-1 for medium size doors; No.
414-2 for large and heavy doors. Both sizes are operated by a
steel rod. For the larger size the rod is made in two sections
for convenience in packing in a shorter box. A two-foot ex-
tension can be furnished when bolt is used on the top of extra
high doors. These are not furnished regularly, however, and
if desired, must be specified in order.
The end of the bolt proper is pointed so that it will easily
enter the hole in the keeper, even if the door is a little out of
line. The spring is strong enough to force the bolt into the
keeper under ordinar^^ conditions, but it can also be pushed in
when necessary.
The guide bracket is also a hold open bracket. By giving
the loop handle one-quarter turn and catching it beneath the
vertical flange of guide bracket, bolt is held in retracted posi-
tion.
No. 414—1 Dixnensions
Housing, 4^" long. Bolt proper, %" in diameter. Rod,
1^" in diameter. Length overall, 26". Weight,
2^ lbs. each.
No, 414-2 Dimensions
Housing, 9" long. Bolt proper, ]4" in diameter. Rod, %"
in diameter. Length overall, 36". Weight, 3H lbs. each.
Packed one in a box, with two keepers and necessary screws.
List Price
No. 414-1 — Top or Bottom Spring Bolt, black enamel finish.
per dozen . . . $12.75
No. 414-1 — Top or Bottom Spring Bolt, galvanized finish,
per dozen 15.60
No. 414-2 — Top or Bottom Spring Bolt, black enamel finish,
per dozen 21 . 25
No. 414-2 — Top or Bottom Spring Bolt, galvanized finish,
per dozen 28.35
Two-Foot Extensions, black enamel finish, each 1.15
Two-Foot Extensions, galvanized finish, each 1 . 40
Discount
R-W No. 517
Garage Cremone Bolt
Patented
Locks doors at both top and bottom with one movement of
the lever handle.
So constructed that when bolted or unbolted the ends of
connecting rods, where attached to the lever handle, are off
center so that bolt maintains its position by gravity and can-
not be changed except by moving the lever handle.
Connecting rods are made in sections so that the entire bolt
can be packed in a convenient sized box.
Made in one size, for doors up to 9 feet high. Extra sections
18 inches long can be furnished for higher doors* Center han-
dle and lever housing is 3^ inches wide, top and bottom bolt
housings are 2% inches wide and 5^ inches long.
Packed regularly with screws and top and bottom keeper in
metal edged box 21 inches long. The Patented Bottom Keeper
is made with a lug against which the outside surface of the
door strikes so that the bolt will always be in line with the
opening in the keeper when the door is pushed tightly shut.
Adjustable for different thicknesses of doors. These adjust-
able keepers can only be used with In-Opening Doors. Extra
Flat Bottom Keeper is furnished so that the doors may be
locked in open position* Where doors Open Out two flat Bot-
tom Keepers are furnished.
List Price
No. 517 Bolt, adjustable for doois up to;9 feet high. Weight,
each 10 lbs , $5.60
Extra Section, 18 inches long. Weight, each 1 lb 80
Discount
Directions for Ordering — ;Slate the following: First — Height of
door. Second — Whether sliding or swing door, Third^If swing
door, does same overlap jamb or set in flush? Fourth — Whether
doors swing in or out.
-^■^
»^
*J'<^CL
■•^r
o. 414 Self-Ali,t4[ii[ig Sprmg Bolt
Used at Top of Door
, ''''
No. 414 Self-Ahgning Spring Bott
Used at Bottom of Door
120
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
c=
R-W No. 617
Fig. A-982
No. 617 Bolt Applied
Garage Cremone Bolt
Patented
A simple, substantia!, convenient and ornamental Cremone door bolt par-
ticularly designed for use on garage doors equipped with '*Slidetite*' folding-
sliding garage door hardware, or garage doors hung on hinges.
The No. 617 Bolt is made in three principal sections; the center or locking
section, and the top and bottom or adjustable bolt sections — the three sections
being united by 3^-inch connecting rods.
The bolt will retain its position positively either locked or unlocked— cannot
be opened by jarring. It is made of steel, finished in black enamel.
Complete bolt for single or double '^Shdetite" or hinged doors swinging in-
side of building is packed regularly in a neat and compact metal-edged fibre-
board box 20 J^ inches long. Bolt as regularly packed is adjustable for doors
up to 10 feet high. Extra sections 18 inches long furnished as ordered for
higher doors. The bolt can be applied to doors with stiles as narrow as 3J4
inches.
The patented Bottom Keeper is made with lug against which the outside
surface of the door strikes so that the bolt will always be in line with the open-
ing in the keeper when the door is pushed tightly shut. Adjustable for different
thicknesses of doors. May only be used with In-Opening Doors.
Two flat nonadjustable keepers are furnished where doors open out.
Extra Flat Bottom Keeper included so that the doors may be locked in open
position.
Movement of bolt is 1}4 inches in each direction. Twelve-inch adjustment
is provided in top and bottom sections. Permanent adjustment is made when
bolt is applied to the door.
The base plate of the center section is 12% inches long by 3% inches wide.
The base plate of top and bottom sections is IVJ^ inches long by 2% inches
wide. Maximum extension from surface of door is 2% inches.
List Price
R-W No. 617 bolt packed complete as above, adjustable for doors up
to 10 feet high, shipping weight, 143^ pounds, each $9.50
Extra 18-inch sections for lengthening No. 617 bolt to accommodate
higher doors, shipping weight, 1 pound, each .80
Discount
R-W No. 1125 Lock
R-W 1125 Garage Door Lock, to be used in locking the No. 617 Door Bolt
from the outside, is automatically adjustable for doors from IJ^ inches to 3
inches thick. Minimum width of door stile 4 inches. Size of plate 4 inches
by 41^ inches. Maximum extension from face of door ^ inch. Fourteen
changes of keys. Packed complete in metal edge box %vith screws and two
keys. Made of steel, fmished in black enamel.
List Price
R-W No. 1125 Outside Lock for No. 617 bolt, packed complete
above, shipping weight, 1^4 pounds, each __.
as
$3.00
Discount
Fig. A-983
No. 1125 Lock Applied
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
121
.v^
."3^-:
R-W No. 514
Fig, A-984
Used as Top Bolt, Showing Various Ap
plications of Keepers
R-WNo. 514
Top or
Bottom
Spring Bolt
For Garage Doors
Spring Bolt, designed espe-
cially for garage use. Can be
used on sliding doors, right an-
gle doors, Miding-folding doors,
hinged doors swinging in or out.
Made in two sizes. Reversible.
No, 514-1 — The Housing is
made of steel 4^g inches long.
Bolt proper ^ inch square end,
and 5H inches long o\qt all.
Chain 24 inches long with ring
attached to end.
No. 514-2 — The Housing is
made of heavy steel, 9 inches
long. Bolt proper % inch
square end, and 10 inches long
over all. Chain 36 inches long
with ring attached to end.
Finish, black enamel. Packed
regularly six in metal-edge box.
complete with screws, two
keepers, chain and clip for
chain for each bolt.
Weight, per hali dozen, No.
514-1, 7 lbs.
Weight, per half dozen, No.
514-2. 14 lbs.
Xr-- '•■'
Fig. A-985
H-W No. 5X4 — Used as Boitom Bolt
4-*"
List Price
' No, 514-1 Top and Bottom Bolt, per dozen
No. 514-2 Top and Bottom Bolt, per dozen
111.35
19.85
R-W No. 524
Bottom Cane Bolt
An extra heavy, all steel bottom bolt for garage or warehouse doors.
As shown in illustration, bolt drops by gravity when the handle is lifted out of the
socket.
Can be used with Nos. 514 or 414 top bolts.
No. 1 size, 5^ inch diameter by 18 inches long.
No. 2 size, ^ inch diameter by 24 inches long.
Finishes: black enamel and galvanized.
Packed two in metal-edge box with screws, keeper plates, brackets and guides.
Weight, each, No. 1, 3 lbs.; No. 2, 43^ lbs.
'K^>- ; ^
Fig. A-986
R-W No. 524
List Price
Black
No. 524-1 Bottom Bolt, per dozen „^ 110.80
No. 524-2 Bottom Bolt, per dozen __. 14. 00
Galv.
$14.00
17.50
Discount
122
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo. 516
Parallel Door Bolt and Lock
Patented
Designed especially for garage doors
operating on parallel track, but may
be used on single doors by inserting
keeper casting in the jamb on side
wall.
This bolt can be used with No. 235
Garage Doors.
Made of malleable iron and steel.
Suitable for doors Ij^ to 3 inches
thick.
Lock is inserted in the stile of door,
the key or bolt passing entirely
through the stile of door on the inside
track and into the keeper in the stile
of the outside door.
When used with single doors, this
bolt passes into the keeper inserted in
the jamb.
By turning the handle, doors are
drawn together and held in that posi-
tion by a stop lug resting in notched
section on the lock plate. This prevents turning of bolt or same being removed or doors opened.
When used on the outside of building, a padlock can be attached, thus providing a combined bolt and lock.
Doors must lap each other or jamb at least 2 inches.
Finish, regular black enamel; other fmishes furnished on apphcation. Packed one in metal-edge box, complete
Avith bolts and screws.
Weight, each, 3J^ pounds.
List Price
No. 516 Parallel Garage Door Bolt, regular finish, each _._ $2. 50
Fig. A-987
Doors Open
Fig. A-988
Doors Locked
Discount
R-W No. 616
Parallel Door Bolt
For locking parallel sliding doors from the inside only.
Made of malleable iron.
Reversible for right or left hand. Cup in which the lever is pivoted is mortised into
one door of the pair, or into the jamb. Lever is held in place when door is unlocked by
a spring clip.
Lugs on lever work on a cam shaped piece attached to the back edge of one door and
the cam is so shaped that as the lever is drawn down, the doors are wedged together.
When the lever is in horizontal position and the pivoted handle in the position shown
on illustration, the doors are drawn as tight together as possible. Lever is stopped
in the horizontal position by lug, so that it can not drop below this point.
Size of plate on flush cup, 8^ inches high by 3^ inches wide. Cup is 1^ inches
deep.
Suitable for doors 1 ^ inches or more in thickness. Packed one in a box with screws.
List Price
No. 616 Bolt, each |2,85. Weight, 3 pounds
Fig. A-989— In Locked Position
Discount. . .
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
123
With Door Dogs
Without Door Dogs
R-W No. 99
Door Do^s
This is the simplest and we
beUeve the best swing door
holder on the market. It can
be applied by anyone in five
minutes and will last a life
time.
It is intended for garage,
barn, shop and warehouse
swing doors. When you want
to keep the door open the point
of the pin will stick into the
floor, whether it is du% wood
or concrete, and absolutely
hold the door from closing.
Wind or jarring can not disen-
gage it, the pin will either be
forced deeper into the floor or
force the door still further
open. It will not give an inch.
.-t.'.
r;
V.
-1
M
Fig. A-990
To close the door; lift the pin up with your foot and drop it into the slot and the door will swing shut.
Each pair is reversible and is packed in attractive individual paste board box, six boxes in "attention getter" paste
board counter display carton. The carton is profusely illustrated. Open the carton, place on the counter and the car-
ton will sell the Door Dogs. Retails at $1.00 per pair. Black fmish.
Weight per carton of six pair, 8 lbs
List Price
No. 99 Door Dogs, 1 dozen pair (2 cartons)
^12.00
Discount
Table for Estimating (per square foot) the Weights of Garage Doors
Kind of Wood
White Pine,
Yellow Pine
Cypress
Spruce
Fir „-.
13.
4
ff
3
3
Thickness of Doors
2"
21
//
21.
//
•2H"
Weight (lbs.) Per Square Foot
314
3^
4K
3}^
4
33^
4^
3%
51
4
51
3"
414
5
4^
5 J/2
BThe above weights are based on panel doors with glass in the upper part and measuring 4x8 feet. Narrower doors
will run slightly heavier per square foot.
124
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 54
Barn Door Stay Roller
Commonly used on inside sliding doors, where stay roller can be attached to floor.- Wheel, grey Iron, 2J^ inches
diameter and covered with steel frame. Finish, black japan. Packed one dozen in metal-edge box. Weight, per
dozen, 26J^ lbs.
List Price
No. 54 Stay Roller. Per dozen ' |5 qq
discount
R-W No. 154
Heavy Warehouse Stay Roller
Especially designed for use
on heavy Garage, Warehouse
and Freighthouse doors. Extra
heavy construction. Wheel pro-
tected on all sides except door
side With heavy steel frame.
FiIh't'l5u'liT' ^P T^"" tT^^.r ^'''^ ^^T' ^^' ''''"'' ^°'" ^'«"^d' P^^iding a means for adjustment
i^inish, black japan. Packed in bulk. Weight per dozen, 60 lbs. j c*
List Price
No. 154 Stay Roller. Per dozen
$20 . 40
Discoun t
• • • • 9
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
125
Nos. 71,81 and 91
Bow Handles
No. 71 Bow Handle
No. 81 Bow Handle No. 91 Bow Handle
Ti ^^■- '^uTPT ^^^^\^s S^^^.?^ ^^^^^ i^ ^'^'^ s^^es: No. 1, 6^ inches long over all; No. 2, 7^ inches long over
aU^ l^inish, black enamel. Bolt Holes register with Holes in No. 70 Flush Pulls. Packed one dozen in metal-edged
11 ^^"-^iJtPT ^^^^Ifs ^a^,e of S^ey iron in two sizes: No. 1, 634 inches long over all; No. 2, 8 inches long over
all. finish, black enamel. Packed one dozen in metal-edged box.
No. 91~Bow Handles are made of steel, in one size. Q]4 inches long over all. Finish, black enamel. Holes
tor screws and do not register with holes in No. 70 Flush Pull. Packed one dozen in metal-edsed box
are
No. 71-1 Bow Handle, weight each, 6 oz., each.
No. 71-2 Bow Handle, weight each, }4 lb., each
No. 81-1 Bow Handle, weight each, }4 lb., each
No. 81-2 Bow Handle, weight each, 1 lb., each
List Price
.15
.25
.35
.55
No. 91 Bow Handle, weight, J^ lb., each __„ _]_. . l\l\]l _V."[l\ll [ _l I 1 .1 [III .15
Discount
R-W No. 70
Flush Pulls
No. 70-1 Flush Pull, for doors up to IJ^ inch thick, weight each, 1 lb., each,
No. 7Q-2 Flush Pull, for doors more than IJ^ inch thick, weight each, 1}4 lbs., each
$.35
.40
Discount
R-W No. 170
Flush Drop Handle
Designed Especially for Use with Right Angle Garage Doors
These pulls are used with any sliding door where a secure grip is desired. Made of steel. Handle furnishes a
secure grip and drops by gravity out of the way. Size of plate, 3J^ inches by 5J^ inches. Finished black enamel.
Packed, one dozen in metal-edge box, complete with screws. Weight, 6J^ lbs. per dozen.
List Price
No. 170 Flush Drop Handle, each ... . _ J50
Discount
126
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
.T»^-
'^iiC
- ^^
i
,1
. W
•!•**►
R-W No, 372 Door Guide
For use with flush and parallel garage doors. Holds the bottom of the door dose to
the wall m either open or closed position. Requires only working clearance between
the doors. Suitable for use vMth concrete or wood floors. When used ^vith concrete
floors, base should be set into the concrete about M-inch. End beveled to nrevpnt in
jury to the door. One-fourth inch thick. 6 inches \\ide. Packed with screws.
List Price
No. 372 Door Guide, shipping weight, 1 lb., each , $ y^
Discount
R-W No. 171 Floor Center Stop
Floor stop for use with pairs of sliding-doors. Can be fastened to floor or imbedded
m concrete. Made of grey iron. Finish, black japan. imoeaaed
List Price
M*^' }?J"niy ?'' ^^'''^ L. ^^^'^^^ ^}*^^}'' ^'^'ght 3K lbs., each $ 70
^^^" }1}~W^ 1°^ ^*^°^ ?^ ^^^^^^ ^^''^^' ^'^ig^t 3H lbs., each ...... " ' ' 90
No. 171-3 for doors 3 mches thick, weight 4^ lbs., each [][[ 1 [qs
Discount
R-XT No. 271 Adjustable Floor Center Door Guide
For use with pairs of sliding garage doors. Guides the bottom of doors and hold<i
same m place when closed. IVIade of steel and grey iron. Finish, black enSnd
Suitable for use with concrete or wood floors. When used with concrete floore base
should be set mto the concrete about M-inch. J^wore. case
Adjustable for doors 1^ to 3 inches thick. Weight. 3 Ib.s.
List Price
Mn" Hk ^i^l^f^'*,^!? ^^^^^ 9^^^^"^ Door Guide, mth Screws, each . .
No. 43D-/2 Steel Bumper Shoe, each
9 * » ■'«i««
$.96
.14
Discount
tac^'s^'x^Th'^W .^.T^'Q^^'^f '^'*^^^ ^^^'^^ ^^ ^^'^ ^*>^"e^ «f the door which con-
tacts with the guide. Specify on order if same are desired.
R-W No. 272 Adjustable Floor End Door Guide
For use with sliding right angle or straight sliding garage doors Holds thp hottom
bla'?enaZl."*"" "'''^ "^'^^ ^^^"^^ '' ^''''^- ^^^^ of steeTa'nd l^el'ron.' Finish!
sho'K^slrin^^ sfcoTr^^.b^^jr^^ >r- ''^'"^ ""''' -^^^ ^^"^-^^ ^--' ^-
Adjustable for doors 1 3^ to 3 inches thick. Weight 2^ lbs.
List Price
No' T(^ "fe^tl' ^^°''' f^^ ^'^^^ ^"^^^' ^^^th screws, each $ 85
iso. 4do-/2 Steel Bumper Shoe, each ^vj
^ . ™ „ ^ Discount
tacts" ,mtL%u"^e'''wcffv'oS"orrt^r "f ^ °" '^'^ '=°™';; "' *-^^ ^"'^ which con!
^11^. guiue. ^peciiy on order, if same are wanted.
R'W No. 172 Adjustable Parallel Door Floor Guide
Made in Two Sizes
for^'tnpIel.al'lierdSlJs^ 'Ss^thThni^^"' \'\l' 'S' ^'^"^If P^^^"^^ ^°°^* No. 2 size
black enamel ^^^ ^^^ *'''"*''" °* ^^^ ^^*^^ ^^^ prevents chaflng. Finish,
black enamel.
shnnlH^hh^f • T .T^^ concrete or wood floors,
should be set mto the concrete about M-inch
Adjustable for doors 1^ to 3 inches thick.
^^ eight. No. 1, 5 lbs.; No. 2. 7 lbs. each.
List Price
AMien used with concrete floors, base
Xo: \^ tdlustat: TnK?aTi%^oo?V^^^^^ ^\^^ ^ ^- -^^- ^ ^^'^
uie inpie Parallel Door Floor Guide, with screws, each. ... 3.55
Discount
r^
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
127
R-W No. 736
Door Guide and Weather Strip
Helps Keep the Garage Warm
With this construction, door can be hung to clear floor, and the steel strip
on door completely covers and protects the opening, also prevents doors from
warping. Spread washers between side strips of lower guide, in iloor, hold
groove open. The clear openings in the groove between these spread wash-
ers allow^ water and dirt to drop between the floor strips and drain off
through cinder bed.
Especially desirable for parallel doors; prevents their chafing. Made
of heavy steel and can be set into concrete or wood floor, f'inish, black
japan. Steel door strip is 4 by -^ inches; floor strips, 3J^ by % inches.
Bolts are spaced on 24-inch centers. Weight: Door Strip, per 100 feet, 250
lbs.; floor guide strips, 900 lbs.
Note — When ordering state: Thickness and width of door, whether single,
double or triple parallel doors and width of opening. AKvays send floor plan.
List Price
No. 736 — Door Guide and Weather Strip, complete, per foot $1 .65
Discount ,
r^
..J
Fig, A-901- -Showing No. 736 Appbed
R-W No. 737
Door Guide and Weather Strip
This is the same as above but of lighter construction. Door strip, 3H inches by 10 gauge; floor strips, 3K ^>y
j^ inches. Finish, black japan. Weight, door strip, per 100 feet, 150 lbs.; floor guide strips, 4,50 lbs.
When ordering state thickness and width of door, whether single, double or triple parallel doors and width of
opening.
List Price
No. 737 — Door Guide and Weather Strip, complete, per foot _.. SI .00
Discount
R-W No. 635
Floor Guide
The No. 633 Floor Guide can be advantageously installed in connection with some installations of "SlydaSyde"
and "CornR-Wise'' equipment where hardware is desired for holding the back edge of the door ag^jinst the casing
when it is closed.
This No. 635 Floor Guide Equipment consists of: (1; a guide, No. 635, F. G.,
mortised into the bottom of the door at the back edge; (2) grooved floor guide track, ^^!
No. 635-TK, extending from the back edge of the door in closed position and follow-
ing the line of the overhead track around the corner inside the buikJing along the side ^b f
wall to a point directly below the end of the door hanger track, including Cjj, Floor ' *'
Guide Corner Curve, No. 635-C, of the same radius as the overhead track curve, with
which it runs in juxtaposition,
W'here two doors hinged together slide in the same direction, the floor guide insLalla- '^^g^^^^ h
lion is the same as for one door, the equipment being identical with that stated in the W^^^ ^
above paragraph.
y ]')U A-OO'i- ShowinK No. 635
^ ^, Ti • '' ^^ liofff Guide and Floor
I>lSt Price Guide 'Irack,
No. 635-TK —Floor Guide Track, per foot, M J^> S-^O
No. 635-C-6 — Floor Guide Track Curve, inch radius, each, 14 lb _ 1.00
No. 635-C-18--FIoor Guide Track Curve, 18 inch radius, each, 13^ lbs _ .. 3.30
No. C35-C-24— Floor Guide Track Cur\'e, 24 inch radius, each 2 lbs 4.20
No. 635-C-3C— Moor C^uide 'JYack Curve, 30 inch radius, each, 2i^ lbs _ ., 5.00
No. 635-C-3e— Floor Guide Track Cur\% 36 inch radius, each, 3 lbs 5.80
No. 635-F.G.-- Floor Guide. Wt'ighU H \h. Each 1.35
Dhcount
AB
128
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-W No. 311
Half Surface Ornamental Butt Hin^e
Made of wrought steel, in one size only: 4 inches high. Center of hinge pin is 3 3^ inches from the edge of the
jamb and the hinge extends 4}^ inches on the face of the door. This gives sufficient offset to allow two doors each
l^ inches thick to stand flush with the jamb when opened at a 90 degree angle. Black enamel finish. Packed one
pair in a box with screws.
List Price
No. 311—4" Half Surface Hinges. Shipping weight, 3?^ lbs,, per pair
$1.60
an
Bl
Nc
Vf
Discount
R-W No. 435
Butt Hinges
weiaM?rhf T'f ''''^'^ '''' "TL^""^ ^^^^'"^ '^^^'^'^^ ^"^§^' ^^^^^^ ^y^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^ i^^^es, twelve gauge,
weight 2 lbs. Has loose pmtle pm. Butts are measured overall with the leaves open.
Finish, black enamel.
Packed one pair in a box with screws.
List Price
No. 435 Butt Hinge, size 4x4 inches, per pair_
No. 435 Butt Hinge, size 5x5 inches, per pair " ' " ^"^^
-,_._. _ — 100
Discount
to
si;
N(
^
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
129
R-W No. 435
Wrought Steel Surface Hinges
No. 435— 2H"x4" Surface Hingp.
No. 435— 3H"x5" Surface Hinge. No. 435— 12"x4" Surface Hinge.
Made of wrought steel in three sizes: 23^^ inches by 4 inches, twelve gauge; 3 J^ inches bv 5 inches, twelve gauge
and IZ inches by 4 inches 10 gauge. Dimensions of surface hinges apply to size of one leaf onh% height is stated last.
Black enamel finish. Packed one pair in a box— 23.^ inch by 4 inch size, with screws; SJ^ inch by 5 mch and 12 inch
by 4 inch sizes, with round head stove bolts.
List Price
No. 435— Size 23^x4 inches. Shipping weight, l}i lbs. Per pair $ 80
No. 435 — Size 3)^x5 inches. Shipping weight, 4 lbs. Per pair 1 40
No. 435 — Size 12x4 inches. Shipping weight, 6 lbs. Per pair ....'..'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'. '.'.'.'/.'.'.'.'.['.'.'.'.'.['.[ [ [ " .* 2 *20
Discount
R-W No. 836
Wrought Steel Offset Surface Hin^e
No. 836 — 2J^"x4" Surface Hinge.
No. 836— 3J^"x5" Surface Hinge.
No. 836 — 12"x4" Surface Hinge,
Made of No. 12 gauge wrought steel in three sizes: 2}4 inches by 4 inches, 3 J^ inches by 5 inches and 12 inches
by 4 inches. Dimensions of surface hinges apply to size of one leaf only, height is stated last. Hinge eye is offset
to allow 3 inches between doors when folded. Black enamel finish. Packed one pair in a box — 23^1nch by 4 inch
size, with screws; 3}4 inch by 5 inch and 12 inch by 4 inch sizes, with round head stove bolts.
List Price
No. 836— Size 2^x4 inches.
No. 836 — Size 33^x5 inches.
No. 836— Size 12 x4 inches.
Shipping weight, 2 lbs.
Shipping weight, 5 lbs.
Shipping weight, 7 lbs.
Per
1.00
pair. ;..... $
Per pair 1 . 60
Per pair 3 .
Discount
R-W No. 635
Wrought Steel Surface Hin^e
For use where doors are hinged together and run around an inside corner on
curved track. Made of 12 gauge wrought steel in two sizes; No. 635-4'' has one
leaf 2" long and one leaf 4" long; No. 635-5" has one leaf 3J^" long and one leaf
53^" long. Black enamel fmish. Packed one pair in a box; No. 635-4" with
screws; No. 635-5" with round head stove bolts.
No. 635-4-inch Surface Hinge.
No. 635-5-inch Surface Hinge.
jList Price
Shipping weight, 2 lbs. Per pair
Shipping weight, 5 lbs. Per pair
$1.20
1.
Discount
130
RICHARDS- WILCOX ^ARACE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo. 1035
Heavy Offset Hinge with Surface
Application of 1035 Hinge
where side wall prevents
door opening against
front wail.
Fig. A-993
Patented
No. 1035 Hinge for Heavy Service
Application of 1035 Hinge
where there is space sufficient
to fold back the doors par*
allel with the front wall.
Fig, A-994
r
f:::
Application of 1035
Hinge on a Single
Swinging Door.
Fig. A-995
i
No.
t
I
clear
Designed especially for garage doors, warehouse doors, factory doors and other heavy doors which it is desired ^^ swn^ back of the jamb
•of the opening. 18-inch and 24-mch straps, made of K-inch wrought steel, 30-mch and 36-inch straps, made of f -'^^^.^yo^g^^ steel
2M inches high. Furnished with an adjustable clip which can be bolted to the door near the edge regardless of the distance the pmtle is set
^^*'pint\els^2^ inches wide with loose pin, H inch in diameter. Bolt holes are A inchs in diameter and 5K-inch centers.
Packed in bulk or one pair in a box, with ^-inch by 3K-inch carnage bolts. Black japan finish.
List Price
t
Size of Strap
18 inches x 2H inches, per pair
24 inches x 2H inches, per pair
30 inches x 2H inches, per pair
36 inches x 2H inches, per pair
42 inches x 2H inches, per pair
48 inches x 2H inches, per pair
Packed in Box
with
Carriage Bolts
$4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00
6.50
Packed in Bulk
without
Carriage Bolts
$3.70
4.20
4.70
5.10
5.70
6.30
Shipping
Weight,
Pounds
16
18
20
22
24
26
a
R-WNo.1036
Discount
Heavy Strap Hinge with Mortise
p
:?
Application of 1036 Hinge
where side wall prevents
door opening against
front wall.
Fig. A-993 A
^_ -^^v-ta^v^^v^-^J-J I/!,
Application of 1036 Hinge
where there is space sufficient
to fold back the doors par-
allel with the front wall.
Fig. A-994 A
^
I&
9
^
Application of 1036
Hinge on a Single
Swinging Door.
Fig. A-995A
Designed especially for large swing doors. Made of wrought steel* in various sizes. Anti-friction bronze washer and J^-inch Riveted
Pintle Pin. Black japan finish.
Packed in bulk or one pair in box with j^-inch by 3K4nch Carriage Bolts.
List Price
Size of Strap
10 inches x 2H inches
12 inthes x 2>^ inches
18 inches x 2H inches
24 inches x 2K inches
30 inches x 3 inches
36 inches x 3 inches
Height
of
Pintle
6 inches
6 inches
6 inches
6 inches
7 inches
7 inches
Unit
Per pair
Per pair
Per pair
Per pair
Per pair
Per pair
Packed in Box
with
Carriage Bolts
$3,40
3.50
3.80
4.30
4.80
5 40
Packed in Box
without
Carriage Bolts
»3.20
3.30
3.50
4,00
4.50
5.00
Shipping
Weight.
Pounds
6H
7
8H
10
15
18
Discount
i
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
131
R-W No. 472 Concrete Anchors
/-■'*--* ^-.,
Fig. A-996
No. 472 Concrete Anchor At-
tached to No. 272 End Floor
Door Stop,
Ife
Fig, A-998
No. 472 Concrete Anchor At-
tached to No. 271 Center
Floor Guide.
Fig. A-997
No, 472 Concrete Anchors Attached to No. 172 Parallel
Door Guide.
Especially designed for use in securing Richards-Wilcox Garage Door Floor Guides to concrete floors, but also
useful for anchoring other materials in concrete floors.
One pair is required for a No. 271 Center Floor Guide or a No. 272 End Floor Stop. Two pairs are required for
a No. 172 Parallel Door Guide.
All guides are adjustable for different thicknesses of doors. Set the guide to flt the door to be used, making
allowance for Bumper Shoes and for working clearances.
^ Bolt the anchors securely to the Floor Guide or End Stop, as shown in illustration. Set a board 3H" below the
finished floor level. Nail the anchors securely to the board, making sure that the Floor Guide is properly located in
the door-way. Bottom of guide will be about %" below floor level. AU is now ready for pouring the concrete.
Six pairs, with bolts, packed in metal edged carton.
List Price
No. 472 Concrete Anchors, per dozen pair __. 13.60
Discount
R-W No. 89 Adjustable Door Binder and Stop
- ^'T^iK-^.
'^*?*»*l
"*•■<
I -.
1
Patented
Fig. A-999
Made of three pieces steel, base ^ inch thick, brace J^ inch thick by 13^ inches wide. Adjustable for doors
1 Ji to 3 inches thick. Brace is pivoted, aflowing first lag screw to be inserted easily. End is flared to readily receive
the door. May be used at front or back of door. Should be attached with j^^-inch lag screws or bolts. Finish, black
japan. Packed two in metal edged box with screw^s. Weight per dozen, 21J4 lbs.
List Price
No. 89 Adjustable Door Binder and Stop, per dozen $5. 70
Discount
''\ '.-!^^■^v ."■ v-v'-^o
132
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R W
Wicket Entrance Door Hardware
Fig. A-1000-This Ulustration shows a SlydaSyde door provided with a Wicket Entrance Door.
In many garages where the doors are heavy and there
is constant need for an individual passage door, the
wicket style of entrance door can be installed with
economy.
The Wicket Entrance Door Hardware shown on the
opposite page is suitable for requirements of this kind
and is particularly desirable for such use on No. 1035
Slidetite, or on swinging doors in connection with which
the Wicket Door swines out.
Special single arm door checks are used, so con-
structed that the arm of the door check will not extend
mto the door-way opening and catch on auto tops.
For Sliding Doors on inside of building, the standard
door check is used and Wicket Door opens in.
Door Checks are reversible for right or left hand
doors.
The Hardware listed on the opposite page, furnishes
ample range for desired variation in size of the Wicket
Doors.
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
133
R-W
Wicket Entrance Door Hardware
Consists of Butt Hinges, Steel Threshold and Door Check
t i
J . ^j.\.
■ J Lp i —J^
mm
ml
'^""'•^SjSlllMI**'
^^'^m^
Fig. A-lOOl — No. 943—2 or 3 Special Door Check attached to door and cross rail.
Thresholds
No. 435-Butt Hinge
No. 643 — 2 or 3
Regular Door Check
..,..^
Fig. A-1002— No, 1035— Steel Threshold
Made to order according to size and thickness of doors. In ordering, state width of large doors in which Wicket Door is mounted, width
of Wicket Door and thickness of door. Shipping weight, approximately 12 pounds. Price each (size to order) ^10,00
Butt Hinges
No, 435 Hinges, Size 23^x4 inches. Japanned Butts lor doors
up to 2 inches thick. Shipping weight, 1}4 pounds.
Price, per pair * > SO . 60
No, 435 Hinges. Size 3^^^ inches,
doors. Shipping weight, 2f^ pounds.
Price, per pair
Japanned Butts for hea\ier
SI
Door Checks
For Wicket Doors not over 30 inches wide, up to six feet inches high,
and IH inches thick, mounted in ^^SUdetite" or swinging doors. Shipping
weight. 7}4 pounds.
No. 943-2. Single Arm Check, each . . • $8 , 00
For heavier doors not over 30 inches wide and not exceeding b feet 6 inches
in height, and 2J4 inches in thickness, mounted in "Slidetite*' or swinging
doors. Shipping weight, 9H pounds.
No. 943-3, Sineie Arm Check, each S9 . 00
For Wicket Doors not over 30 inches wide, up to 6 feet inches high, and
1 H inches thick, mounted in sliding doors inside of building. Shipping
weight, 7% pounds.
No. 643-2, Regular Check, each , $6.40
For Wicket Doors not over 30 inches wide and not exceeding 6 feet 6 inches
in height and 2M inches in thickness, mounted in sliding doors inside of
building. Shipping weight, 9j4 pounds.
No. 643-3, Regular Check, each $7.50
List Price of Complete Sets
Wicket Door Hardware for *'Slidetite*' or Swinging Door. Wicket Doors
not over 30 inches wide up to 6 feet inches high and IM inches thick as
follows:
1 No, 1035 Steel Threshold, size as requested,
1 No. 943-2 Door Check with single arm,
1 Pair No. 435 Japanned Butt Hinges; size 2^x4 inches.
Shipping weight, 21 pounds.
Price, per set. . , - 5ltt - oU
Wicket Door Hardware for **Slidetite" or Swinging Door, Wicket Doors
not over 30 inches wide and not exceeding 6 feet 6 inches in height and 2}4
inches in thickness, as follows:
1 No. 1035 Steel Threshold, size as requested.
1 No, 943-3 Door Check with single arm.
! Pair No. 435 Japanned Butt Hinges. Size 3 H?t5 inches.
Shipping weight, 23 pounds, *
Price, per set $20.00
Wicket Door Hardware for Sliding Door inside of building. Wicket Doors
not over 30 inches wide, up to 6 feet inches high and 13^ inches thick as
follows:
1 No. 1035 Steel Threshold, size as requested.
1 No. 643-2 Regular Door Check.
1 Pair No. 435 Japanned Butt Hinges. Size 2)4x4 inches.
Shipping weight, 28 34 pounds.
Price, per set , , , . . $17.00
\Mcket Door Hardware for Sliding Doors inside of building. Wicket Doors
not over 30 inches wide, and not exceeding 6 feet 6 inches in height and 2H
inches in thickness, as foUows:
1 No. 1035 Steel Threshold, size as requested,
1 No. 643-3 Regular Door Check.
1 Pair No, 435 Japanned Butt Hinges, 3^x5 inches.
Shipping weight, 24 34 pounds.
Price, per set , $18.50
Note — Above sets do not include latch or lock for wicket doors (See oace
116.) ^ ^
Discount
134
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Conveying Equipment
Fig. A-1003
OveR-Way Conveying Equipment makes it conven-
ient to lift from automobiles heavy units such as
differentials, engines, bodies and transmissions and
carry them from the parking floor to the repair division;
enables workmen to raise cars on end so they can work
beneath comfortably and within easy reach of their
tools; speeds up the work of the garage; efTects safe
handling of heavy parts; eliminates waste space; saves
wear and tear on floors; reduces cost of operation One
man with a single **OveR-Way" Carrving unit will do
the work of from 5 to 16 men using ordmarv means of
carrv'in^.
Fig. A-1005
-n;?R\T'-^'''''^ requirements, large or small, an
OveR-Way system adapted economicallv to your in-
dividual requirements can be furnished "
Thpusands of ^OveR-Way" systems are now in use.
We could no more do without our 'OveR-Wav'
Carrying System than we could do without the tele-
phone/' states J C. Beemer of the Beerner & Co.
Crarage, London, Ont.
Illustrated book, "OveR-Wav Convevine Eouio-
ment, contains detailed information regarding eouiD-
ment for various conditions and adapted to light or
ohfil^Vn'^^f ^^P^^ '^^^ ^^ ^^°^ ^° ^eq^est without
cam ^''^^''''^ interested in cutting the cost of
Fig. A- 1004
Rg. A- 1006
V ,- '>'■' . ■y.jT'lAir*'^.!,
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
135
Automobile Measurements
For the assistance of R-W patrons who contemplate building garages, we present below, the height, length and
idth of many automobiles.
From this table the owner, or prospective owner of a particular automobile, can readily determine the dimensions
»)f his doorway opening and the space his car will require in the garage.
Because doors vary in width, because there are so many different methods of operating them, we have deemed it
nadvisable to attempt in this table to give the distance required between the doors when in closed position and the rear
)f the auto.
The overall length of touring cars given is with the top down (except as noted below) ; and the overall height,
vith the top up (except as noted below).
Overall lengths do not include bumpers unless they are standard equipment. If bumpers are used on car, on
A^hich bumpers are not standard equipment, sufTicient allowance should be made for same.
'f
Note — *Length includes bumpers.
**Burapers are included in lengths where they are furnished as standard equipments,
t Length given with top up.
tfLength with two spare tires.
Name of Car
American
•Anderson.
Apperson-6
Apperson-S , . . .
Auburn
Barley-6.
Bay State
'BrewBter.
Biuck-4 .<
Buiek~6
Cadillac
Model
D-66
Regular Sedan E^l
Regular Touring C-tl
Regular Coach K-41
Regular Coupe B-41 , . . .,
Regular 7 Passenger Touring* . .
Sport Sedan E&41 .
Sport Touring G-41
5 Pass. Phaeton-1923 ..., ,
5 Pass, Sedan-1923 ...
5 Pass. Phaetoo-1923
7 Pasa. Phaeton-1923
5 Pass, SeclaD-1923
7 Pasa. Sedan-1923
Touring 6^3
Touring Coupe 6-43,
Sedan 6-43
Sport 6-43
Touring 6-63, , * ,
Brougham 6-63
Sedan 6-63
Sport 6-63 , -
5 Pass. Touring & Sport 6-50. .
5 Pass* Touring Sedan 6-50. . . .
6 Pass. Sedan 6-50 .. .
5 Pass. Sedan-1 1922-23
Coupe-1 1922-23
Brougham-1 1922-23 .. .
Touring-1 1922-23
Roadster-1 1922-23
7 Pass, Sedan-2 1922-23
Sport Touriug-2 1922-23
Sport Sedan-2 1922-23
Open and Closed
4 Pass. Coupe-33
2 Pass. Road3ter-34 * . .
5 Pass. Touring-35
5 Pass. Sedan-37
5 Pass. Double Service Sedan-41
2 Pass. Roadster'44
5 Pass. Touring-45.
SPaas. Sedan-47
4 Pasa. Coupe-48
Big 7 Pass. Touring-49 .,
Big 7 Pass. Sedan-50 - ,. ..
Brougham Sedan-51
3 Pass. Sport Roadster-54* *•,,,.
4 Pass, Sport Tourmg-55
Rcadster-61
Phaeton-61 ■
Touring-6L . .
5 Pass. Coupe-61 —
Victoria-61,-. -
Sedan-61
Landau Sedan-61 - - ■
Suburban-61
Liraousine-61
Imperial-61
Length
16'5
/■E//
1 3' 10"
13' 10"
13' 10"
13'10"
14'6"
15'4"
15'4"
14'5"
14'5"
16'4''
1^4"
16'4"
16'4"
13'5"
13'5"
13'5''
14' ir
14'4"
14'4"
14'4"'
15' 10"
14'
14'
14'
14'3^'
14'3"
14' 3"
14'3"
14'3"
14' 10"
14' 10"
14'1&"
15'9"
13'1"
13'1"
13'5"
13'2"
15'10"
14'4''
14'6"
I4'4"
15'7"
15'7"
15'8"
15'fK'
15'7"
15'&"
15'10?<i"
15'U?4"
iyio?i"
15'IOK"
i5'i ni"
iS'iiM"
15' 11 34"
Width
5'9K"
5'6H"
5'6H"
5'6H"
5'6H"
5'634"
S'6H"
o'6H"
5'1(J"
6'3"
5' 10"
6'3"
6'
6'6"
6'
6'5"
6'
6'&"
6
6'6"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
S'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
S'7"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
ys"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8''
o'SH
//
5'7W
5'7H"
5'7h"
5'7M"
5'7H"
S'TM"
5'7H"
5'7H"
5'7>2"
5'7H"
5'7H"
5'7H"
5'8"
5'8"
b'%"
5'S"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
Height
HJI
6'y
ff
6'4"
6'4"
6'5h
6'4"
6'5K'
6'4"
6'4"
6'4H"
6'2H"
6'2K2"
6'2H"
6'3H"
6'5H"
6'5}4"
6'2)4"
f\it
6'4
6'7H"
9^Jt
6'7
6'5"
6'5"
6'5"
6'3"
6'3"
6'5"
6'3"
6'5"
6'^'
6'1"
O'l"
6'4"
6'4"
7'4"
6'4"
//
6'7"
6^7"
6'6"
6'9"
6'7"
6'4"
6'4"
6'3^"
6'4M"
6'5M"
6'5?^"
4
Name of Car
■Case
Chandler ......
Chev. Superior
Clevelaod. . . . . .
Cole
Columbia-e
Cunninghan)
Crawford
Dai^aar
Model
Touring-U 1918-19.
Touring- V 1920-21.,
Touring-X 1922-23.
Ttmring-W 1922-23.
TourinK-Y 1923-24.
Sedan-U 1918-19...
Sedaa-V 1920-21 . . .
Sedan-X 1922-23 . . .
Sedan-W 1922-23. . .
Sedan-Y 1923-24. ..
Closed Cars.
Open Cars . .
Touring
Roadster .....
Sedan
Coupe
Light Delivery
Touring
Roadster
Four- Door Sedan ,,.,..
Two- Door Sedan
Coupe-1922
Coupe-1923
Sport Touring
Special Four-Door Sedan
Special Two- Door Pedaa ,
Special Coupe
De Luxe Touring
Tourine-870..
Roadster-871 .
Sportster-872,
Coupe-873...
Sedan-875 . . .
Touring-876..
Roadater-877.
Sportster-87.i,
Coupe-879 . .
Sedan-880 .
Sedan-881 .
Touring- 890..
Roadster- SPt.
Sportsier-892.
Coupf-893 . .
Sedan-896 . . .
Sedan -897. . .
Touring
Coupe. .
Sedan ,
Anibulance-134A
I,imouainc-124.A . .
Touriag Car-92.4 .
Touring
Sport...
Sedan..
Roadater
Sport
Coach.. .
Sedan. . .
Utigth
15'5"
15'8K' '
15'? "
I.VIIH"
16'3"
15'.r'
15'8H"
15'2M'
16' UK"
16'3"
14'9H"
I4'9H"
12'3"
11 '9"
11' 10"
11'9>2"
12'9"
14'9"
13'4"
13'4"
13'4"
13'4"
I3'4^'
14'9"
14'3"
13'4"
14'
14'9"
lo'ur
15'4"
1.5' 10"
15'4"
15'4"
15'4"
l.i'4"
15'4"
15'4"
15M"
1^4"
1^4"
15'4"
iS'4"
15'4"
15'4"
15'4"
14'
14'
14'
17'
15'3"
16'6"
15' 10"
15' 10"
IS'IO"
1.^6"
15'6"
15'6"
15'6"
Width
5'9"
5'9"
5'7"
yio"
5' 10"
5'9"
5'9^'
5'7"
5'10"
5'10"
6'8"
6'3"
5'8"
6'3"
5'6H"
6'iki"
5'&>2"
6'H"
5'6H"
6'2^"
5'6H"
6'2H"
5'634"
6'7H"
5'6H"
fi'eH"
5'6H"
5'eH"
5'6H"
5'6M"
5'6H"
yen"
5'6M"
5'eH"
ye"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
ys"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
yft"
ye"
5'SH"
yBW
ysH"
6'
6'
6'
6'
y
He
ight l
r
6' 10"
6'2"
6'8"
6'8"
r
6'10"
6'2"
6'8"
7'
y4"
6'2"
6'4"
6'2"
6'4"
6'
6'4"
6'4"
a'2"
6'
y4"
7'
r
r
r
r
r
T
T
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
T
6'6"
6'6"
6' 10"
7'
yio"
yio"
yio"
!
d'lo"
yio"
6'10"
ft'lO"
1
I
136
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Automobile Measurements (Cont.)
[ame of Car
Davis
Dodiie,
Darris-6
IjUijisenbtrg
Durant-4
« •
Karl
Flcar-f)
ElcaM
EIiriQ.
Essex
Flint.
"or J
Fox
Fraaklin,
Hardntr
Gray
Hattfi-on
Model
71-Phaet^n. .
72-Legionaire,,
73-Maii O'War
74-Secian
75-CDupe
76-Brougham..
63-Fl beta way < ,
Roadster
Touring .
Sedau - . .
7 Pass. Toiiring 6-80.
4 Pass. Pasadeiia-6-80
7 Pass. Sedan-fi-SO. ..
4 Pass. Coiipe-6-80. . ,
TouriLg-27
Touring Sport-27K.
Coupe-27C
Sedan-27S
Brou^hain-27B , . . .
Sedan .........
Roadster
5 Pass. Sport. . ,
7 Pass. Touring
Coupe
5 Pass, Touring,
Sedau-A
iSport Sedan-A
Touring-A , . . . .
8port Touring-A,
Coupe-A
Buamess Man's Coupe-A
Roadst-er-A . _
fTouring^O 1922-23
Roadster^O 1922-23
Sedan-40 1922-23.
Brougham-40 1922-23,..,
CabrioleWO 1922-23
Sport Phaeton^O 1922-23
tPhaeton-6-60.. .
Hedan-6-60.. . . .
Brou£;hLajn-6-60.
ttSpnrt-i>-50,...
tPhaeton-4HtO
iSedan^-40. . ,
3 Door Brougliam-t-40
ttSporM^O. : . .. .
Sedan
Coupe.
Coach.. ,
Cabriolet
Touring,
•Touring-E, . .. _
Sedan-E
Roadat*r-E
Coupe-E
Sport Touring-E,
Four Door Sedan
Coupe
Touring. .......
Roadster
7-F
Touring. .........
Coupe
Sedan. ..
Tourinpi-Limousine-
Deini-S^^fian
Broui^haiJi
Sedan
Coupe-
Brouptham- . .
Tourine
Radio Special
Roadster , , .
tTouring-N
2 Pass. Coupe-C,
Roadster*R
Coacb-C-l
Sedaa-5
50 H
50 8.
70T
70 H
Length
14'6''
14'6^'
14'6"
14^6"
ir
12'9"
13'6"
13'2''
1 y/<,y/
172"
\7-r'
14'6"
14'fi"
14'6"
14'6"
14'«"
Wlli"
16'8"
16'8"
16'8"
16'8"
1179"
14'ti"
WW"
lO'r
lO'r
137"
13']0"
IZ'l"
1 3' 7"
13' 7"
15'3"
//
14'iJ/2
14' 1 1/2"
H'lKa"
15'I"
13'4"
13'4"
I3'4"
14'4"
//
IS'SVa"
13'834"
I2'll"
12' 11"
13'10K"
15'8"
I5'8"
15' 1"
14' (3"
I.5'«"
12'2"
11'41
'/2
f/
IS'4
//
14'
i.r
13'
13'
13'
13'
i.ri"
13'1"
13'1"
13'1"
13'8"
13'1"
12'6"
I2'6"
I2'6"
12'6"
12'6"
14' 11"
i4'ir'
13' 11"
15'C"
Width
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5' 6"
5'6"
5' 10"
6'
6'
6'
6'
4'8"
4'8"
4'8"
4' 8"
4'8"
.5'9J/2"
5'9^"
5'934"
5'g>2"
5'*Ji/2
//
o'T"
h'l"
h'l"
h'l"
h'l"
5' 7"
5' 7"
5'6"
5'ti"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
.5'6"
5'b"
.5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'7"
.5' 7"
.5' 7"
.5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'!}"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'(>"
■if
72
5'iyz"
h'l\A"
51 Vo"
5'9"
6'
6'
G'
G'
6'
6'
•ve"
5'6"
5'6"
.5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
o'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
Height
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'ti"
6'6"
6'6"
6'S"
6'8"
6' 11"
?/
7'2"
7'2"
7''2"
7'i"
6'ti"
6'0"
6'(j"
6'6"
a'6"
6'3"
6'2"
lj'5"
6'.5"
6'.5"
e',5"
(j'2"
6'2"
ti'4"
6'4"'
U'il"
f>'2"
ti'4"
6'3"
5'7"
6'3"
6'3"
6'3"
6'3"
f/4}^^"
6'4H"
&iy2"
6'2H
6'H"
6'H"
&2W
n
6'234"
6'2H
6'2K2
//
//
6'4^"
6'3"
6'o^"
6'G"
6'4"
6'4"
6'4"
6'4"
6'7"
6'7"
6'9"
6'9"
/:;//
6'5
7'
7'
7'
7'
7'
7'
6'4"
6'4"
6'3"
6'8"
6'8"
6'2"
//
6'iH
6'IH"
6'IH"
'H. C. S,-6 ..
Name of Car
iaynes
H, as.-4...
Holmes
Hudson
Huffman,
Hupmobile
fJewett
Jordan
Kelsey
rKeysler.
KUsei
Kurtz
LaFavette
Lexin'Tton Minute
Man Six
Lincoln
- - • « *
Model
— ' — " 1
tTouring-60 1924
Sedan-OO 1924
4 Pass. Touring
4 Pass. Sedan
3 Pass. Coupe
2 Pass. Roadster-,,,. ,, .. ,. .
4 Pas.s. Touring
4 Pass. Sedan
\1 Pass. Touring-4
4 Pass. Roadster-4
7 Pass, California Sedan
4 Pass. Coupe
7 Pass. Sedan
Sedan
Coach
4 Pass. Touring .......
7 Pass. Touring...,
Touring
Touring
Roadster
Sedan
4 Pass. Coupe* ,.....,.
2 Pass. Coupe.
Standard Touring , . . . .
Standard Roadster
Standard Sedan
Standard Coupe ...*...
*SpeeiaI Touring
•Special Roadster
•Special Sedan .,,.,.
^Special Coupe , ,
5 Pass. Touring-MX
Roads ter-MX ,.,..,.,,
Enclosed-MX. .,
4 Pass. Sport-H
Sedan-H
Touring
Sedan
K
Phaeton-55
Brougham-DO
Tourster-55
Coupe^SS ,
Speedst^r-55
Touring-45 , .
Tour8ter45.
Speedflter-i6
Coupe-45
D.L. Sedan-45
Coach Sedan-15
Roadster
Touring ,
Coupe
Brougham
Sedan
Touring
Torpedo ,
Roadster. ., ,
Coupe
Sedan
Imperial Limousine
Limousine
5 Pass. Touring
7 Pass. Touring
2 Pass. Skylark Roadster . . _
5 Pass. Lark Sport
3 Pass. Royal Coach
4 Pass. Coupe ,..-..
4 Pass. Brougham _
5 Pass. Sedan _ ., .
Roadfiter ,,...,,,..
Sedan
Touring . ,
Coupe
4 Pass. Sedan
5 Pass. Sedan
7 Paas. Sedan
7 Pass. Limousine
Open Drive Limousine ....,,
Town Car
7 Pass. Touring
4 Pass, Touring
Limousine
Landaulet
Berline
Length
4'8"
4'8"
3'1"
3'!"
3'1"
5'5"
5'5"
4'4"
4/4//
4'4"
4'4'"
4'4"
4'8M"
4'8M"
5'61-r
4'
4'4H"
3'9"
3'&"
3'9"
3'2"
3'2"
3'2"
3'2"
4'GM"
4'6H"
4'6H"
4'2"
4'2"
4'2"
4'G"
3'4"
^2„
4'
5'
5'
5'
5'
5'
6'2"
6'2"
6'2"
6'2"
6'2"
6'2"
4'.5"
4'5"
4'5"
4'5"
6'
6'
6'
6'
6'
6'
6'
4'!0"
4' 10"
4' 10"
4' 10"
4'4"
4'4"
4'4"
4'4"
fl'lOH"
6'9"
6'9"
6'9"
6'9"
6'9"
67;^"
7'2"
7'
7'2"
7'2"
7'2"
Width
5'6H"
5'6H"
5'7"
&'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5' 101/^"
5'1( H"
5'lo^/'
5'IOH"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
.5'7"
5' 10"
5'7"
S'7"
5'7"
5'7"
h'l"
5'7H"
5'7H"
5'7J^"
5'7H"
5'7J/2"
5'7K2"
5'7H"
ST'
57"
5'7"
.5'7"
5'7"
5'6"
5'6"
/?//
5'7
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'ni"
5'r
5'9"
.5'()"
%'^'
5'&"
.5'9"
5'9"
.VIO"
5' 10"
,5' 10"
.5' 10"
5' 10"
,5'S"
h'%"
5'8"
5'8"
ys"
S'S"
5'8"
S'3H"
5'3H"
5'3^"
5'3H"
5'3W
5'3'./'
iv^2
5'3H
it
5'8"
5'8"
.5'8"
5'8"
.5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
yy
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
6'8"
Height
6'4"
6'4"
6'1"
6'3"
rs"
er'
6'1"
6'3"
6'1"
6'1"
6'1"
6'1"
6' I"
6'8"
6'6»/2"
6'65^"
6'8h
^/
^%
ft
6'5H"
6'1"
e'.5"
6'5|'/'
6'5"
.yii"
5'*"
6'2"
6' 23/0"
5' 11"
5'8"
6'2"
6'3"
S'U"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
e'2"
6'.^
^^
6'2"
S'lO^'
6'1"
6'3"
5'7"
6'5"
6'2"
.yg"
6'4"
6'.5"
6'3"
t)'4"
6'4"
6'4"
6'4"
6'4"
6'.5"
e'aj-r
6'IH"
t>'4h"
e'S}'./'
6'0""
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'9"
6'6"
6'6"
6'4"
6'8"
6'8"
6'5"
6'.S"
6'8"
6'10"
m"
6'8"
7'4"
^.5"
7'2"
7'2"
7'r
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
137
Automobile Measurements (Cont-)
Name of Car
Maxwell,
ManuoQ 34
McFartaa, ,
Mercer
Mitchell,
Moon-6
Nash., ..
Natioiml-4
Oakland
eii-b . . .
Oldsmobile
Q%'er!and
Packard Siagle-6
Packard Siagle-8 .
Model
Standard Touring 1922-23
Sport Touring 1923
Roadster 1922-23
Sport Roadster 1923 _ . ,
Standard Coupe 1922-23. ,
Club Coupe 23, ..,,.,. ..
Sedan 1922^23
Traveller 1923
7 Pass. Phaeton .
4 Pas. Phaeton.
4 Pass. Speedster
4 Pass, Coupe. _
4 Pass, Sedan . , ,
7 Pass, Sedan . . .
Suburban
Limousine, . . , » ,
To\\Ti Car. . . . ..
2 Pass. Speedster
Roadster-142.
Sport Touring-145. .
Tourtng-147
Coupe-163 .
Tourini^ Sedan-160. .
Sedan Suburban-167
Town Car-lD4
4 Pass. Sedan-159...
Touring , . .
Sporting,. .
Runabout.,
Sedan .....
Limousine .
C-42
Touring-6^0..
S^dan-MO* . . .
Roads ter-6-40.
Touring-6-^50..
Sedan-fnSC,.
Roadster-6^0,
Touring-6-58..
Sedan-6-58, . . .
5 Pass. Touring-691,
7 Pass, Touring-692.
5Pass, Sedan-693...
7 Pass, Sedan-694.,,
Victoria-695
Roadster-696
*Sport-697
4 Door Coupe-698 . .
Touring-H
Sedan-H--
Touring
Roadster
Sport Roadster
4 Pass. Sport, ,
Sedan
5 Pass, Coupe.
2 Pass. Coupe,
.\11 Models,,,.
4 Pass, TooringH
5 Pass. Touring,
Pass.
Pass.
Pass.
Pass,
Pass,
2 Pass.
2 Pass.
5 Pass.
•5 Pass.
5
2
2
5
5
Touring-4..
Roadster^,
Coupe-i. . .
Sedan-4
Touring-91.
Roads ter-91
Coupe-91 . .
Redan-91...
Red-Bird-92
5
4 Pass,
7 Pass.
4 Paaa.
5 Pass.
5 Pass,
5 Pass.
7 Pass.
7 Pass,
Touring- 1932....
Runabout-1923
Tourinjr 1923
Coupe 1933
Coupe 1923. .,
Sedan 1923
Sedan- Limousine 1923.
Sedan 1923.,..,
Sedan-Limousine 1923.
5 Pass. Touring 1923,.
4 Pass. Runabout 1923
7 Pass. Touring 1923..,
4 Pass. Coupe 1923 . .
5 Pass. Coupe 1923. . .,
SPasa. Sedan 1923
7 Pass, Sedan 1923
Length
13'y'
14'5"
H'4''
13'3"
13'3"
13'5"
14'5"
16'3"
15'S''
15'9K'
14'7H''
15'2"
15'2"
15'2''
15'2"
15'2"
15'2"
17'6"
17' 6"
17'6''
17^6''
17'6"
17'6"
17'6''
17^6''
16'
16'
16'
16^
16'
14'4"
WW
13'6"
13'6"
13'6"
13'9"
WW'
13'9"
13'^^
15'5^'
IS'll"
15'5"
15'
14'10"
15'2"
wr
14'8"
15'
14'
14'2K'
13'10K"
I3'10J/^"
14'2H''
13'10H"
13'10J4"
13'10H''
16'6
faff
13'11
Closed Cars ' H'
12'
li'ii"
I I'll"
ii'ii"
12'
in I"
I I'll"
ii'ii"
13'i)"
14'11J^"
14'IOM"
I4'10H"
14'10K'^
15'5H"
15'5M"
lf/1 1
16'11"
17'5"
16' 11"
16'n"
16' 11"
'5'
17'="
Width
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5'7"
5' 10"
5' 10"
5' 10"
5' 10"
5' 10"
a' 10"
5' 10"
5' 10"
5' 10"
5' 10"
5'S"
5'8"
5'8"
o'6"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
6'
6'
6'
6'
6'
5'9"
5'0"
5'6"
5'o"
5't)"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
a'8"
5'8"
IF
5'6H
5'6H"
5'6i4"
5'6H"
5'6J-2"
5'6ia"
5'5"
5'5"
6'6}.^"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'IH"
5'6
//
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
o'O"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'»"
5'9"
5'9"
5'8H"
5'81^"
5'8H"
5'8H"
5'm"
5'8'4"
S'SK"
o'&H"
5'8'r
6'5M"
6'5H"
6'3}.2"
6'lh"
6'5i..,"
ti'13^2"
6'5H"
6'6"
6'6"
s'e"
6'6"
6'8"
6'8"
6'8"
6'10"
6'10"
6'
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'5"
6'5"
6'5"
6'0"
6'9"
6' II"
6'11"
6'3"
8'4"
5'11"
6'3"
6'4"
5' 11"
e'4"
6'5"
6'6"
6',8"
6'5"
6'5"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'3"
6'8"
6'8"
6'6^
//
()'6H"
6'6K"
6'6i-?'
e'ej-i"
6'6J/'/'
t\yfi
6'*
e'W"
(>'2K"
6'7M"
e'eja"
G'6io"
6'S"
6'7H"
6'634"
6'6H"
6'8"
6' 7"
6'4"
e'l'./'
6'4"
G'5^"
6'.5)4"
6'5K"
6'5>S"
6'5H"
6'5^"
6'4"
6'IV^"
6'4"'
6'5H"
6'5K"
6'53'^
//
lame of Car
t*Paige
tfPeerless
^Pierce- Arrow
Pilot
Premier
Reo
Re\"ere.
Rickenbacker
Roamer-li.
Rolls-Rovce
R, & V.
Saxon
'Savers
Seneca . .
Stanley
Standard-8
Star
i"Stearns Knight-l
tStearns Knight-6. .
Model
7 Pass. Phaeton ...,....,*.
Daytona Roadster
5 Pass, Sedan . ,
7 Pass. Sedan
7 Pass. Limousine
7 Pass. Touring-66..
4 Pass. Touring-66. , . , .
4 Pa&a. Sub, Coupe-66
5 Pass. Town Sedan-66
7 Pass. Sub,Sedan-66
5 Pass, Berline Limou3ine-66
4 Pass. Opera Brougham-6t^.
4 Pass, Sedan
Coupe-Sedan
Brougham
Laundaulet.^
4 Pasa. Touring.
7 Pass. Touring
French Limousine. , . . , ,
Limousine
Endosed Drive Limousine. .
3 Pass, Coupe ....
Runabout.
6-56
7 Pass. Touring
5 Pass, Touriag,..,
Pass. Sport Touring
2 Pass. Roadster. . , ,
5 Pass. Brougham
7 Pass, Sedan
Touring
Phaeton
Sedan .....,..,,..
Coupe,
Brougham
All Models
Phaeton , ,
Coupe
Sedan
Roadster
4 Pass, Tourer & Sport
7 Pass. Tourer.
2-4 Roadster
5 Pass, Sedan
7 Pass. Sedan
All Models
R .,
J..,.,
H
S-4
V-18....
Glendale Sedan
.\vondale Touring
.Ivondale Roadster
Tourini;; 50.C
Roadster 51-C. ,
5 Pass, Phaeton 740-A
7 Pass. Phaeton 740-B
7 Pass. Sedan 740-n
2 Pass. Roadster 740-E
5 Pass. Utility Sedan 740-G.
H 1919
1 1920
J 1921,,,
98 1922
99 1923
Sedan-F ..,,.,
Coupe-F
Special Tourinj;-F
Touring-F
Roadster-F
4 Pass, Tourinie;
5 Pass. Touring
Coupe Roadster
Coupe Brougham
5 Pass, Sedan
5 Pass. Broutrham
5 Pass. Militaire. ....;.....
5 Pass. Touring
7 Pass, Touring , , , ,
Coupe Brougham
Sedan
4 Door Sport Sedan
Sport Coupe , , , , .
Length
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'IM'
6'IH'
6'IH'
6'lH'
6'1>2'
6'IH'
74''
7'4"
7'4"
7'4"
7'4"
74"
r4''
r4"
7'4"
7'4"
7'6"
6'
5'16"
5' 16"
5' 16"
5'16"
5' 16"
5^6"
5'
5'8"
4'6M"
4'6J4"
4'6}4"
6'
2'4"
2'4"
2'4"
2'4"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
6'1(K'
r \tf
6'4
4'5"
5'3"
4' 10'
3'
3'
4'7"
4'7"
4'7"
3' 10"
3'3"
5'2"
5'2"
5'2"
h'l"
h'l"
6'
6'
6'
6'
6'
2'lii"
2'IH
2'IH
2'IH
2'm"
U'U"
4' 11"
4'11"
4'11"
4'11"
4'ir
5' 10"
5' 10"
n'lO"
5' 10"
,V10"
5' 10"
5'10"
Width
5'8"
yg"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
yg"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'fV'
5'9"
5'9"
/'7ff
5'7
S'7H"
5'H"
h'lW
57M"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
/o//
5'8
5'6H"
5'6H"
5'6M"
5'6H"
/f
5'6H
5'6H"
5'6K2"
5'6H"
5'6H'
//
yo//
6'3
•VO"
5'9"
5'9"
5'6"
5'6"
5'8"
yg"
5'8"
6'6"
6'G"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'S"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
.V7M"
5'7K"
5'7»4"
5'73/4"
5'7M"
5'8H"
5'8H"
5'8H"
5'8H"
5'8H"
5'8H"
5'8H"
5'8i.4"
5'8«^"
5'8J4"
5'8H"
5'8H"
Height
6'8"
5' 10"
6'4K2"
6'10"
6'10"
6'5^"
6'4H"
6'5K"
6'5J4"
6'53/2"
6'5M"
6'5H"
6'10"
6'9"
6' 10"
6'10"
6'10"
6'11"
6'10"
6'10"
6'10"
6'10"
6'2"
'■;i^"
6'5H
6'9"
e'y
6'9"
6'9"
6'9"
6'9"
6'5"
6'3K"
6'5K"
6'5"
6'5H
//
6'8"
6'8"
6'S"
6'S"
6'S"
6'5"
6' 7"
S'lO"
6'8"
6'83^"
f^f^f/
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'73/4"
6'7M"
6'7"
6'6"
G'6"
6'6"
6'6"
CIO"
a'lO"
6'7"
6'10"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
e'ry
6'6"
//
wzy,"
6'3V2
6'5"
6'5"
6'5"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
C/6"
6'6"
6'6"
O'tj"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
6'6"
V.-.-
138
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Automobile Measurements (Cont.)
Name o( Car
StepbeDB
Studebaker Light 6
Studebaker
Special -6
*Studebaker Big-6-
Stutz ,
Templar , . *
Model
L-3 Pass. IloadBter-92 1922. • , .
5 Pass. Sedaii-93 1922
5 Paas. Toiiriiig-94 1922
7 Pass. TourLDg-96 1922 ......
2-3 Pass. Roadster-12 1923. , .
4 Pass. Touring Sedan-lS 1923
5 Pass. Tojring-ie 1923
5 Pass, SedaD-18 1923........
5 Pass, Sport-24 1923
7 Pass. Tourmg-26 1923
7 Pass. Sedan-27 1923
5 Pass. Touring
3 Pass. Roadster,.. .
2 Pasa. Coupe Road.
5 Pasa. Sedan, , . .. .
5 Pass. Touring.
2 Pass, Roadster.
5 Pass. Coupe. ,.
5 Pass. Sedan. . .
7 Pass. Touring,.
5 Pass, Speedfltar
5 Pass. Coupe. , .
7 Pa«a. Sedan. , .
Phaeton-660
Roadfiter-660
Sedan-660
Touring-KLDH, .
Sportfiter-KLDH .
Roadster-KLDH .
Coupe-KLDH . . .
Bearcat-KLDH...
445
Leofth
1^4"
IS'4"
15'4"
15'4"
14'
14'
14'
14'
15'
WW
14'11
13'4''
13'4"
13'4"
14^3"
14'3"
14'5"
14'5"
I6'6"
15'4"
15'4"
15'4"
16'2"
16'^"
I5'4"
147
//
Width
5'6"
5'6"
5'6"
5' 7"
S'7"
5'7"
5' 6"
5'6"
5'6"
ys"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
5'9"
y9"
5'9"
5'8"
6'1"
6'7"
6'7"
6'9"
6'1"
6'7"
6'6"
67"
6'3"
6'7"
6'9"
6'4"
6'3"
6'3"
6'3"
6^6"
6'7"
6'7"
6'6"
6'8"
6'
6'3"
6'5"
6'2"
6'5"
6'2"
AC
6'8
Name o( Car
Velie.
West-cott
WilLs Sainte Claire.
\nilys Knight..
Wlnton ,,
Model
t5 Pass Touring-58
tSpeciai 5 Pas. Touring-58.
3 Pass. Sport Roadater-58.
5 Pass, Sport-58.
6 Pass. Sedan-68 .....
5 Pass. ToQiing Sedaii-58.
5 Pass. Brougiiain-58
A-38
A-48
4 Pass, Roadster-A-68
5 Pass- Phaeton-A-68- ......
4 Pass. Coupe-A-68
7 Pa^. Sedan-A-68
5 Pasa. Brougham-A-68, ,* . .
6 Paaa, Imperial Sedan-A-68
5 Pass. Town Car-A-eS
5 Pa^. LimouBine-A-68
5 Pass.
3 Pass.
4 Pass.
5 Pass.
7 Pass.
7 Pass,
5 Pass.
3 Pass.
4 Pass.
5 Pass.
4 Pass.
•5 Pasa.
7 Pass.
7 Pass.
Touring-20.
Roadfiter-20., ..
Coupe'20
Sedaa-20
Touring-27
Sedan-27
Touring-64.
Roadater-64
Coupe-64
Sedan-64
Coupe-Sedan-64 .
Country-Club-&4
Touring-67
Sedan-67 ,
40
Length
14'r
14'9"
14'9"
14'9"
14'^'
14'3"
15'8"
14'
14'
14'
14'
14'3"
14'
14'
14'
14' 1"
13'10H"
13'IOK"
15'
U'4W
I4'2"
13'IOH"
13'10H"
13'IOH"
13'10H
16'3"
15'
W4W'
//
16'
Width
S'8H"
5'8M"
5'8M"
5'8H"
5'7>^"
yg"
yg"
5'8''
5'8"
5'8"
5'8"
5'8''
//
rr
ff
yiiH
yiij4"
yuH"
5'llH"
5'11J4"
yiiH"
5'nw'
m'
Height
6'3H"
6'3H"
6'3H"
6'3H"
&3H"
&'ii"
5'IOH"
6'3J^"
6'2M"
6'3K"
6'4^"
6'9J4"
6'8H"
6'10|4"
6'IOM"
6'IOH"
6'9H"
6'8H"
6'IOM"
&10H"
e'6"
6'IOM"
6'10"
Thresholds
Some garage owners desire special thresholds designed to make
their garage doors tight at the bottom against wind and storm.
For this purpose, we present the three sketches of suggested thres-
holds on this page — these thresholds being intended particularly
for garage doors hung on "Slidetite," "SlydaSyde" and "CornR-
Wise" hanger equipments.
The left hand side in all of the sketches is the outside of the
building.
The left hand sketch shows a bar of steel set into the concrete
and extending about % inch above the floor line. This forms an
efTective wind break for the bottom of the door.
In the center sketch an angle is used instead of a bar and has
the particular advantage of being more easily set straight because
of the greater stiffness in the angle.
The right hand sketch is built up entirely of concrete with the
outside of the door extending beyond the highest part of the floor
line, thus preventing the water from running down the face of the
door and following the bottom of the door inside the building. The
groove at the bottom of the door precludes water from creeping be-
neath the door by capillary attraction. This design of threshold is
intended more particularly for a water stop, whereas the other two
are intended more particularly for wind stops.
The first two are also especially good for use with "Slidetite"
doors opening out, the threshold in that case, of course, being
placed inside the door instead of outside.
.*ii"'^.----.'*-»v>r
w ■ ? ; ^ : v ^ p^ ? ; 'i^T;: ^; *^>^r:^^*>
Fig. A-1 007— Concrete raised
threshold with edge formed by
flat steel bar set in concrete.
Fig. A-1008 — Concrete raised thres-
hold i^ith steel angle piece forming
top and edge of threshold.
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
139
Dimensions and Prices of Overhead and Side Wall Supports
As used with 435 and 1035 Equipments. (See pages 5 and 32.)
Suspension Bolt
for Nos, 435 and 1035-
DE, DI, and J Brack-
ets
Ct-rP MAY BE TURNED
,90* TO PEDlX^e DISTAfJC£
FftOM CENTER OF BOLT TO
&UTER tt>OC OF CORNiCf
vy
Suspension Rods for Side Wall Attachment
(With Bolts aad Clipi)
For No. 43S Equipment
Far No. 31 or 35 Track:
jH ^ B ^^ B Double Intermediate Bracket SuBpenaion Rods, each $1. 60
4d5 X ^1 or 3o Joint Bracket Suspension Rods, each.. . i go
435 X 31 or 35 Double End Bracket Sufipensi™ RodsfMcCZ"!!!!!!!!!!!"!^!! K60
For No. 33 Track:
435 X 33 Double Intermediate Bracket Suapeosion Rod3» each . 1 90
435 X 33 Joint Bracket So^pezisioQ Rods, each , i %
435 X 33 Double End Bracket SuspensioD Rodis, each".""!!!!!*""."''^^ 1*90
ForN(i.232Track5
435 X 232 Double Intermediate Bracket Suspension Rods, ^ch 1 90
435 X 232 Joint Bracket Sa^pension Rods, each [ i^
Suspension Rod
for Nos. 435 and 1035^
DE, DI, and J Brack-
ets
TOP or 0PCNJN5'
Fig. A*1010
Ditnensiona for Orerheaii Support
Track No.
"A"
"B"
**C''
1
"F"
"G"
435
1035
31 or 35
232 ,...
14"
H"
19H"
20"
25"
25"
9"
11"
1134"
6"
-S3
IM"
435 X 232 Double End Bracket Suapenaion Rods each.//.ll""!!|!^l"*^^]^."^^^^| L90
For No* 1035 Equipment
For No. 31 or 35 Track:
1035 X 31 Double Intermediate Bracket Suspension Roda, each
1035 z 31 Joint Bracket Suspension Rods, each Z'ZZZi
1035 x31 Double End Bracket Suspension Rods, each """'"'""Z.
L60
1.60
Fig, A-lOU
Dimensions for Side wall Support
For No. 33 Track:
1035 s 33 Double Intermediate Bracket Suapension Rods, each,
1035 X 33 Joint Bracket Suspension Rods, each.
See page 5 or 32 for Ceiling Clips.
1035 X 33 Double End Bracket Suspension Rods ,each , iZZZ^. \\
For No. 232 Track:
1035 X 232 Double Intermediate Bracket Suspension Rods, each
1035 X 232 Joint Bracket Suspension Rods, each
1035 X 232 Double End Bracket Suspension Rods, each
1.90
1.90
1.90
1.90
1,90
Track No
"A"
"D"
"E"
435
1035
31 or 35
Vi"
H"
H"
m"
lOH"
10>S"
7"
9"
9"
1 1 H"
11 H"
232
33
Bracket Suspension Bolts for Overhead Attachin
Square heads, two square nuts, cut thr«ad and finished points*
Size of Bolts for 31 or 35
Price Each
Track
-
H-iach X 2-inch
.08
34-inch X 3-iach
.09
34-inch X 4-inch
.10
34-inch X 5-inch
.11
J4"inch X 6-inch
.12
J4-inch X T-inch
.13
34-inch X 8-iach
.14
34-inch X 9-inch
.15
34"inch X 10-inch
.16
3^-inch X Il-inch
.16
J4-iach X 12-inch
.17
34"inch x 13-inch
.18
34-inch X 14-inch
.19
34^inch X 15-inch
.20
34-iach x 16-inch
.21
34'inch x 17-inch
.22
34-inch X 18-inch
.23
34-inch X 19-inch
.24
34-inch X 20-inch
.25
34-inch X 21-inch
.26
34-inch x 22-inch
.27
J4-inch X 23-inch
.28
,
34-inch X 24-inch
.29
I
Size of Bolts for 232
Track
%
H
'8
H
5^
H
%
H
H
nch
nch
Dch
nch
nch
inch
nch
nch
nch
inch
nch
nch
inch
inch
inch
nch
nch
nch
inch
nch
nch
nch
nch
2
3
4-
5
6
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X «
X 9
X 10
X 11
X 12'
X 13
X 14
X 15
X 16
X 17
X 18
X 19
X 20
X 21
X 22
X 23
X 24
inch
■inch
■inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
■inch
inch
■inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
inch
Price Each
.14
.16
,17
.19
.20
.21
.23
.24
.25
.27
.28
.29
.31
.32
,34
.35
,36
,38
.39
.40
.41
.43
Size of Bolts for 33
Track
H
H
H
H
H
3>
H
%
H
H
H
H
H
%
%
%
H
%
H
-inch
X
2-
inch
-inch
X
3-
mch
-inch
X
4-
inch
-inch
X
5-
inch
-inch
X
6-
nch
-inch
X
7-
inch
-inch
X
8-1
nch
-inch
X
9-
nch
-inch
X
10-
nch
-inch
X
11-
nch
-inch
X
12^
inch
-inch
X
13-
inch
-inch
X
14-
inch
-inch
X
15-
inch
-inch
X
16-
inch
-inch
X
17-
nch
-inch
X
18-
inch
-inch
X
19-
inch
-inch
X
20-
nch
'inch
X
21-
inch
-inch
X
22-
nch
-inch
X
23-
nch
-inch
X
24-
nch
Price Eac
.21
.23
.25
.27
.29
.31
.33
.35
.37
.39
.41
.43
.45
.47
.49
.51
.53
.55
.56
.58
.60
.62
.64
Discount
Directions for Ordering Garage Door Hardware
Vertica*. 5E<rT|QH
Fig. A- 101 4
Fig. A-10I5
A\Tien ordering hardware for garage doors pieaso give the followins
information:
1. State Thickness of Doors
2. Have Doors Been Made? ...
3. State Proposed Number of Doors in Opening
4. How Many Doors Slide to Right? ..^_
5. How Many Doors Slide to Left? . _ . _ _ . ..
6. Is There Another Entrance Door? _.^
7. State Thickness of Walls
8. What Kind of Locking Bolts are Desired?,
9. Are Walls of Brick, Concrete or Frame Construction? __„
10. Fill in All Dimensions Called for on Plan and Vertical Sections.
B
S??vt^
140
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
R-WNo. 1435
•
Garage Door Equipment
PATENTED
Packed in Box Including Track
For the convenience of some of our jobbers who sell "Slidetite"
to dealers not ordinarily carrying our No. 31 Trolley track in stock,
and those who prefer a complete set of hardware including track in a
box, we are now prepared to furnish our No. 1435 sets.
These sets consist of our regular No. 435x31 "Slidetite"
hardware, but the track is included right in the box, making them
complete. Each piece of track is 42" long, and a No. 435-1 Inter-
mediate bracket should be placed where the two sections of track
come together. Our new style bracket so effectively grips and clamps the ends of track that there is positively no
obstruction at the joint.
When ordering please state type and style of hardware, width and height of doors and kind of Locking Bolts
desired. These sets are only furnished for No. 31 Troilev Track.
r. . E^,ample Order: One set 3-door "Slidetite" No. 1435 for opening 9' wide. Doors 8' high, and lU" thick No
514 Bolts desired. ^^ ■ ■
List Prices for Complete Sets
Including the following Bolts
3 Door
Set
""No. 514 Top or Bottom Spring Bolts
*i\o. 514 Top Bolts and 524 Bottom Cane Bolts
*No. 417 Top and Bottom Chain Bolts, Doors 9' high
*No. 517 Top and Bottom Bolts, Doors up to 9' high
*No. 517 Top and Bottom Bolts, Doors 9'1" to 10'6" high
No. 617 Top and Bottom Bolts, Doors up to 10' high ...
14.00
15.40
17.60
17.80
21.50
One Track
4 Door Set
16.00
16.00
19.05
22.85
23.05
31.25
Two Track
4 Door Set
$21.00
21.00
22. 8C
27.
27.
35 . 00
5 Door
Set
S24.50
24 . 50
26.80
30 . 20
30 . 60
38.00
*For application of bolts see pages 7 to 17.
ANY STYLE OF LOCKING BOLTS SHOWN ABOVE MAY BE USED WITH ANY N
D
UMBER OF
iscount
DOORS
6 Door
Set
S28.00
28.00
31.20
37.80
38.40
49,50
£
Parts for Above
''Slidetite" Sets
Door Holder No. 119
A
B
Tie Rod With
Pintle and
Pin No. 435
Half Surface BulL Hinge
No. 311
Surface Hinge
No. 435-2 3^"x4
//
Butt Hince
No. 435
Floor GiiHie No. 271 With
Bumper Shoe No. 43S-72
No, 435x31. Trolley Track
Bow Handle
No. SI
Center Bracket
No. 435-C
Hanger No. 435
o_ 435-1 intermediate Bracket
435 -E End Bracket
For Elevations and Floor Plans See Pages 7 to 1 7
, ''.V':)WO>/' \^
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
141
Alphabetical Index
A
Lutomobile Measurements 135 to 138
B
!* ^olts, Bracket Suspension 1 39
Jolts, Door *; ■ ,'ii8 to 122
Jolt Spacings for Brackets 112 to 1 14
Jow Handles 125
brackets, Trolley Track 107 to 109
Jumper Shoes 126
• iutt Hinges 1 28
C
:eiling Clips 5, 32
Clearance Diagrams, CorneR-Wise. , . 71
Illearance Diagrams, SlydaSyde 45
Concrete Anchors 131
'' Compound Curve, No. 1 ....;. 110
Conveying Equipment, OveR-Way 134
CorneR-Wise Garage Door Hardware 68 to 79
CorneR-Wise Parts 70, 71
CorneR-Wise 635 "RR" Single Door Sets 72] 73
CorneR-Wise 635 "SS" Double Door Sets 74, 75
CorneR-Wise 635 "TT" 2-Door Sets 76! 77
CorneR-Wise 635 "UU" 4^Door Sets 78,' 79
Cremone Bolts. . 119, 120
Cur\^ed Trolley Track 110
D
Diamond Expansion Shields and Bolts 115
Dimensions of Overhead and Wall Supports 139
Directions for Ordering Hardware 139
Door Binders and Stops 131
Door Bolts 1 18 to 122
Door Checks 133
Door Dogs 123
Door Guides , 126, 127
Door Holders. 46, 123
E
Electric Door Openers and Closers 104 to 106
Expansion Shields and Bolts 115
F
Flat Track Garage Door Hardware 82
Floor Center Stops 126
Flush Door Hardware 100, 101
Flush Drop Handles. . 125
Flush Pulls 125
H
Half Surface Butt Hinges 128
Hangers for CorneR-Wise Doors 70, 71
Hangers for Flush Doors 100, 101
Hangers for Parallel Sliding Doors .96, 97, 99
Hangers for Slidetite Doors 5, 32, 37, 38
rlangers for SlydaSyde Doors 46, 47
Hangers for Straight Sliding Doors 84, 86
Hinges 128 to 130
P
Parallel Sliding Door Hardware 87 to 99
Parts for CorneR-Wise, 635 Doors 70, 71
Parts for Parallel Sliding Doors 96, 97
Parts for Slidetite, 435 Doors 5
Parts for SlydaSyde, 235 Doors 46, 47
Parts for Straight Sliding Doors 84 to 86
R
Round Runner Garage Door Hardware 80, 81
S
Sebco Expansion Shields and Bolts 115
Slidetite Garage Door Hardware ................. .. 2 to 39, 140
Slidetite Sets in Boxes 140
Slidetite Hardware on Fire Doors 33
Slidetite, 435, 2-Door Sets, Opening In 6, 7
Slidetite, 435, 3-Door Sets, Opening In. 8, 9
Slidetite, 435. 1-Track 4-Door Sets, Opening In 10, 11
Slidetite, 435, 2-Track 4-Door Sets, Opening In 12, 13
Slidetite, 435, 5-Door Sets, Opening In 14, 15
Slidetite, 435, 6-Door Sets, Opening In. ...... 16, 17
SUdetite, 435, 7-Door Sets, Opening In , 18, 19
Slidetite, 435, 3-Track 8-Door Sets, Opening In 20, 21
Slidetite, 435, 4-Ti-ack 8-Door Sets, Opening In 22, 23
Slidetite, 435, 9-Door Sets. Opening In 24, 25
Slidetite, 435, lO-Door Sets, Opening In 26, 27
Slidetite, 435. 2-Door Sets, Opening Out 6, 7
Slidetite, 435, 3 to 10-Door Sets, Opening Out 28, 29
Slidetite, 435 Parts 5
Slidetite, 1035, 2-Door Sets, Opening In or Out 6, 7
SlideUtc, 1035, 3 to 10-Door Sets, Opening In or Out, 30 to 33, 35
Slidetite, "Ideal", 1135 Garage Door Sets 36, 37
Slidetite, 1235 Garage Door Hardware 38, 39
Slidetite Industrial Door Hardware 33, 35
SlydaSyde, 235, Garage Door Hardware 42 to 67
SlydaSyde Parts 46, 47
SlydaSyde, 235-AA, Single Door Sets. 48, 49
SlydaSyde, 235-BB, Double Door Sets 50, 51
SlydaSyde, 235-CC, Single Door Sets 52, 53
SlydaSyde, 235-DD, Double Door Sets 54, 55
SlydaSyde, 235-EE, Single Door Sets 56, 57
SlydaSyde, 235-FF, Double Door Sets 58, 59
SlydaSyde, 235-GG, 2-Door Sets 60, 61
SlydaSyde, 235-HH, 4-Door Sets . 62. 63
SlydaSyde, 235-JJ, 3-Door Sets. , 64, 65
SlydaSyde, 235-KK, 6-Door Sets 66, 67
Stay Rollers 46, 124
Steel Thresholds 133, 138
Stewart Electric Door Openers and Closers ............ 104 to 106
Straight Sliding Door Hardware 84 to 86
Strap Hinges 130
Supports, Overhead and Wall 139
Surface Hinges. 129, 130
Swing Door Hardware . 102, 103
Swing Door Locks 116
industrial Door Hardware
* .« « B
* M m *Oi5 LO 00
L
-ocks, Latches and Bolts 116 to 122
)fTset Surface Hinges.
)veR-Way Conveying
129.
ment
130
134
Thresholds, Door. 133, 138
Tie Rods 118
Trolley Track 110
Trucks, Trolley Ill
W
W'eights of Door Table. 123
Wicket Door Hardware .34, 132, 133
Numerical Index On Following Pages
142
RICHARDS- WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
Numerical Index
Catalog
No.
Page
No.
20-2 Hangers. . 84, 86, 96, 97
20-2 Trolley Trucks . , Ill
20KB Hangers. .84, 86, 96, 97
203^B Trolley Trucks Ill
25 Hangers 84, 86, 96, 97
25 Trolley Trucks Ill
27MB Hangers. 84, 86. 96, 97. 100. 101
27MB Trolley Trucks. Ill
27MB K. J. Knucke Jointed Hangers , 101, 102
27MB K. J. Knuckle Jointed Trolley Trucks Ill
28MB Hangers .86. 96, 97, 100, 101
28MB Trolley Trucks Ill
28MB K. J. Knuckle Jointed Hangers 101. 102
28MB K. J. Knuckle Jointed Trolley Trucks Ill
28V Hangers 84. 86. 96. 97
28V Trolley Trucks Ill
9QV SJ^'tf +• ■ -T- • ' ■ • ■ ■ ^'^''^'^' ^^' 97
^9V trolley Trucks Ill
oV4u 5^"if %• ■", *.'.*86. 96' '97,'ioO, 101
29 MB Trolley Trucks .,.,,........ Ill
29 MB K. J. knuckle Jointed Hangers . 101 102
29MB K. J. Knuckle Jointed Trolley Trucks ' 111
31 Trolley Track ' " 1 10
32 Trolley Track ../.'/... ..,.'. 110
33 Trolley Track , .../..........[.............[.[[[[[[" 1 10
35 Trolley Track .[.........'....'....[. ' Ho
54 Barn Door Stay Rollers ....'................[......[.[...] 124
55 Stay Rollers Act
70 Flush Pulls
125
71 Bow Handles. ' ■ • • • •
81 Bow Handles. '/.'.'.'.'/.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.['.'.'//.'.'.'.'.[['.'.['.'.'.'.['.['.['/.[I 125
89 Door Binders and Stops * ' rr 1 qi
91 Bow Handles . . . ' ' ^^' \il
99 Door Dogs (Door Holders) ..'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'/.'.". * 123
107 Diamond Expansion Shields and Bolts ■•■■-.. _
119 Door Holders ... 4?
m?rXTrucics: :■.•.■.; ::::-.-//.v;.;:::;:;:;:;:v.v.;.:.-;.;.::::-.;v.v.-.v.-.86.87 9?
liHE artrucks.v.v.v.v.v.-.v.v.v •. ■ •■■•■■■•■ ••v-v;.\;;;.\\-.\;.\86V9u-97;i(x). 101
123MB K. J. Knuckle Jointed Hanger^ ini 1A0
123MB K. J. Knuckle Jointed Trolley Trucks ' * ^^^* 11?
150 Hangers ' *aV "qa qa oi
150MB Hangers " * 04 'sfi'dA Q7 ?m 'im
150MB K. J^'Knuckle Jointed Hungers ' ' 84, 86. 96. 97. 00. 01
154 Heavy Warehouse Stay Rollers ^^^* io7
170 Flush Drop Handles ' * ' J24
171 Floor Guides * ' ' ' " j25
172 Door Guides ...■.■.'.'.*.■.*.*.■;■"■■■ " ' dft 'q7 }oc
W-206 Sebco Expansion Shields and Bolts ' ' * iT^
232 Trolley Track f ^^
235 Garage Door Hardware. ! . . ' ;^ ^ ■ j[2
235 Parts 42 to 67
235 Hangers
46.47
235 -AA", Single Door Sets. . . ' " " ' * 1^- f?
235 -BB". Double Door Sets ^n ^-V t?' f?
235 "GC", Single Door Sets ' * ' * 50. 51, 54. 55
235 "DD". Double Door Sets .\ ' 52, 53
235 "EE", Single Door Sets . . ■••■'••■■•• ■ 54, 55
235 "FF", Double Door Sets ■ ^6, 57
235 "GO", 2-Door Sets ... 58. 59
235 "HH", 4-Door Sets ' * ■ ^0. 61
235 "JJ", 3-Door Sets . • 62, 63
235 "KK", 6-Door Sets. ,./.'/.'.'.['.' 64, 65
256 Two-Track Assemblies * 66, 67
257 Two-Track Assemblies ' " ■ • • • ^8, 92. 94
258 Two-Track Assemblies " " ■ 88. 92, 94
259 Two-Track Assemblies " 88* 92, 94
271 Door Guides 88, 92, 94
272 Door Guides ; .' ." " ' " 126
3U Half Surface Butt Hinges • ■ • • * • . , 126
350 Door Latches ^ * * 128
356 Two-Track Assemblies ' " "" 103, 116
357 Two-Track Assemblies. [ * ' ' 88, 92, 94
358 Two-Track Assemblies. . " * ■ • 88, 92, 94
359 Two-Track Assembhes ' • 88, 92, 94
372 Door Guides. ' 88, 92, 94
f }4 Self Aligning Top or Bottom Spring Beits " 126
417 Top and Bottom Garage Door Bolts H^
434 Industrial Door Hardware 1 18
■ 34
Alphabetical Index on Previous Page
^^
RICHARDS-WILCOX GARAGE DOOR HARDWARE
143
Numerical Index (Cont.)
Catalog ^ ^
No. Page
435 Brackets.. ^*'*
435 Ceiling Clips ' • • • f » 32
435 2-Door Sets. Opening In, .... . ' ' ■ hn
435 3-Door Sets, Opening In . . * ' ' • • ■ • %-],
435 l-Track 4-Door Sets, Opening In. . * • .^\^.
435 2-Track 4-Door Sets, Opening In . . ■ * ' }SJ' Ji
435 5-Door Sets, Opening In. . . . ' • • - Jf J^
435 6-Door Sets, Opening In . . , * ' ■ \t']n
435 7-Door Sets, Opening In, ....,..;: ^ ] •■....... 16, 17
435 3-Track 8-Door Sets, Opening In ....:]' ! ' ' ' ' ■ ■ V^lx
435 4- Track 8-Door Sets. Opening In. . . . . ! ■ 7;%^ %\
435 9-Door Sets, Opening In ■ o7 o?
435 10-Door Sets, Opening In \ ■ ^*' ^5
435 2-Door Sets, Opening Out. ' ' ' c 4
435 3 to lO-DoorSets, Opening Out '.'.■.'■■. ■■' oq oq
435 Garage Door Hardware ^o, ^y
435 Hangers ' • ■ ^ to 29
435 K. J. Knuckle Jointed Hangers . ' ' ' ao
435 Hinges, Butt " ■ ■ • ' .%%
435 Hinges, Surface ' ' ]^l
435 Industrial Door Hardware o?
435 Parts .'.'.WW. ' " %
435 Special Hangers • - ■ - ■ o
435 Tie Rod with Pintle and Pin ' ' 0,^5
436 3-Door Sets 118
450 Swing Door Lock . ' " ^^\jl
456 Parallel "Ideal" Equipment ..'.', ' ' " ■ ' " ' " ' no qS
457 Parallel "Ideal" Equipment ' ' ' qo' oq
472 Concrete Anchors. ... " ^\r.
510 Sliding Door Locks , ,4
514 Top or Bottom Spring Door Bolts ' . .' " ' joi
516 Parallel Door Bolts and Locks ' * " ' ' 199
517 Cremone Bolts * ' * ' " ' " ■-•.•••• |^^
524 Bottom Cane Bolts •-..■■. 1 ly
525 Sliding Door Locks ' ' " ' 117
534 Door Latches 102
534 Swing Door Hardware ... .]...[ ■ . ■ • •
550 Swing Door Locks " ' " ' " 1 1 ^
616 Parallel Door Bolts '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. .W ' " 122
617 Cremone Bolts 120
634 Swing Door Hardware ...\\\ \ 103
635 Floor Guides 1 27
635 Floor Guide Track. *. . 127
635 Garage Door Hardware. ■■.■■■'.■.■*.■.'.■.'.'.■;;;.■.■.;;.*; .' .' ." .* .'68 to 79
Dot) Hangers 70 71
635 Hinges, Surface ...................[...... 129
635 Parts 70 71
635 "RR", Single Door Sets .' 72 7^
635 "SS", Double Door Sets " ' "iai%
635 "TT", 2-Door Sets ' " ' " ' (% id
635 "UU", 4-Door Sets V.V.'.V.V.'.'.W'.'.'.'. .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' ". 78 79
643 Door Checks ' * ' J33
727 Parallel ''Ideal" Equipment ' Qft qq
735 3 to 6-Door Sets. ... W'.'.'.V.V.V.'.V.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.V.'.V.'.'.V.'.'.V. ^^
736 Door Guide and Weather Strip ...'.'....'...... 127
737 Door Guide and Weather Strip '..'.'...'..','.,,'. 127
825 Sliding Door Locks V 118
835 3 to 6-Door Sets %Q ?i2
836 Hinges, Offset Surface 129
943 Door Checks , . 133
1035 Brackets 32
1035 Garage Door Hardware 30 to 35
1035 2-Door Sets, Doors Opening In or Out 6^ 7
1035 3 to 10-Door Sets, Doors Opening In or Out 30 to 32
1035 Hardware on Tin Clad Fire Doors 33
1035 Hinges, Heavy Offset .......... ,.,..'...'...... 130
1035 Industrial Door Hardware 33 35
1035 Parts 32
1035 Steel Threshold ..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 133
1036 Hinges, Heavy Strap 130
1 100 Electric Door Opener and Closer 104 to 106
1125 Garage Door Lock. 120
1135 3 to 10-Door Sets, Doors Opening In . . V. 36, 37
1235 Industrial Door Hardware 33
1235 Sliding Folding Door Sets :...... " 38 39
1435 3 to 6-Door Sets 140
If.r
'^":vt.
■■.\.'iV
RicKardsWil
cox
Garage Door Hard-
ware.
Electric Garage Door
Opener and Closer.
Barn Door Hardware-
Vanishing House Door
Hardware.
Wardrobe Door Hard-
ware*
Warehouse Door
Hardware.
R. R. Roundhouse
Door Hardware.
Lift Door Hardware-
Hardware for Sliding
Partitions in
School s. Churches,
Lodges, etc.
Fire Doors*
Automatic Fire Door
Hardware.
Fusible Links.
Fire Station Door
Hardware.
Heavy Hinges.
T-Beam Trolleys.
Mill-Tvpe Doors.
PieR-Work Door Hdw.
Mounted Grind-
stones,
Rolling Store Ladders.
Swing Door Checks.
Woodworking Vises.
Woodworking
Benches.
'*D^' Shovel Handles,
Builders' Scaffold
Brackets.
Stair Rail Brackets-
Locks, Bolts, Latches.
Floor Guides, Bump-
ers.
Fence Stretchers.
Door Holders-
Multifold Window
Hardware.
Elevator Door Hard-
ware.
Overhead Conveying
Systems.
WILCOX
'^0Rop^
MARK
AI RlAY
PATENTED
Garage Door Hardware
Multifold UJindow Hardwore
Conveying Systems
Fire Door5
IDEAL El^ator D00rE([uipment
u4 Hzju^er Br a^ door ihsd slides
See Previous Pages for Index
CANTWELL PniNTINQCO., MADISON, W»S»
•4
[BLANK PAGE]
CCA
IMTERHATIONAL
x^^''^^^
1 «
4
''\
.J.
I
^
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11